commit 101c8648ea36583cbe8e597b2473baa6944bf2a4 Author: Angus Gratton Date: Thu Apr 30 10:58:29 2015 +1000 Unmodified cross-platform parts of FreeRTOS 7.5.2 (Demos and platform-specific code removed) diff --git a/FreeRTOS/License/license.txt b/FreeRTOS/License/license.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e48ed80 --- /dev/null +++ b/FreeRTOS/License/license.txt @@ -0,0 +1,440 @@ +The FreeRTOS.org source code is licensed by the *modified* GNU General Public +License (GPL), text provided below. A special exception to the GPL is +included to allow you to distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS +without being obliged to provide the source code for any proprietary +components. See the licensing section of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for full +details. The exception text is also included at the bottom of this file. + +The FreeRTOS download also includes demo application source code, some of +which is provided by third parties AND IS LICENSED SEPARATELY FROM FREERTOS. + +For the avoidance of any doubt refer to the comment included at the top +of each source and header file for license and copyright information. + +This is a list of files for which Real Time Engineers Ltd are not the +copyright owner and are NOT COVERED BY THE GPL. + + +1) Various header files provided by silicon manufacturers and tool vendors + that define processor specific memory addresses and utility macros. + Permission has been granted by the various copyright holders for these + files to be included in the FreeRTOS download. Users must ensure license + conditions are adhered to for any use other than compilation of the + FreeRTOS demo applications. + +2) The uIP TCP/IP stack the copyright of which is held by Adam Dunkels. + Users must ensure the open source license conditions stated at the top + of each uIP source file is understood and adhered to. + +3) The lwIP TCP/IP stack the copyright of which is held by the Swedish + Institute of Computer Science. Users must ensure the open source license + conditions stated at the top of each lwIP source file is understood and + adhered to. + +4) Various peripheral driver source files and binaries provided by silicon + manufacturers and tool vendors. Permission has been granted by the + various copyright holders for these files to be included in the FreeRTOS + download. Users must ensure license conditions are adhered to for any + use other than compilation of the FreeRTOS demo applications. + +5) The files contained within FreeRTOS\Demo\WizNET_DEMO_TERN_186\tern_code, + which are slightly modified versions of code provided by and copyright to + Tern Inc. + +Errors and omissions should be reported to Richard Barry, contact details for +whom can be obtained from http://www.FreeRTOS.org. + + + + + +The GPL license text follows. + +A special exception to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute a +combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide +the source code for any proprietary components. See the licensing section +of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for full details. The exception text is also +included at the bottom of this file. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + + Copyright (C) + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License** as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA + + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + , 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General +Public License instead of this License. + +---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +The FreeRTOS GPL Exception Text: + +Any FreeRTOS source code, whether modified or in it's original release form, +or whether in whole or in part, can only be distributed by you under the terms +of the GNU General Public License plus this exception. An independent module is +a module which is not derived from or based on FreeRTOS. + +Clause 1: + +Linking FreeRTOS statically or dynamically with other modules is making a +combined work based on FreeRTOS. Thus, the terms and conditions of the GNU +General Public License cover the whole combination. + +As a special exception, the copyright holder of FreeRTOS gives you permission +to link FreeRTOS with independent modules that communicate with FreeRTOS +solely through the FreeRTOS API interface, regardless of the license terms of +these independent modules, and to copy and distribute the resulting combined +work under terms of your choice, provided that + + + Every copy of the combined work is accompanied by a written statement that + details to the recipient the version of FreeRTOS used and an offer by yourself + to provide the FreeRTOS source code (including any modifications you may have + made) should the recipient request it. + + + The combined work is not itself an RTOS, scheduler, kernel or related product. + + + The independent modules add significant and primary functionality to FreeRTOS + and do not merely extend the existing functionality already present in FreeRTOS. + +Clause 2: + +FreeRTOS may not be used for any competitive or comparative purpose, including the +publication of any form of run time or compile time metric, without the express +permission of Real Time Engineers Ltd. (this is the norm within the industry and +is intended to ensure information accuracy). diff --git a/FreeRTOS/Source/croutine.c b/FreeRTOS/Source/croutine.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b95ff45 --- /dev/null +++ b/FreeRTOS/Source/croutine.c @@ -0,0 +1,385 @@ +/* + FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd. + + VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION. + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, * + * robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross * + * platform software that has become a de facto standard. * + * * + * Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS * + * project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference * + * manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation * + * * + * Thank you! * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. + + FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under + the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the + Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception. + + >>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute + >>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide + >>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS + >>! kernel. + + FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY + WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS + FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following + link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does * + * not run, what could be wrong?" * + * * + * http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions, + license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details. + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products, + including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS + compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack. + + http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High + Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS + licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware. + + http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety + engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and + mission critical applications that require provable dependability. + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! +*/ + +#include "FreeRTOS.h" +#include "task.h" +#include "croutine.h" + +/* + * Some kernel aware debuggers require data to be viewed to be global, rather + * than file scope. + */ +#ifdef portREMOVE_STATIC_QUALIFIER + #define static +#endif + + +/* Lists for ready and blocked co-routines. --------------------*/ +static xList pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES ]; /*< Prioritised ready co-routines. */ +static xList xDelayedCoRoutineList1; /*< Delayed co-routines. */ +static xList xDelayedCoRoutineList2; /*< Delayed co-routines (two lists are used - one for delays that have overflowed the current tick count. */ +static xList * pxDelayedCoRoutineList; /*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used. */ +static xList * pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList; /*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used to hold co-routines that have overflowed the current tick count. */ +static xList xPendingReadyCoRoutineList; /*< Holds co-routines that have been readied by an external event. They cannot be added directly to the ready lists as the ready lists cannot be accessed by interrupts. */ + +/* Other file private variables. --------------------------------*/ +corCRCB * pxCurrentCoRoutine = NULL; +static unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = 0; +static portTickType xCoRoutineTickCount = 0, xLastTickCount = 0, xPassedTicks = 0; + +/* The initial state of the co-routine when it is created. */ +#define corINITIAL_STATE ( 0 ) + +/* + * Place the co-routine represented by pxCRCB into the appropriate ready queue + * for the priority. It is inserted at the end of the list. + * + * This macro accesses the co-routine ready lists and therefore must not be + * used from within an ISR. + */ +#define prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB ) \ +{ \ + if( pxCRCB->uxPriority > uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ) \ + { \ + uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = pxCRCB->uxPriority; \ + } \ + vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ pxCRCB->uxPriority ] ), &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ); \ +} + +/* + * Utility to ready all the lists used by the scheduler. This is called + * automatically upon the creation of the first co-routine. + */ +static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void ); + +/* + * Co-routines that are readied by an interrupt cannot be placed directly into + * the ready lists (there is no mutual exclusion). Instead they are placed in + * in the pending ready list in order that they can later be moved to the ready + * list by the co-routine scheduler. + */ +static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void ); + +/* + * Macro that looks at the list of co-routines that are currently delayed to + * see if any require waking. + * + * Co-routines are stored in the queue in the order of their wake time - + * meaning once one co-routine has been found whose timer has not expired + * we need not look any further down the list. + */ +static void prvCheckDelayedList( void ); + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex ) +{ +signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn; +corCRCB *pxCoRoutine; + + /* Allocate the memory that will store the co-routine control block. */ + pxCoRoutine = ( corCRCB * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( corCRCB ) ); + if( pxCoRoutine ) + { + /* If pxCurrentCoRoutine is NULL then this is the first co-routine to + be created and the co-routine data structures need initialising. */ + if( pxCurrentCoRoutine == NULL ) + { + pxCurrentCoRoutine = pxCoRoutine; + prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists(); + } + + /* Check the priority is within limits. */ + if( uxPriority >= configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES ) + { + uxPriority = configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - 1; + } + + /* Fill out the co-routine control block from the function parameters. */ + pxCoRoutine->uxState = corINITIAL_STATE; + pxCoRoutine->uxPriority = uxPriority; + pxCoRoutine->uxIndex = uxIndex; + pxCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction = pxCoRoutineCode; + + /* Initialise all the other co-routine control block parameters. */ + vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) ); + vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) ); + + /* Set the co-routine control block as a link back from the xListItem. + This is so we can get back to the containing CRCB from a generic item + in a list. */ + listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), pxCoRoutine ); + listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), pxCoRoutine ); + + /* Event lists are always in priority order. */ + listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( portTickType ) uxPriority ); + + /* Now the co-routine has been initialised it can be added to the ready + list at the correct priority. */ + prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCoRoutine ); + + xReturn = pdPASS; + } + else + { + xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY; + } + + return xReturn; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( portTickType xTicksToDelay, xList *pxEventList ) +{ +portTickType xTimeToWake; + + /* Calculate the time to wake - this may overflow but this is + not a problem. */ + xTimeToWake = xCoRoutineTickCount + xTicksToDelay; + + /* We must remove ourselves from the ready list before adding + ourselves to the blocked list as the same list item is used for + both lists. */ + ( void ) uxListRemove( ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) ); + + /* The list item will be inserted in wake time order. */ + listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), xTimeToWake ); + + if( xTimeToWake < xCoRoutineTickCount ) + { + /* Wake time has overflowed. Place this item in the + overflow list. */ + vListInsert( ( xList * ) pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList, ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) ); + } + else + { + /* The wake time has not overflowed, so we can use the + current block list. */ + vListInsert( ( xList * ) pxDelayedCoRoutineList, ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) ); + } + + if( pxEventList ) + { + /* Also add the co-routine to an event list. If this is done then the + function must be called with interrupts disabled. */ + vListInsert( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) ); + } +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void ) +{ + /* Are there any co-routines waiting to get moved to the ready list? These + are co-routines that have been readied by an ISR. The ISR cannot access + the ready lists itself. */ + while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE ) + { + corCRCB *pxUnblockedCRCB; + + /* The pending ready list can be accessed by an ISR. */ + portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); + { + pxUnblockedCRCB = ( corCRCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( (&xPendingReadyCoRoutineList) ); + ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) ); + } + portENABLE_INTERRUPTS(); + + ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ); + prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxUnblockedCRCB ); + } +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static void prvCheckDelayedList( void ) +{ +corCRCB *pxCRCB; + + xPassedTicks = xTaskGetTickCount() - xLastTickCount; + while( xPassedTicks ) + { + xCoRoutineTickCount++; + xPassedTicks--; + + /* If the tick count has overflowed we need to swap the ready lists. */ + if( xCoRoutineTickCount == 0 ) + { + xList * pxTemp; + + /* Tick count has overflowed so we need to swap the delay lists. If there are + any items in pxDelayedCoRoutineList here then there is an error! */ + pxTemp = pxDelayedCoRoutineList; + pxDelayedCoRoutineList = pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList; + pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = pxTemp; + } + + /* See if this tick has made a timeout expire. */ + while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE ) + { + pxCRCB = ( corCRCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList ); + + if( xCoRoutineTickCount < listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ) ) + { + /* Timeout not yet expired. */ + break; + } + + portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); + { + /* The event could have occurred just before this critical + section. If this is the case then the generic list item will + have been moved to the pending ready list and the following + line is still valid. Also the pvContainer parameter will have + been set to NULL so the following lines are also valid. */ + uxListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ); + + /* Is the co-routine waiting on an event also? */ + if( pxCRCB->xEventListItem.pvContainer ) + { + ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xEventListItem ) ); + } + } + portENABLE_INTERRUPTS(); + + prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB ); + } + } + + xLastTickCount = xCoRoutineTickCount; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void vCoRoutineSchedule( void ) +{ + /* See if any co-routines readied by events need moving to the ready lists. */ + prvCheckPendingReadyList(); + + /* See if any delayed co-routines have timed out. */ + prvCheckDelayedList(); + + /* Find the highest priority queue that contains ready co-routines. */ + while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) ) ) + { + if( uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority == 0 ) + { + /* No more co-routines to check. */ + return; + } + --uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority; + } + + /* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY walks through the list, so the co-routines + of the same priority get an equal share of the processor time. */ + listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxCurrentCoRoutine, &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) ); + + /* Call the co-routine. */ + ( pxCurrentCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction )( pxCurrentCoRoutine, pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxIndex ); + + return; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void ) +{ +unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority; + + for( uxPriority = 0; uxPriority < configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES; uxPriority++ ) + { + vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxPriority ] ) ); + } + + vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList1 ); + vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList2 ); + vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ); + + /* Start with pxDelayedCoRoutineList using list1 and the + pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList using list2. */ + pxDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList1; + pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList2; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const xList *pxEventList ) +{ +corCRCB *pxUnblockedCRCB; +signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn; + + /* This function is called from within an interrupt. It can only access + event lists and the pending ready list. This function assumes that a + check has already been made to ensure pxEventList is not empty. */ + pxUnblockedCRCB = ( corCRCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxEventList ); + ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) ); + vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) &( xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ), &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) ); + + if( pxUnblockedCRCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxPriority ) + { + xReturn = pdTRUE; + } + else + { + xReturn = pdFALSE; + } + + return xReturn; +} + diff --git a/FreeRTOS/Source/include/FreeRTOS.h b/FreeRTOS/Source/include/FreeRTOS.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b77059a --- /dev/null +++ b/FreeRTOS/Source/include/FreeRTOS.h @@ -0,0 +1,612 @@ +/* + FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd. + + VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION. + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, * + * robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross * + * platform software that has become a de facto standard. * + * * + * Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS * + * project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference * + * manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation * + * * + * Thank you! * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. + + FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under + the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the + Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception. + + >>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute + >>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide + >>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS + >>! kernel. + + FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY + WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS + FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following + link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does * + * not run, what could be wrong?" * + * * + * http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions, + license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details. + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products, + including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS + compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack. + + http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High + Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS + licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware. + + http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety + engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and + mission critical applications that require provable dependability. + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! +*/ + +#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H +#define INC_FREERTOS_H + + +/* + * Include the generic headers required for the FreeRTOS port being used. + */ +#include + +/* Basic FreeRTOS definitions. */ +#include "projdefs.h" + +/* Application specific configuration options. */ +#include "FreeRTOSConfig.h" + +/* configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION must be defined before portable.h +is included as it is used by the port layer. */ +#ifndef configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION + #define configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION 0 +#endif + +/* Definitions specific to the port being used. */ +#include "portable.h" + + +/* Defines the prototype to which the application task hook function must +conform. */ +typedef portBASE_TYPE (*pdTASK_HOOK_CODE)( void * ); + + + + + +/* + * Check all the required application specific macros have been defined. + * These macros are application specific and (as downloaded) are defined + * within FreeRTOSConfig.h. + */ + +#ifndef configUSE_PREEMPTION + #error Missing definition: configUSE_PREEMPTION should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details. +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_IDLE_HOOK + #error Missing definition: configUSE_IDLE_HOOK should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details. +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_TICK_HOOK + #error Missing definition: configUSE_TICK_HOOK should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details. +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_CO_ROUTINES + #error Missing definition: configUSE_CO_ROUTINES should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details. +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet + #error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details. +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet + #error Missing definition: INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details. +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelete + #error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskDelete should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details. +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend + #error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details. +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil + #error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details. +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelay + #error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskDelay should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details. +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS + #error Missing definition: configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details. +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle + #define INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle 0 +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle + #define INCLUDE_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle 0 +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_xQueueGetMutexHolder + #define INCLUDE_xQueueGetMutexHolder 0 +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder + #define INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder INCLUDE_xQueueGetMutexHolder +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_pcTaskGetTaskName + #define INCLUDE_pcTaskGetTaskName 0 +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG + #define configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG 0 +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark + #define INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark 0 +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_eTaskGetState + #define INCLUDE_eTaskGetState 0 +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES + #define configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES 0 +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_MUTEXES + #define configUSE_MUTEXES 0 +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_TIMERS + #define configUSE_TIMERS 0 +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES + #define configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES 0 +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API + #define configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API 0 +#endif + +#ifndef portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB + #define portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB 0 +#endif + +#ifndef configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN + #define configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN 16 +#endif + +#ifndef configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD + #define configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD 1 +#endif + +#if configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN < 1 + #error configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN must be set to a minimum of 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR + #define INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR 1 +#endif + +#ifndef configASSERT + #define configASSERT( x ) + #define configASSERT_DEFINED 0 +#else + #define configASSERT_DEFINED 1 +#endif + +/* The timers module relies on xTaskGetSchedulerState(). */ +#if configUSE_TIMERS == 1 + + #ifndef configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY + #error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY must also be defined. + #endif /* configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY */ + + #ifndef configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH + #error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH must also be defined. + #endif /* configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH */ + + #ifndef configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH + #error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH must also be defined. + #endif /* configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH */ + +#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS */ + +#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState + #define INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState 0 +#endif + +#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle + #define INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle 0 +#endif + + +#ifndef portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR + #define portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() 0 +#endif + +#ifndef portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR + #define portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedStatusValue ) ( void ) uxSavedStatusValue +#endif + +#ifndef portCLEAN_UP_TCB + #define portCLEAN_UP_TCB( pxTCB ) ( void ) pxTCB +#endif + +#ifndef portSETUP_TCB + #define portSETUP_TCB( pxTCB ) ( void ) pxTCB +#endif + +#ifndef configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE + #define configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE 0U +#endif + +#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE < 1 ) + #define vQueueAddToRegistry( xQueue, pcName ) + #define vQueueUnregisterQueue( xQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE + #define portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE unsigned long +#endif + +/* Remove any unused trace macros. */ +#ifndef traceSTART + /* Used to perform any necessary initialisation - for example, open a file + into which trace is to be written. */ + #define traceSTART() +#endif + +#ifndef traceEND + /* Use to close a trace, for example close a file into which trace has been + written. */ + #define traceEND() +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN + /* Called after a task has been selected to run. pxCurrentTCB holds a pointer + to the task control block of the selected task. */ + #define traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN() +#endif + +#ifndef traceINCREASE_TICK_COUNT + /* Called before stepping the tick count after waking from tickless idle + sleep. */ + #define traceINCREASE_TICK_COUNT( x ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_BEGIN + /* Called immediately before entering tickless idle. */ + #define traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_BEGIN() +#endif + +#ifndef traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_END + /* Called when returning to the Idle task after a tickless idle. */ + #define traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_END() +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_SWITCHED_OUT + /* Called before a task has been selected to run. pxCurrentTCB holds a pointer + to the task control block of the task being switched out. */ + #define traceTASK_SWITCHED_OUT() +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_PRIORITY_INHERIT + /* Called when a task attempts to take a mutex that is already held by a + lower priority task. pxTCBOfMutexHolder is a pointer to the TCB of the task + that holds the mutex. uxInheritedPriority is the priority the mutex holder + will inherit (the priority of the task that is attempting to obtain the + muted. */ + #define traceTASK_PRIORITY_INHERIT( pxTCBOfMutexHolder, uxInheritedPriority ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_PRIORITY_DISINHERIT + /* Called when a task releases a mutex, the holding of which had resulted in + the task inheriting the priority of a higher priority task. + pxTCBOfMutexHolder is a pointer to the TCB of the task that is releasing the + mutex. uxOriginalPriority is the task's configured (base) priority. */ + #define traceTASK_PRIORITY_DISINHERIT( pxTCBOfMutexHolder, uxOriginalPriority ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE + /* Task is about to block because it cannot read from a + queue/mutex/semaphore. pxQueue is a pointer to the queue/mutex/semaphore + upon which the read was attempted. pxCurrentTCB points to the TCB of the + task that attempted the read. */ + #define traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND + /* Task is about to block because it cannot write to a + queue/mutex/semaphore. pxQueue is a pointer to the queue/mutex/semaphore + upon which the write was attempted. pxCurrentTCB points to the TCB of the + task that attempted the write. */ + #define traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW + #define configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW 0 +#endif + +/* The following event macros are embedded in the kernel API calls. */ + +#ifndef traceMOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE + #define traceMOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE( pxTCB ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_CREATE + #define traceQUEUE_CREATE( pxNewQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED + #define traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED( ucQueueType ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceCREATE_MUTEX + #define traceCREATE_MUTEX( pxNewQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceCREATE_MUTEX_FAILED + #define traceCREATE_MUTEX_FAILED() +#endif + +#ifndef traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE + #define traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED + #define traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE + #define traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED + #define traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE + #define traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE() +#endif + +#ifndef traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED + #define traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED() +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND + #define traceQUEUE_SEND( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED + #define traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE + #define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_PEEK + #define traceQUEUE_PEEK( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR + #define traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED + #define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR + #define traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED + #define traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR + #define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED + #define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR_FAILED + #define traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceQUEUE_DELETE + #define traceQUEUE_DELETE( pxQueue ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_CREATE + #define traceTASK_CREATE( pxNewTCB ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_CREATE_FAILED + #define traceTASK_CREATE_FAILED() +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_DELETE + #define traceTASK_DELETE( pxTaskToDelete ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL + #define traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL() +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_DELAY + #define traceTASK_DELAY() +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_PRIORITY_SET + #define traceTASK_PRIORITY_SET( pxTask, uxNewPriority ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_SUSPEND + #define traceTASK_SUSPEND( pxTaskToSuspend ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_RESUME + #define traceTASK_RESUME( pxTaskToResume ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_RESUME_FROM_ISR + #define traceTASK_RESUME_FROM_ISR( pxTaskToResume ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTASK_INCREMENT_TICK + #define traceTASK_INCREMENT_TICK( xTickCount ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTIMER_CREATE + #define traceTIMER_CREATE( pxNewTimer ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTIMER_CREATE_FAILED + #define traceTIMER_CREATE_FAILED() +#endif + +#ifndef traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND + #define traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND( xTimer, xMessageID, xMessageValueValue, xReturn ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTIMER_EXPIRED + #define traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer ) +#endif + +#ifndef traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED + #define traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED( pxTimer, xMessageID, xMessageValue ) +#endif + +#ifndef configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS + #define configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS 0 +#endif + +#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) + + #ifndef portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS + #error If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined then portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS must also be defined. portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS should call a port layer function to setup a peripheral timer/counter that can then be used as the run time counter time base. + #endif /* portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS */ + + #ifndef portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE + #ifndef portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE + #error If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined then either portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE or portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE must also be defined. See the examples provided and the FreeRTOS web site for more information. + #endif /* portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE */ + #endif /* portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE */ + +#endif /* configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS */ + +#ifndef portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS + #define portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS() +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK + #define configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK 0 +#endif + +#ifndef portPRIVILEGE_BIT + #define portPRIVILEGE_BIT ( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0x00 ) +#endif + +#ifndef portYIELD_WITHIN_API + #define portYIELD_WITHIN_API portYIELD +#endif + +#ifndef pvPortMallocAligned + #define pvPortMallocAligned( x, puxStackBuffer ) ( ( ( puxStackBuffer ) == NULL ) ? ( pvPortMalloc( ( x ) ) ) : ( puxStackBuffer ) ) +#endif + +#ifndef vPortFreeAligned + #define vPortFreeAligned( pvBlockToFree ) vPortFree( pvBlockToFree ) +#endif + +#ifndef portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP + #define portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP( xExpectedIdleTime ) +#endif + +#ifndef configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP + #define configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP 2 +#endif + +#if configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP < 2 + #error configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP must not be less than 2 +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE + #define configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE 0 +#endif + +#ifndef configPRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING + #define configPRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING( x ) +#endif + +#ifndef configPOST_SLEEP_PROCESSING + #define configPOST_SLEEP_PROCESSING( x ) +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_QUEUE_SETS + #define configUSE_QUEUE_SETS 0 +#endif + +#ifndef portTASK_USES_FLOATING_POINT + #define portTASK_USES_FLOATING_POINT() +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_TIME_SLICING + #define configUSE_TIME_SLICING 1 +#endif + +#ifndef configINCLUDE_APPLICATION_DEFINED_PRIVILEGED_FUNCTIONS + #define configINCLUDE_APPLICATION_DEFINED_PRIVILEGED_FUNCTIONS 0 +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT + #define configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT 0 +#endif + +#ifndef configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS + #define configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS 0 +#endif + +#ifndef portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID + #define portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() +#endif + +/* For backward compatability. */ +#define eTaskStateGet eTaskGetState + +#endif /* INC_FREERTOS_H */ + diff --git a/FreeRTOS/Source/include/StackMacros.h b/FreeRTOS/Source/include/StackMacros.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0a099df --- /dev/null +++ b/FreeRTOS/Source/include/StackMacros.h @@ -0,0 +1,179 @@ +/* + FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd. + + VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION. + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, * + * robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross * + * platform software that has become a de facto standard. * + * * + * Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS * + * project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference * + * manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation * + * * + * Thank you! * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. + + FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under + the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the + Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception. + + >>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute + >>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide + >>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS + >>! kernel. + + FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY + WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS + FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following + link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does * + * not run, what could be wrong?" * + * * + * http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions, + license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details. + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products, + including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS + compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack. + + http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High + Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS + licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware. + + http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety + engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and + mission critical applications that require provable dependability. + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! +*/ + +#ifndef STACK_MACROS_H +#define STACK_MACROS_H + +/* + * Call the stack overflow hook function if the stack of the task being swapped + * out is currently overflowed, or looks like it might have overflowed in the + * past. + * + * Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to 1 will cause the macro to check + * the current stack state only - comparing the current top of stack value to + * the stack limit. Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to greater than 1 + * will also cause the last few stack bytes to be checked to ensure the value + * to which the bytes were set when the task was created have not been + * overwritten. Note this second test does not guarantee that an overflowed + * stack will always be recognised. + */ + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 0 ) + + /* FreeRTOSConfig.h is not set to check for stack overflows. */ + #define taskFIRST_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() + #define taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() + +#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 0 */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) + + /* FreeRTOSConfig.h is only set to use the first method of + overflow checking. */ + #define taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() + +#endif +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 0 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) ) + + /* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */ + #define taskFIRST_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \ + { \ + /* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \ + if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack <= pxCurrentTCB->pxStack ) \ + { \ + vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( xTaskHandle ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \ + } \ + } + +#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 0 */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 0 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) ) + + /* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */ + #define taskFIRST_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \ + { \ + \ + /* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \ + if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack >= pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack ) \ + { \ + vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( xTaskHandle ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \ + } \ + } + +#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) ) + + #define taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \ + { \ + static const unsigned char ucExpectedStackBytes[] = { tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \ + tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \ + tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \ + tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \ + tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE }; \ + \ + \ + /* Has the extremity of the task stack ever been written over? */ \ + if( memcmp( ( void * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxStack, ( void * ) ucExpectedStackBytes, sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ) ) != 0 ) \ + { \ + vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( xTaskHandle ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \ + } \ + } + +#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) ) + + #define taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \ + { \ + char *pcEndOfStack = ( char * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack; \ + static const unsigned char ucExpectedStackBytes[] = { tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \ + tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \ + tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \ + tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \ + tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE }; \ + \ + \ + pcEndOfStack -= sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ); \ + \ + /* Has the extremity of the task stack ever been written over? */ \ + if( memcmp( ( void * ) pcEndOfStack, ( void * ) ucExpectedStackBytes, sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ) ) != 0 ) \ + { \ + vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( xTaskHandle ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \ + } \ + } + +#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#endif /* STACK_MACROS_H */ + diff --git a/FreeRTOS/Source/include/croutine.h b/FreeRTOS/Source/include/croutine.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..94503e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/FreeRTOS/Source/include/croutine.h @@ -0,0 +1,757 @@ +/* + FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd. + + VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION. + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, * + * robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross * + * platform software that has become a de facto standard. * + * * + * Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS * + * project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference * + * manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation * + * * + * Thank you! * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. + + FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under + the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the + Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception. + + >>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute + >>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide + >>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS + >>! kernel. + + FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY + WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS + FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following + link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does * + * not run, what could be wrong?" * + * * + * http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions, + license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details. + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products, + including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS + compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack. + + http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High + Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS + licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware. + + http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety + engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and + mission critical applications that require provable dependability. + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! +*/ + +#ifndef CO_ROUTINE_H +#define CO_ROUTINE_H + +#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H + #error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include croutine.h" +#endif + +#include "list.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Used to hide the implementation of the co-routine control block. The +control block structure however has to be included in the header due to +the macro implementation of the co-routine functionality. */ +typedef void * xCoRoutineHandle; + +/* Defines the prototype to which co-routine functions must conform. */ +typedef void (*crCOROUTINE_CODE)( xCoRoutineHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE ); + +typedef struct corCoRoutineControlBlock +{ + crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineFunction; + xListItem xGenericListItem; /*< List item used to place the CRCB in ready and blocked queues. */ + xListItem xEventListItem; /*< List item used to place the CRCB in event lists. */ + unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority; /*< The priority of the co-routine in relation to other co-routines. */ + unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex; /*< Used to distinguish between co-routines when multiple co-routines use the same co-routine function. */ + unsigned short uxState; /*< Used internally by the co-routine implementation. */ +} corCRCB; /* Co-routine control block. Note must be identical in size down to uxPriority with tskTCB. */ + +/** + * croutine. h + *
+ portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutineCreate(
+                                 crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode,
+                                 unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority,
+                                 unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex
+                               );
+ * + * Create a new co-routine and add it to the list of co-routines that are + * ready to run. + * + * @param pxCoRoutineCode Pointer to the co-routine function. Co-routine + * functions require special syntax - see the co-routine section of the WEB + * documentation for more information. + * + * @param uxPriority The priority with respect to other co-routines at which + * the co-routine will run. + * + * @param uxIndex Used to distinguish between different co-routines that + * execute the same function. See the example below and the co-routine section + * of the WEB documentation for further information. + * + * @return pdPASS if the co-routine was successfully created and added to a ready + * list, otherwise an error code defined with ProjDefs.h. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ // Co-routine to be created.
+ void vFlashCoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
+ {
+ // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ // This may not be necessary for const variables.
+ static const char cLedToFlash[ 2 ] = { 5, 6 };
+ static const portTickType uxFlashRates[ 2 ] = { 200, 400 };
+
+     // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
+     crSTART( xHandle );
+
+     for( ;; )
+     {
+         // This co-routine just delays for a fixed period, then toggles
+         // an LED.  Two co-routines are created using this function, so
+         // the uxIndex parameter is used to tell the co-routine which
+         // LED to flash and how long to delay.  This assumes xQueue has
+         // already been created.
+         vParTestToggleLED( cLedToFlash[ uxIndex ] );
+         crDELAY( xHandle, uxFlashRates[ uxIndex ] );
+     }
+
+     // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
+     crEND();
+ }
+
+ // Function that creates two co-routines.
+ void vOtherFunction( void )
+ {
+ unsigned char ucParameterToPass;
+ xTaskHandle xHandle;
+		
+     // Create two co-routines at priority 0.  The first is given index 0
+     // so (from the code above) toggles LED 5 every 200 ticks.  The second
+     // is given index 1 so toggles LED 6 every 400 ticks.
+     for( uxIndex = 0; uxIndex < 2; uxIndex++ )
+     {
+         xCoRoutineCreate( vFlashCoRoutine, 0, uxIndex );
+     }
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup xCoRoutineCreate xCoRoutineCreate + * \ingroup Tasks + */ +signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex ); + + +/** + * croutine. h + *
+ void vCoRoutineSchedule( void );
+ * + * Run a co-routine. + * + * vCoRoutineSchedule() executes the highest priority co-routine that is able + * to run. The co-routine will execute until it either blocks, yields or is + * preempted by a task. Co-routines execute cooperatively so one + * co-routine cannot be preempted by another, but can be preempted by a task. + * + * If an application comprises of both tasks and co-routines then + * vCoRoutineSchedule should be called from the idle task (in an idle task + * hook). + * + * Example usage: + 
+ // This idle task hook will schedule a co-routine each time it is called.
+ // The rest of the idle task will execute between co-routine calls.
+ void vApplicationIdleHook( void )
+ {
+	vCoRoutineSchedule();
+ }
+
+ // Alternatively, if you do not require any other part of the idle task to
+ // execute, the idle task hook can call vCoRoutineScheduler() within an
+ // infinite loop.
+ void vApplicationIdleHook( void )
+ {
+    for( ;; )
+    {
+        vCoRoutineSchedule();
+    }
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup vCoRoutineSchedule vCoRoutineSchedule + * \ingroup Tasks + */ +void vCoRoutineSchedule( void ); + +/** + * croutine. h + * 
+ crSTART( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle );
+ * + * This macro MUST always be called at the start of a co-routine function. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ // Co-routine to be created.
+ void vACoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
+ {
+ // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ static long ulAVariable;
+
+     // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
+     crSTART( xHandle );
+
+     for( ;; )
+     {
+          // Co-routine functionality goes here.
+     }
+
+     // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
+     crEND();
+ }
+ * \defgroup crSTART crSTART + * \ingroup Tasks + */ +#define crSTART( pxCRCB ) switch( ( ( corCRCB * )( pxCRCB ) )->uxState ) { case 0: + +/** + * croutine. h + * 
+ crEND();
+ * + * This macro MUST always be called at the end of a co-routine function. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ // Co-routine to be created.
+ void vACoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
+ {
+ // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ static long ulAVariable;
+
+     // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
+     crSTART( xHandle );
+
+     for( ;; )
+     {
+          // Co-routine functionality goes here.
+     }
+
+     // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
+     crEND();
+ }
+ * \defgroup crSTART crSTART + * \ingroup Tasks + */ +#define crEND() } + +/* + * These macros are intended for internal use by the co-routine implementation + * only. The macros should not be used directly by application writers. + */ +#define crSET_STATE0( xHandle ) ( ( corCRCB * )( xHandle ) )->uxState = (__LINE__ * 2); return; case (__LINE__ * 2): +#define crSET_STATE1( xHandle ) ( ( corCRCB * )( xHandle ) )->uxState = ((__LINE__ * 2)+1); return; case ((__LINE__ * 2)+1): + +/** + * croutine. h + *
+ crDELAY( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, portTickType xTicksToDelay );
+ * + * Delay a co-routine for a fixed period of time. + * + * crDELAY can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not + * from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because + * co-routines do not maintain their own stack. + * + * @param xHandle The handle of the co-routine to delay. This is the xHandle + * parameter of the co-routine function. + * + * @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should delay + * for. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined by + * configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant portTICK_RATE_MS + * can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ // Co-routine to be created.
+ void vACoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
+ {
+ // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ // This may not be necessary for const variables.
+ // We are to delay for 200ms.
+ static const xTickType xDelayTime = 200 / portTICK_RATE_MS;
+
+     // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
+     crSTART( xHandle );
+
+     for( ;; )
+     {
+        // Delay for 200ms.
+        crDELAY( xHandle, xDelayTime );
+
+        // Do something here.
+     }
+
+     // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
+     crEND();
+ }
+ * \defgroup crDELAY crDELAY + * \ingroup Tasks + */ +#define crDELAY( xHandle, xTicksToDelay ) \ + if( ( xTicksToDelay ) > 0 ) \ + { \ + vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( ( xTicksToDelay ), NULL ); \ + } \ + crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) ); + +/** + * 
+ crQUEUE_SEND(
+                  xCoRoutineHandle xHandle,
+                  xQueueHandle pxQueue,
+                  void *pvItemToQueue,
+                  portTickType xTicksToWait,
+                  portBASE_TYPE *pxResult
+             )
+ * + * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE() are the co-routine + * equivalent to the xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() functions used by tasks. + * + * crQUEUE_SEND and crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be used from a co-routine whereas + * xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() can only be used from tasks. + * + * crQUEUE_SEND can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not + * from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because + * co-routines do not maintain their own stack. + * + * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on + * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and + * co-routines. + * + * @param xHandle The handle of the calling co-routine. This is the xHandle + * parameter of the co-routine function. + * + * @param pxQueue The handle of the queue on which the data will be posted. + * The handle is obtained as the return value when the queue is created using + * the xQueueCreate() API function. + * + * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the data being posted onto the queue. + * The number of bytes of each queued item is specified when the queue is + * created. This number of bytes is copied from pvItemToQueue into the queue + * itself. + * + * @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should block + * to wait for space to become available on the queue, should space not be + * available immediately. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined + * by configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant + * portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds (see example + * below). + * + * @param pxResult The variable pointed to by pxResult will be set to pdPASS if + * data was successfully posted onto the queue, otherwise it will be set to an + * error defined within ProjDefs.h. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ // Co-routine function that blocks for a fixed period then posts a number onto
+ // a queue.
+ static void prvCoRoutineFlashTask( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
+ {
+ // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ static portBASE_TYPE xNumberToPost = 0;
+ static portBASE_TYPE xResult;
+
+    // Co-routines must begin with a call to crSTART().
+    crSTART( xHandle );
+
+    for( ;; )
+    {
+        // This assumes the queue has already been created.
+        crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &xNumberToPost, NO_DELAY, &xResult );
+
+        if( xResult != pdPASS )
+        {
+            // The message was not posted!
+        }
+
+        // Increment the number to be posted onto the queue.
+        xNumberToPost++;
+
+        // Delay for 100 ticks.
+        crDELAY( xHandle, 100 );
+    }
+
+    // Co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
+    crEND();
+ }
+ * \defgroup crQUEUE_SEND crQUEUE_SEND + * \ingroup Tasks + */ +#define crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait, pxResult ) \ +{ \ + *( pxResult ) = xQueueCRSend( ( pxQueue) , ( pvItemToQueue) , ( xTicksToWait ) ); \ + if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_BLOCKED ) \ + { \ + crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) ); \ + *pxResult = xQueueCRSend( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), 0 ); \ + } \ + if( *pxResult == errQUEUE_YIELD ) \ + { \ + crSET_STATE1( ( xHandle ) ); \ + *pxResult = pdPASS; \ + } \ +} + +/** + * croutine. h + * 
+  crQUEUE_RECEIVE(
+                     xCoRoutineHandle xHandle,
+                     xQueueHandle pxQueue,
+                     void *pvBuffer,
+                     portTickType xTicksToWait,
+                     portBASE_TYPE *pxResult
+                 )
+ * + * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE() are the co-routine + * equivalent to the xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() functions used by tasks. + * + * crQUEUE_SEND and crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be used from a co-routine whereas + * xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() can only be used from tasks. + * + * crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not + * from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because + * co-routines do not maintain their own stack. + * + * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on + * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and + * co-routines. + * + * @param xHandle The handle of the calling co-routine. This is the xHandle + * parameter of the co-routine function. + * + * @param pxQueue The handle of the queue from which the data will be received. + * The handle is obtained as the return value when the queue is created using + * the xQueueCreate() API function. + * + * @param pvBuffer The buffer into which the received item is to be copied. + * The number of bytes of each queued item is specified when the queue is + * created. This number of bytes is copied into pvBuffer. + * + * @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should block + * to wait for data to become available from the queue, should data not be + * available immediately. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined + * by configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant + * portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds (see the + * crQUEUE_SEND example). + * + * @param pxResult The variable pointed to by pxResult will be set to pdPASS if + * data was successfully retrieved from the queue, otherwise it will be set to + * an error code as defined within ProjDefs.h. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ // A co-routine receives the number of an LED to flash from a queue.  It
+ // blocks on the queue until the number is received.
+ static void prvCoRoutineFlashWorkTask( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
+ {
+ // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ static portBASE_TYPE xResult;
+ static unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxLEDToFlash;
+
+    // All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
+    crSTART( xHandle );
+
+    for( ;; )
+    {
+        // Wait for data to become available on the queue.
+        crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &uxLEDToFlash, portMAX_DELAY, &xResult );
+
+        if( xResult == pdPASS )
+        {
+            // We received the LED to flash - flash it!
+            vParTestToggleLED( uxLEDToFlash );
+        }
+    }
+
+    crEND();
+ }
+ * \defgroup crQUEUE_RECEIVE crQUEUE_RECEIVE + * \ingroup Tasks + */ +#define crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, pxQueue, pvBuffer, xTicksToWait, pxResult ) \ +{ \ + *( pxResult ) = xQueueCRReceive( ( pxQueue) , ( pvBuffer ), ( xTicksToWait ) ); \ + if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_BLOCKED ) \ + { \ + crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) ); \ + *( pxResult ) = xQueueCRReceive( ( pxQueue) , ( pvBuffer ), 0 ); \ + } \ + if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_YIELD ) \ + { \ + crSET_STATE1( ( xHandle ) ); \ + *( pxResult ) = pdPASS; \ + } \ +} + +/** + * croutine. h + * 
+  crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR(
+                            xQueueHandle pxQueue,
+                            void *pvItemToQueue,
+                            portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken
+                       )
+ * + * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() are the + * co-routine equivalent to the xQueueSendFromISR() and xQueueReceiveFromISR() + * functions used by tasks. + * + * crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() can only be used to + * pass data between a co-routine and and ISR, whereas xQueueSendFromISR() and + * xQueueReceiveFromISR() can only be used to pass data between a task and and + * ISR. + * + * crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR can only be called from an ISR to send data to a queue + * that is being used from within a co-routine. + * + * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on + * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and + * co-routines. + * + * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted. + * + * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the + * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the + * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue + * into the queue storage area. + * + * @param xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken This is included so an ISR can post onto + * the same queue multiple times from a single interrupt. The first call + * should always pass in pdFALSE. Subsequent calls should pass in + * the value returned from the previous call. + * + * @return pdTRUE if a co-routine was woken by posting onto the queue. This is + * used by the ISR to determine if a context switch may be required following + * the ISR. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ // A co-routine that blocks on a queue waiting for characters to be received.
+ static void vReceivingCoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
+ {
+ char cRxedChar;
+ portBASE_TYPE xResult;
+
+     // All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
+     crSTART( xHandle );
+
+     for( ;; )
+     {
+         // Wait for data to become available on the queue.  This assumes the
+         // queue xCommsRxQueue has already been created!
+         crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, xCommsRxQueue, &uxLEDToFlash, portMAX_DELAY, &xResult );
+
+         // Was a character received?
+         if( xResult == pdPASS )
+         {
+             // Process the character here.
+         }
+     }
+
+     // All co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
+     crEND();
+ }
+
+ // An ISR that uses a queue to send characters received on a serial port to
+ // a co-routine.
+ void vUART_ISR( void )
+ {
+ char cRxedChar;
+ portBASE_TYPE xCRWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
+
+     // We loop around reading characters until there are none left in the UART.
+     while( UART_RX_REG_NOT_EMPTY() )
+     {
+         // Obtain the character from the UART.
+         cRxedChar = UART_RX_REG;
+
+         // Post the character onto a queue.  xCRWokenByPost will be pdFALSE
+         // the first time around the loop.  If the post causes a co-routine
+         // to be woken (unblocked) then xCRWokenByPost will be set to pdTRUE.
+         // In this manner we can ensure that if more than one co-routine is
+         // blocked on the queue only one is woken by this ISR no matter how
+         // many characters are posted to the queue.
+         xCRWokenByPost = crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( xCommsRxQueue, &cRxedChar, xCRWokenByPost );
+     }
+ }
+ * \defgroup crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR + * \ingroup Tasks + */ +#define crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) xQueueCRSendFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) ) + + +/** + * croutine. h + * 
+  crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR(
+                            xQueueHandle pxQueue,
+                            void *pvBuffer,
+                            portBASE_TYPE * pxCoRoutineWoken
+                       )
+ * + * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() are the + * co-routine equivalent to the xQueueSendFromISR() and xQueueReceiveFromISR() + * functions used by tasks. + * + * crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() can only be used to + * pass data between a co-routine and and ISR, whereas xQueueSendFromISR() and + * xQueueReceiveFromISR() can only be used to pass data between a task and and + * ISR. + * + * crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR can only be called from an ISR to receive data + * from a queue that is being used from within a co-routine (a co-routine + * posted to the queue). + * + * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on + * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and + * co-routines. + * + * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted. + * + * @param pvBuffer A pointer to a buffer into which the received item will be + * placed. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the + * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from the queue into + * pvBuffer. + * + * @param pxCoRoutineWoken A co-routine may be blocked waiting for space to become + * available on the queue. If crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR causes such a + * co-routine to unblock *pxCoRoutineWoken will get set to pdTRUE, otherwise + * *pxCoRoutineWoken will remain unchanged. + * + * @return pdTRUE an item was successfully received from the queue, otherwise + * pdFALSE. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ // A co-routine that posts a character to a queue then blocks for a fixed
+ // period.  The character is incremented each time.
+ static void vSendingCoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
+ {
+ // cChar holds its value while this co-routine is blocked and must therefore
+ // be declared static.
+ static char cCharToTx = 'a';
+ portBASE_TYPE xResult;
+
+     // All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
+     crSTART( xHandle );
+
+     for( ;; )
+     {
+         // Send the next character to the queue.
+         crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &cCharToTx, NO_DELAY, &xResult );
+
+         if( xResult == pdPASS )
+         {
+             // The character was successfully posted to the queue.
+         }
+		 else
+		 {
+			// Could not post the character to the queue.
+		 }
+
+         // Enable the UART Tx interrupt to cause an interrupt in this
+		 // hypothetical UART.  The interrupt will obtain the character
+		 // from the queue and send it.
+		 ENABLE_RX_INTERRUPT();
+
+		 // Increment to the next character then block for a fixed period.
+		 // cCharToTx will maintain its value across the delay as it is
+		 // declared static.
+		 cCharToTx++;
+		 if( cCharToTx > 'x' )
+		 {
+			cCharToTx = 'a';
+		 }
+		 crDELAY( 100 );
+     }
+
+     // All co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
+     crEND();
+ }
+
+ // An ISR that uses a queue to receive characters to send on a UART.
+ void vUART_ISR( void )
+ {
+ char cCharToTx;
+ portBASE_TYPE xCRWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
+
+     while( UART_TX_REG_EMPTY() )
+     {
+         // Are there any characters in the queue waiting to be sent?
+		 // xCRWokenByPost will automatically be set to pdTRUE if a co-routine
+		 // is woken by the post - ensuring that only a single co-routine is
+		 // woken no matter how many times we go around this loop.
+         if( crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, &cCharToTx, &xCRWokenByPost ) )
+		 {
+			 SEND_CHARACTER( cCharToTx );
+		 }
+     }
+ }
+ * \defgroup crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR + * \ingroup Tasks + */ +#define crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, pvBuffer, pxCoRoutineWoken ) xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( pxCoRoutineWoken ) ) + +/* + * This function is intended for internal use by the co-routine macros only. + * The macro nature of the co-routine implementation requires that the + * prototype appears here. The function should not be used by application + * writers. + * + * Removes the current co-routine from its ready list and places it in the + * appropriate delayed list. + */ +void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( portTickType xTicksToDelay, xList *pxEventList ); + +/* + * This function is intended for internal use by the queue implementation only. + * The function should not be used by application writers. + * + * Removes the highest priority co-routine from the event list and places it in + * the pending ready list. + */ +signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const xList *pxEventList ); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* CO_ROUTINE_H */ diff --git a/FreeRTOS/Source/include/list.h b/FreeRTOS/Source/include/list.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a8bafb0 --- /dev/null +++ b/FreeRTOS/Source/include/list.h @@ -0,0 +1,378 @@ +/* + FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd. + + VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION. + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, * + * robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross * + * platform software that has become a de facto standard. * + * * + * Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS * + * project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference * + * manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation * + * * + * Thank you! * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. + + FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under + the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the + Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception. + + >>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute + >>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide + >>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS + >>! kernel. + + FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY + WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS + FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following + link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does * + * not run, what could be wrong?" * + * * + * http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions, + license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details. + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products, + including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS + compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack. + + http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High + Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS + licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware. + + http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety + engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and + mission critical applications that require provable dependability. + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! +*/ + +/* + * This is the list implementation used by the scheduler. While it is tailored + * heavily for the schedulers needs, it is also available for use by + * application code. + * + * xLists can only store pointers to xListItems. Each xListItem contains a + * numeric value (xItemValue). Most of the time the lists are sorted in + * descending item value order. + * + * Lists are created already containing one list item. The value of this + * item is the maximum possible that can be stored, it is therefore always at + * the end of the list and acts as a marker. The list member pxHead always + * points to this marker - even though it is at the tail of the list. This + * is because the tail contains a wrap back pointer to the true head of + * the list. + * + * In addition to it's value, each list item contains a pointer to the next + * item in the list (pxNext), a pointer to the list it is in (pxContainer) + * and a pointer to back to the object that contains it. These later two + * pointers are included for efficiency of list manipulation. There is + * effectively a two way link between the object containing the list item and + * the list item itself. + * + * + * \page ListIntroduction List Implementation + * \ingroup FreeRTOSIntro + */ + + +#ifndef LIST_H +#define LIST_H + +/* + * The list structure members are modified from within interrupts, and therefore + * by rights should be declared volatile. However, they are only modified in a + * functionally atomic way (within critical sections of with the scheduler + * suspended) and are either passed by reference into a function or indexed via + * a volatile variable. Therefore, in all use cases tested so far, the volatile + * qualifier can be omitted in order to provide a moderate performance + * improvement without adversely affecting functional behaviour. The assembly + * instructions generated by the IAR, ARM and GCC compilers when the respective + * compiler's options were set for maximum optimisation has been inspected and + * deemed to be as intended. That said, as compiler technology advances, and + * especially if aggressive cross module optimisation is used (a use case that + * has not been exercised to any great extend) then it is feasible that the + * volatile qualifier will be needed for correct optimisation. It is expected + * that a compiler removing essential code because, without the volatile + * qualifier on the list structure members and with aggressive cross module + * optimisation, the compiler deemed the code unnecessary will result in + * complete and obvious failure of the scheduler. If this is ever experienced + * then the volatile qualifier can be inserted in the relevant places within the + * list structures by simply defining configLIST_VOLATILE to volatile in + * FreeRTOSConfig.h (as per the example at the bottom of this comment block). + * If configLIST_VOLATILE is not defined then the preprocessor directives below + * will simply #define configLIST_VOLATILE away completely. + * + * To use volatile list structure members then add the following line to + * FreeRTOSConfig.h (without the quotes): + * "#define configLIST_VOLATILE volatile" + */ +#ifndef configLIST_VOLATILE + #define configLIST_VOLATILE +#endif /* configSUPPORT_CROSS_MODULE_OPTIMISATION */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif +/* + * Definition of the only type of object that a list can contain. + */ +struct xLIST_ITEM +{ + configLIST_VOLATILE portTickType xItemValue; /*< The value being listed. In most cases this is used to sort the list in descending order. */ + struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxNext; /*< Pointer to the next xListItem in the list. */ + struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxPrevious;/*< Pointer to the previous xListItem in the list. */ + void * pvOwner; /*< Pointer to the object (normally a TCB) that contains the list item. There is therefore a two way link between the object containing the list item and the list item itself. */ + void * configLIST_VOLATILE pvContainer; /*< Pointer to the list in which this list item is placed (if any). */ +}; +typedef struct xLIST_ITEM xListItem; /* For some reason lint wants this as two separate definitions. */ + +struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM +{ + configLIST_VOLATILE portTickType xItemValue; + struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxNext; + struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxPrevious; +}; +typedef struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM xMiniListItem; + +/* + * Definition of the type of queue used by the scheduler. + */ +typedef struct xLIST +{ + configLIST_VOLATILE unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxNumberOfItems; + xListItem * configLIST_VOLATILE pxIndex; /*< Used to walk through the list. Points to the last item returned by a call to pvListGetOwnerOfNextEntry (). */ + xMiniListItem xListEnd; /*< List item that contains the maximum possible item value meaning it is always at the end of the list and is therefore used as a marker. */ +} xList; + +/* + * Access macro to set the owner of a list item. The owner of a list item + * is the object (usually a TCB) that contains the list item. + * + * \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER + * \ingroup LinkedList + */ +#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem, pxOwner ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvOwner = ( void * ) ( pxOwner ) ) + +/* + * Access macro to get the owner of a list item. The owner of a list item + * is the object (usually a TCB) that contains the list item. + * + * \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER + * \ingroup LinkedList + */ +#define listGET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem ) ( pxListItem )->pvOwner + +/* + * Access macro to set the value of the list item. In most cases the value is + * used to sort the list in descending order. + * + * \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE + * \ingroup LinkedList + */ +#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem, xValue ) ( ( pxListItem )->xItemValue = ( xValue ) ) + +/* + * Access macro to retrieve the value of the list item. The value can + * represent anything - for example a the priority of a task, or the time at + * which a task should be unblocked. + * + * \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE + * \ingroup LinkedList + */ +#define listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->xItemValue ) + +/* + * Access macro the retrieve the value of the list item at the head of a given + * list. + * + * \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE + * \ingroup LinkedList + */ +#define listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( (&( ( pxList )->xListEnd ))->pxNext->xItemValue ) + +/* + * Access macro to determine if a list contains any items. The macro will + * only have the value true if the list is empty. + * + * \page listLIST_IS_EMPTY listLIST_IS_EMPTY + * \ingroup LinkedList + */ +#define listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxList ) ( ( portBASE_TYPE ) ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) ) + +/* + * Access macro to return the number of items in the list. + */ +#define listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxList ) ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems ) + +/* + * Access function to obtain the owner of the next entry in a list. + * + * The list member pxIndex is used to walk through a list. Calling + * listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pxIndex to the next item in the list + * and returns that entries pxOwner parameter. Using multiple calls to this + * function it is therefore possible to move through every item contained in + * a list. + * + * The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns + * the list item. In the scheduler this is normally a task control block. + * The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list + * item and its owner. + * + * @param pxList The list from which the next item owner is to be returned. + * + * \page listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY + * \ingroup LinkedList + */ +#define listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxTCB, pxList ) \ +{ \ +xList * const pxConstList = ( pxList ); \ + /* Increment the index to the next item and return the item, ensuring */ \ + /* we don't return the marker used at the end of the list. */ \ + ( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext; \ + if( ( void * ) ( pxConstList )->pxIndex == ( void * ) &( ( pxConstList )->xListEnd ) ) \ + { \ + ( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext; \ + } \ + ( pxTCB ) = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pvOwner; \ +} + + +/* + * Access function to obtain the owner of the first entry in a list. Lists + * are normally sorted in ascending item value order. + * + * This function returns the pxOwner member of the first item in the list. + * The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns + * the list item. In the scheduler this is normally a task control block. + * The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list + * item and its owner. + * + * @param pxList The list from which the owner of the head item is to be + * returned. + * + * \page listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY + * \ingroup LinkedList + */ +#define listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( (&( ( pxList )->xListEnd ))->pxNext->pvOwner ) + +/* + * Check to see if a list item is within a list. The list item maintains a + * "container" pointer that points to the list it is in. All this macro does + * is check to see if the container and the list match. + * + * @param pxList The list we want to know if the list item is within. + * @param pxListItem The list item we want to know if is in the list. + * @return pdTRUE is the list item is in the list, otherwise pdFALSE. + * pointer against + */ +#define listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( pxList, pxListItem ) ( ( portBASE_TYPE ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvContainer == ( void * ) ( pxList ) ) ) + +/* + * Return the list a list item is contained within (referenced from). + * + * @param pxListItem The list item being queried. + * @return A pointer to the xList object that references the pxListItem + */ +#define listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvContainer ) + +/* + * This provides a crude means of knowing if a list has been initialised, as + * pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue is set to portMAX_DELAY by the vListInitialise() + * function. + */ +#define listLIST_IS_INITIALISED( pxList ) ( ( pxList )->xListEnd.xItemValue == portMAX_DELAY ) + +/* + * Must be called before a list is used! This initialises all the members + * of the list structure and inserts the xListEnd item into the list as a + * marker to the back of the list. + * + * @param pxList Pointer to the list being initialised. + * + * \page vListInitialise vListInitialise + * \ingroup LinkedList + */ +void vListInitialise( xList * const pxList ); + +/* + * Must be called before a list item is used. This sets the list container to + * null so the item does not think that it is already contained in a list. + * + * @param pxItem Pointer to the list item being initialised. + * + * \page vListInitialiseItem vListInitialiseItem + * \ingroup LinkedList + */ +void vListInitialiseItem( xListItem * const pxItem ); + +/* + * Insert a list item into a list. The item will be inserted into the list in + * a position determined by its item value (descending item value order). + * + * @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted. + * + * @param pxNewListItem The item to that is to be placed in the list. + * + * \page vListInsert vListInsert + * \ingroup LinkedList + */ +void vListInsert( xList * const pxList, xListItem * const pxNewListItem ); + +/* + * Insert a list item into a list. The item will be inserted in a position + * such that it will be the last item within the list returned by multiple + * calls to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY. + * + * The list member pvIndex is used to walk through a list. Calling + * listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pvIndex to the next item in the list. + * Placing an item in a list using vListInsertEnd effectively places the item + * in the list position pointed to by pvIndex. This means that every other + * item within the list will be returned by listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY before + * the pvIndex parameter again points to the item being inserted. + * + * @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted. + * + * @param pxNewListItem The list item to be inserted into the list. + * + * \page vListInsertEnd vListInsertEnd + * \ingroup LinkedList + */ +void vListInsertEnd( xList * const pxList, xListItem * const pxNewListItem ); + +/* + * Remove an item from a list. The list item has a pointer to the list that + * it is in, so only the list item need be passed into the function. + * + * @param uxListRemove The item to be removed. The item will remove itself from + * the list pointed to by it's pxContainer parameter. + * + * @return The number of items that remain in the list after the list item has + * been removed. + * + * \page uxListRemove uxListRemove + * \ingroup LinkedList + */ +unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxListRemove( xListItem * const pxItemToRemove ); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif + diff --git a/FreeRTOS/Source/include/mpu_wrappers.h b/FreeRTOS/Source/include/mpu_wrappers.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6635069 --- /dev/null +++ b/FreeRTOS/Source/include/mpu_wrappers.h @@ -0,0 +1,152 @@ +/* + FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd. + + VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION. + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, * + * robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross * + * platform software that has become a de facto standard. * + * * + * Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS * + * project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference * + * manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation * + * * + * Thank you! * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. + + FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under + the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the + Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception. + + >>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute + >>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide + >>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS + >>! kernel. + + FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY + WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS + FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following + link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does * + * not run, what could be wrong?" * + * * + * http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions, + license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details. + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products, + including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS + compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack. + + http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High + Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS + licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware. + + http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety + engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and + mission critical applications that require provable dependability. + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! +*/ + +#ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_H +#define MPU_WRAPPERS_H + +/* This file redefines API functions to be called through a wrapper macro, but +only for ports that are using the MPU. */ +#ifdef portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS + + /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE will be defined when this file is + included from queue.c or task.c to prevent it from having an effect within + those files. */ + #ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE + + #define xTaskGenericCreate MPU_xTaskGenericCreate + #define vTaskAllocateMPURegions MPU_vTaskAllocateMPURegions + #define vTaskDelete MPU_vTaskDelete + #define vTaskDelayUntil MPU_vTaskDelayUntil + #define vTaskDelay MPU_vTaskDelay + #define uxTaskPriorityGet MPU_uxTaskPriorityGet + #define vTaskPrioritySet MPU_vTaskPrioritySet + #define eTaskGetState MPU_eTaskGetState + #define vTaskSuspend MPU_vTaskSuspend + #define xTaskIsTaskSuspended MPU_xTaskIsTaskSuspended + #define vTaskResume MPU_vTaskResume + #define vTaskSuspendAll MPU_vTaskSuspendAll + #define xTaskResumeAll MPU_xTaskResumeAll + #define xTaskGetTickCount MPU_xTaskGetTickCount + #define uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks MPU_uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks + #define vTaskList MPU_vTaskList + #define vTaskGetRunTimeStats MPU_vTaskGetRunTimeStats + #define vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag MPU_vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag + #define xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag + #define xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook MPU_xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook + #define uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark + #define xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle MPU_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle + #define xTaskGetSchedulerState MPU_xTaskGetSchedulerState + #define xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle MPU_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle + #define uxTaskGetSystemState MPU_uxTaskGetSystemState + + #define xQueueGenericCreate MPU_xQueueGenericCreate + #define xQueueCreateMutex MPU_xQueueCreateMutex + #define xQueueGiveMutexRecursive MPU_xQueueGiveMutexRecursive + #define xQueueTakeMutexRecursive MPU_xQueueTakeMutexRecursive + #define xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore + #define xQueueGenericSend MPU_xQueueGenericSend + #define xQueueAltGenericSend MPU_xQueueAltGenericSend + #define xQueueAltGenericReceive MPU_xQueueAltGenericReceive + #define xQueueGenericReceive MPU_xQueueGenericReceive + #define uxQueueMessagesWaiting MPU_uxQueueMessagesWaiting + #define vQueueDelete MPU_vQueueDelete + #define xQueueGenericReset MPU_xQueueGenericReset + #define xQueueCreateSet MPU_xQueueCreateSet + #define xQueueSelectFromSet MPU_xQueueSelectFromSet + #define xQueueAddToSet MPU_xQueueAddToSet + #define xQueueRemoveFromSet MPU_xQueueRemoveFromSet + #define xQueuePeekFromISR MPU_xQueuePeekFromISR + + #define pvPortMalloc MPU_pvPortMalloc + #define vPortFree MPU_vPortFree + #define xPortGetFreeHeapSize MPU_xPortGetFreeHeapSize + #define vPortInitialiseBlocks MPU_vPortInitialiseBlocks + + #if configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 + #define vQueueAddToRegistry MPU_vQueueAddToRegistry + #define vQueueUnregisterQueue MPU_vQueueUnregisterQueue + #endif + + /* Remove the privileged function macro. */ + #define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION + + #else /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */ + + /* Ensure API functions go in the privileged execution section. */ + #define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION __attribute__((section("privileged_functions"))) + #define PRIVILEGED_DATA __attribute__((section("privileged_data"))) + + #endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */ + +#else /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */ + + #define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION + #define PRIVILEGED_DATA + #define portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS 0 + +#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */ + + +#endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_H */ + diff --git a/FreeRTOS/Source/include/portable.h b/FreeRTOS/Source/include/portable.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cb83f26 --- /dev/null +++ b/FreeRTOS/Source/include/portable.h @@ -0,0 +1,401 @@ +/* + FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd. + + VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION. + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, * + * robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross * + * platform software that has become a de facto standard. * + * * + * Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS * + * project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference * + * manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation * + * * + * Thank you! * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. + + FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under + the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the + Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception. + + >>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute + >>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide + >>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS + >>! kernel. + + FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY + WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS + FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following + link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does * + * not run, what could be wrong?" * + * * + * http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions, + license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details. + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products, + including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS + compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack. + + http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High + Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS + licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware. + + http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety + engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and + mission critical applications that require provable dependability. + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! +*/ + +/*----------------------------------------------------------- + * Portable layer API. Each function must be defined for each port. + *----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#ifndef PORTABLE_H +#define PORTABLE_H + +/* Include the macro file relevant to the port being used. */ + +#ifdef OPEN_WATCOM_INDUSTRIAL_PC_PORT + #include "..\..\Source\portable\owatcom\16bitdos\pc\portmacro.h" + typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )(); +#endif + +#ifdef OPEN_WATCOM_FLASH_LITE_186_PORT + #include "..\..\Source\portable\owatcom\16bitdos\flsh186\portmacro.h" + typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )(); +#endif + +#ifdef GCC_MEGA_AVR + #include "../portable/GCC/ATMega323/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef IAR_MEGA_AVR + #include "../portable/IAR/ATMega323/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef MPLAB_PIC24_PORT + #include "..\..\Source\portable\MPLAB\PIC24_dsPIC\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef MPLAB_DSPIC_PORT + #include "..\..\Source\portable\MPLAB\PIC24_dsPIC\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef MPLAB_PIC18F_PORT + #include "..\..\Source\portable\MPLAB\PIC18F\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef MPLAB_PIC32MX_PORT + #include "..\..\Source\portable\MPLAB\PIC32MX\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef _FEDPICC + #include "libFreeRTOS/Include/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef SDCC_CYGNAL + #include "../../Source/portable/SDCC/Cygnal/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef GCC_ARM7 + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_LPC2000/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef GCC_ARM7_ECLIPSE + #include "portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef ROWLEY_LPC23xx + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_LPC23xx/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef IAR_MSP430 + #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\MSP430\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef GCC_MSP430 + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MSP430F449/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef ROWLEY_MSP430 + #include "../../Source/portable/Rowley/MSP430F449/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef ARM7_LPC21xx_KEIL_RVDS + #include "..\..\Source\portable\RVDS\ARM7_LPC21xx\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef SAM7_GCC + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_AT91SAM7S/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef SAM7_IAR + #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\AtmelSAM7S64\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef SAM9XE_IAR + #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\AtmelSAM9XE\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef LPC2000_IAR + #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\LPC2000\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef STR71X_IAR + #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR71x\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef STR75X_IAR + #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR75x\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef STR75X_GCC + #include "..\..\Source\portable\GCC\STR75x\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef STR91X_IAR + #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR91x\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef GCC_H8S + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/H8S2329/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef GCC_AT91FR40008 + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_AT91FR40008/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef RVDS_ARMCM3_LM3S102 + #include "../../Source/portable/RVDS/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef GCC_ARMCM3_LM3S102 + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef GCC_ARMCM3 + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef IAR_ARM_CM3 + #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef IAR_ARMCM3_LM + #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef HCS12_CODE_WARRIOR + #include "../../Source/portable/CodeWarrior/HCS12/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef MICROBLAZE_GCC + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MicroBlaze/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef TERN_EE + #include "..\..\Source\portable\Paradigm\Tern_EE\small\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef GCC_HCS12 + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/HCS12/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef GCC_MCF5235 + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MCF5235/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef COLDFIRE_V2_GCC + #include "../../../Source/portable/GCC/ColdFire_V2/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef COLDFIRE_V2_CODEWARRIOR + #include "../../Source/portable/CodeWarrior/ColdFire_V2/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef GCC_PPC405 + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/PPC405_Xilinx/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef GCC_PPC440 + #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/PPC440_Xilinx/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef _16FX_SOFTUNE + #include "..\..\Source\portable\Softune\MB96340\portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef BCC_INDUSTRIAL_PC_PORT + /* A short file name has to be used in place of the normal + FreeRTOSConfig.h when using the Borland compiler. */ + #include "frconfig.h" + #include "..\portable\BCC\16BitDOS\PC\prtmacro.h" + typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )(); +#endif + +#ifdef BCC_FLASH_LITE_186_PORT + /* A short file name has to be used in place of the normal + FreeRTOSConfig.h when using the Borland compiler. */ + #include "frconfig.h" + #include "..\portable\BCC\16BitDOS\flsh186\prtmacro.h" + typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )(); +#endif + +#ifdef __GNUC__ + #ifdef __AVR32_AVR32A__ + #include "portmacro.h" + #endif +#endif + +#ifdef __ICCAVR32__ + #ifdef __CORE__ + #if __CORE__ == __AVR32A__ + #include "portmacro.h" + #endif + #endif +#endif + +#ifdef __91467D + #include "portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef __96340 + #include "portmacro.h" +#endif + + +#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Fx3__ + #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx3__ + #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx3_L__ + #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx2__ + #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Hx2__ + #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef __IAR_78K0R_Kx3__ + #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/78K0R/portmacro.h" +#endif + +#ifdef __IAR_78K0R_Kx3L__ + #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/78K0R/portmacro.h" +#endif + +/* Catch all to ensure portmacro.h is included in the build. Newer demos +have the path as part of the project options, rather than as relative from +the project location. If portENTER_CRITICAL() has not been defined then +portmacro.h has not yet been included - as every portmacro.h provides a +portENTER_CRITICAL() definition. Check the demo application for your demo +to find the path to the correct portmacro.h file. */ +#ifndef portENTER_CRITICAL + #include "portmacro.h" +#endif + +#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 8 + #define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0007 ) +#endif + +#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 4 + #define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0003 ) +#endif + +#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 2 + #define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0001 ) +#endif + +#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 1 + #define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0000 ) +#endif + +#ifndef portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK + #error "Invalid portBYTE_ALIGNMENT definition" +#endif + +#ifndef portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS + #define portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS 1 +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#include "mpu_wrappers.h" + +/* + * Setup the stack of a new task so it is ready to be placed under the + * scheduler control. The registers have to be placed on the stack in + * the order that the port expects to find them. + * + */ +#if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) + portSTACK_TYPE *pxPortInitialiseStack( portSTACK_TYPE *pxTopOfStack, pdTASK_CODE pxCode, void *pvParameters, portBASE_TYPE xRunPrivileged ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +#else + portSTACK_TYPE *pxPortInitialiseStack( portSTACK_TYPE *pxTopOfStack, pdTASK_CODE pxCode, void *pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +#endif + +/* + * Map to the memory management routines required for the port. + */ +void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xSize ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +void vPortFree( void *pv ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Setup the hardware ready for the scheduler to take control. This generally + * sets up a tick interrupt and sets timers for the correct tick frequency. + */ +portBASE_TYPE xPortStartScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Undo any hardware/ISR setup that was performed by xPortStartScheduler() so + * the hardware is left in its original condition after the scheduler stops + * executing. + */ +void vPortEndScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * The structures and methods of manipulating the MPU are contained within the + * port layer. + * + * Fills the xMPUSettings structure with the memory region information + * contained in xRegions. + */ +#if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) + struct xMEMORY_REGION; + void vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings( xMPU_SETTINGS *xMPUSettings, const struct xMEMORY_REGION * const xRegions, portSTACK_TYPE *pxBottomOfStack, unsigned short usStackDepth ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* PORTABLE_H */ + diff --git a/FreeRTOS/Source/include/projdefs.h b/FreeRTOS/Source/include/projdefs.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e2531bc --- /dev/null +++ b/FreeRTOS/Source/include/projdefs.h @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +/* + FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd. + + VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION. + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, * + * robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross * + * platform software that has become a de facto standard. * + * * + * Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS * + * project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference * + * manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation * + * * + * Thank you! * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. + + FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under + the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the + Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception. + + >>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute + >>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide + >>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS + >>! kernel. + + FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY + WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS + FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following + link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does * + * not run, what could be wrong?" * + * * + * http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions, + license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details. + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products, + including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS + compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack. + + http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High + Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS + licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware. + + http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety + engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and + mission critical applications that require provable dependability. + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! +*/ + +#ifndef PROJDEFS_H +#define PROJDEFS_H + +/* Defines the prototype to which task functions must conform. */ +typedef void (*pdTASK_CODE)( void * ); + +#define pdFALSE ( ( portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) +#define pdTRUE ( ( portBASE_TYPE ) 1 ) + +#define pdPASS ( pdTRUE ) +#define pdFAIL ( pdFALSE ) +#define errQUEUE_EMPTY ( ( portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) +#define errQUEUE_FULL ( ( portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) + +/* Error definitions. */ +#define errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY ( -1 ) +#define errNO_TASK_TO_RUN ( -2 ) +#define errQUEUE_BLOCKED ( -4 ) +#define errQUEUE_YIELD ( -5 ) + +#endif /* PROJDEFS_H */ + + + diff --git a/FreeRTOS/Source/include/queue.h b/FreeRTOS/Source/include/queue.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3968cff --- /dev/null +++ b/FreeRTOS/Source/include/queue.h @@ -0,0 +1,1667 @@ +/* + FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd. + + VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION. + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, * + * robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross * + * platform software that has become a de facto standard. * + * * + * Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS * + * project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference * + * manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation * + * * + * Thank you! * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. + + FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under + the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the + Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception. + + >>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute + >>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide + >>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS + >>! kernel. + + FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY + WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS + FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following + link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does * + * not run, what could be wrong?" * + * * + * http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions, + license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details. + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products, + including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS + compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack. + + http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High + Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS + licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware. + + http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety + engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and + mission critical applications that require provable dependability. + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! +*/ + + +#ifndef QUEUE_H +#define QUEUE_H + +#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H + #error "include FreeRTOS.h" must appear in source files before "include queue.h" +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/** + * Type by which queues are referenced. For example, a call to xQueueCreate() + * returns an xQueueHandle variable that can then be used as a parameter to + * xQueueSend(), xQueueReceive(), etc. + */ +typedef void * xQueueHandle; + +/** + * Type by which queue sets are referenced. For example, a call to + * xQueueCreateSet() returns an xQueueSet variable that can then be used as a + * parameter to xQueueSelectFromSet(), xQueueAddToSet(), etc. + */ +typedef void * xQueueSetHandle; + +/** + * Queue sets can contain both queues and semaphores, so the + * xQueueSetMemberHandle is defined as a type to be used where a parameter or + * return value can be either an xQueueHandle or an xSemaphoreHandle. + */ +typedef void * xQueueSetMemberHandle; + +/* For internal use only. */ +#define queueSEND_TO_BACK ( ( portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) +#define queueSEND_TO_FRONT ( ( portBASE_TYPE ) 1 ) +#define queueOVERWRITE ( ( portBASE_TYPE ) 2 ) + +/* For internal use only. These definitions *must* match those in queue.c. */ +#define queueQUEUE_TYPE_BASE ( ( unsigned char ) 0U ) +#define queueQUEUE_TYPE_SET ( ( unsigned char ) 0U ) +#define queueQUEUE_TYPE_MUTEX ( ( unsigned char ) 1U ) +#define queueQUEUE_TYPE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE ( ( unsigned char ) 2U ) +#define queueQUEUE_TYPE_BINARY_SEMAPHORE ( ( unsigned char ) 3U ) +#define queueQUEUE_TYPE_RECURSIVE_MUTEX ( ( unsigned char ) 4U ) + +/** + * queue. h + * 
+ xQueueHandle xQueueCreate(
+							  unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueLength,
+							  unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxItemSize
+						  );
+ *
+ * + * Creates a new queue instance. This allocates the storage required by the + * new queue and returns a handle for the queue. + * + * @param uxQueueLength The maximum number of items that the queue can contain. + * + * @param uxItemSize The number of bytes each item in the queue will require. + * Items are queued by copy, not by reference, so this is the number of bytes + * that will be copied for each posted item. Each item on the queue must be + * the same size. + * + * @return If the queue is successfully create then a handle to the newly + * created queue is returned. If the queue cannot be created then 0 is + * returned. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ struct AMessage
+ {
+	char ucMessageID;
+	char ucData[ 20 ];
+ };
+
+ void vATask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ xQueueHandle xQueue1, xQueue2;
+
+	// Create a queue capable of containing 10 unsigned long values.
+	xQueue1 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( unsigned long ) );
+	if( xQueue1 == 0 )
+	{
+		// Queue was not created and must not be used.
+	}
+
+	// Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
+	// These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
+	xQueue2 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
+	if( xQueue2 == 0 )
+	{
+		// Queue was not created and must not be used.
+	}
+
+	// ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup xQueueCreate xQueueCreate + * \ingroup QueueManagement + */ +#define xQueueCreate( uxQueueLength, uxItemSize ) xQueueGenericCreate( uxQueueLength, uxItemSize, queueQUEUE_TYPE_BASE ) + +/** + * queue. h + * 
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueSendToToFront(
+								   xQueueHandle	xQueue,
+								   const void	*	pvItemToQueue,
+								   portTickType	xTicksToWait
+							   );
+ *
+ * + * This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSend(). + * + * Post an item to the front of a queue. The item is queued by copy, not by + * reference. This function must not be called from an interrupt service + * routine. See xQueueSendFromISR () for an alternative which may be used + * in an ISR. + * + * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted. + * + * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the + * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the + * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue + * into the queue storage area. + * + * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block + * waiting for space to become available on the queue, should it already + * be full. The call will return immediately if this is set to 0 and the + * queue is full. The time is defined in tick periods so the constant + * portTICK_RATE_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is required. + * + * @return pdTRUE if the item was successfully posted, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ struct AMessage
+ {
+	char ucMessageID;
+	char ucData[ 20 ];
+ } xMessage;
+
+ unsigned long ulVar = 10UL;
+
+ void vATask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ xQueueHandle xQueue1, xQueue2;
+ struct AMessage *pxMessage;
+
+	// Create a queue capable of containing 10 unsigned long values.
+	xQueue1 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( unsigned long ) );
+
+	// Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
+	// These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
+	xQueue2 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
+
+	// ...
+
+	if( xQueue1 != 0 )
+	{
+		// Send an unsigned long.  Wait for 10 ticks for space to become
+		// available if necessary.
+		if( xQueueSendToFront( xQueue1, ( void * ) &ulVar, ( portTickType ) 10 ) != pdPASS )
+		{
+			// Failed to post the message, even after 10 ticks.
+		}
+	}
+
+	if( xQueue2 != 0 )
+	{
+		// Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object.  Don't block if the
+		// queue is already full.
+		pxMessage = & xMessage;
+		xQueueSendToFront( xQueue2, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( portTickType ) 0 );
+	}
+
+	// ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup xQueueSend xQueueSend + * \ingroup QueueManagement + */ +#define xQueueSendToFront( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait ) xQueueGenericSend( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xTicksToWait ), queueSEND_TO_FRONT ) + +/** + * queue. h + * 
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueSendToBack(
+								   xQueueHandle	xQueue,
+								   const	void	*	pvItemToQueue,
+								   portTickType	xTicksToWait
+							   );
+ *
+ * + * This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSend(). + * + * Post an item to the back of a queue. The item is queued by copy, not by + * reference. This function must not be called from an interrupt service + * routine. See xQueueSendFromISR () for an alternative which may be used + * in an ISR. + * + * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted. + * + * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the + * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the + * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue + * into the queue storage area. + * + * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block + * waiting for space to become available on the queue, should it already + * be full. The call will return immediately if this is set to 0 and the queue + * is full. The time is defined in tick periods so the constant + * portTICK_RATE_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is required. + * + * @return pdTRUE if the item was successfully posted, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ struct AMessage
+ {
+	char ucMessageID;
+	char ucData[ 20 ];
+ } xMessage;
+
+ unsigned long ulVar = 10UL;
+
+ void vATask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ xQueueHandle xQueue1, xQueue2;
+ struct AMessage *pxMessage;
+
+	// Create a queue capable of containing 10 unsigned long values.
+	xQueue1 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( unsigned long ) );
+
+	// Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
+	// These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
+	xQueue2 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
+
+	// ...
+
+	if( xQueue1 != 0 )
+	{
+		// Send an unsigned long.  Wait for 10 ticks for space to become
+		// available if necessary.
+		if( xQueueSendToBack( xQueue1, ( void * ) &ulVar, ( portTickType ) 10 ) != pdPASS )
+		{
+			// Failed to post the message, even after 10 ticks.
+		}
+	}
+
+	if( xQueue2 != 0 )
+	{
+		// Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object.  Don't block if the
+		// queue is already full.
+		pxMessage = & xMessage;
+		xQueueSendToBack( xQueue2, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( portTickType ) 0 );
+	}
+
+	// ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup xQueueSend xQueueSend + * \ingroup QueueManagement + */ +#define xQueueSendToBack( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait ) xQueueGenericSend( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xTicksToWait ), queueSEND_TO_BACK ) + +/** + * queue. h + * 
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueSend(
+							  xQueueHandle xQueue,
+							  const void * pvItemToQueue,
+							  portTickType xTicksToWait
+						 );
+ *
+ * + * This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSend(). It is included for + * backward compatibility with versions of FreeRTOS.org that did not + * include the xQueueSendToFront() and xQueueSendToBack() macros. It is + * equivalent to xQueueSendToBack(). + * + * Post an item on a queue. The item is queued by copy, not by reference. + * This function must not be called from an interrupt service routine. + * See xQueueSendFromISR () for an alternative which may be used in an ISR. + * + * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted. + * + * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the + * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the + * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue + * into the queue storage area. + * + * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block + * waiting for space to become available on the queue, should it already + * be full. The call will return immediately if this is set to 0 and the + * queue is full. The time is defined in tick periods so the constant + * portTICK_RATE_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is required. + * + * @return pdTRUE if the item was successfully posted, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ struct AMessage
+ {
+	char ucMessageID;
+	char ucData[ 20 ];
+ } xMessage;
+
+ unsigned long ulVar = 10UL;
+
+ void vATask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ xQueueHandle xQueue1, xQueue2;
+ struct AMessage *pxMessage;
+
+	// Create a queue capable of containing 10 unsigned long values.
+	xQueue1 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( unsigned long ) );
+
+	// Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
+	// These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
+	xQueue2 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
+
+	// ...
+
+	if( xQueue1 != 0 )
+	{
+		// Send an unsigned long.  Wait for 10 ticks for space to become
+		// available if necessary.
+		if( xQueueSend( xQueue1, ( void * ) &ulVar, ( portTickType ) 10 ) != pdPASS )
+		{
+			// Failed to post the message, even after 10 ticks.
+		}
+	}
+
+	if( xQueue2 != 0 )
+	{
+		// Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object.  Don't block if the
+		// queue is already full.
+		pxMessage = & xMessage;
+		xQueueSend( xQueue2, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( portTickType ) 0 );
+	}
+
+	// ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup xQueueSend xQueueSend + * \ingroup QueueManagement + */ +#define xQueueSend( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait ) xQueueGenericSend( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xTicksToWait ), queueSEND_TO_BACK ) + +/** + * queue. h + * 
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueOverwrite(
+							  xQueueHandle xQueue,
+							  const void * pvItemToQueue
+						 );
+ *
+ * + * Only for use with queues that have a length of one - so the queue is either + * empty or full. + * + * Post an item on a queue. If the queue is already full then overwrite the + * value held in the queue. The item is queued by copy, not by reference. + * + * This function must not be called from an interrupt service routine. + * See xQueueOverwriteFromISR () for an alternative which may be used in an ISR. + * + * @param xQueue The handle of the queue to which the data is being sent. + * + * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the + * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the + * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue + * into the queue storage area. + * + * @return xQueueOverwrite() is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSend(), and + * therefore has the same return values as xQueueSendToFront(). However, pdPASS + * is the only value that can be returned because xQueueOverwrite() will write + * to the queue even when the queue is already full. + * + * Example usage: + 
+
+ void vFunction( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ xQueueHandle xQueue;
+ unsigned long ulVarToSend, ulValReceived;
+
+	// Create a queue to hold one unsigned long value.  It is strongly
+	// recommended *not* to use xQueueOverwrite() on queues that can
+	// contain more than one value, and doing so will trigger an assertion
+	// if configASSERT() is defined.
+	xQueue = xQueueCreate( 1, sizeof( unsigned long ) );
+
+	// Write the value 10 to the queue using xQueueOverwrite().
+	ulVarToSend = 10;
+	xQueueOverwrite( xQueue, &ulVarToSend );
+
+	// Peeking the queue should now return 10, but leave the value 10 in
+	// the queue.  A block time of zero is used as it is known that the
+	// queue holds a value.
+	ulValReceived = 0;
+	xQueuePeek( xQueue, &ulValReceived, 0 );
+
+	if( ulValReceived != 10 )
+	{
+		// Error unless the item was removed by a different task.
+	}
+
+	// The queue is still full.  Use xQueueOverwrite() to overwrite the
+	// value held in the queue with 100.
+	ulVarToSend = 100;
+	xQueueOverwrite( xQueue, &ulVarToSend );
+
+	// This time read from the queue, leaving the queue empty once more.
+	// A block time of 0 is used again.
+	xQueueReceive( xQueue, &ulValReceived, 0 );
+
+	// The value read should be the last value written, even though the
+	// queue was already full when the value was written.
+	if( ulValReceived != 100 )
+	{
+		// Error!
+	}
+
+	// ...
+}
+
+ * \defgroup xQueueOverwrite xQueueOverwrite + * \ingroup QueueManagement + */ +#define xQueueOverwrite( xQueue, pvItemToQueue ) xQueueGenericSend( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), 0, queueOVERWRITE ) + + +/** + * queue. h + * 
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericSend(
+									xQueueHandle xQueue,
+									const void * pvItemToQueue,
+									portTickType xTicksToWait
+									portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition
+								);
+ *
+ * + * It is preferred that the macros xQueueSend(), xQueueSendToFront() and + * xQueueSendToBack() are used in place of calling this function directly. + * + * Post an item on a queue. The item is queued by copy, not by reference. + * This function must not be called from an interrupt service routine. + * See xQueueSendFromISR () for an alternative which may be used in an ISR. + * + * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted. + * + * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the + * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the + * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue + * into the queue storage area. + * + * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block + * waiting for space to become available on the queue, should it already + * be full. The call will return immediately if this is set to 0 and the + * queue is full. The time is defined in tick periods so the constant + * portTICK_RATE_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is required. + * + * @param xCopyPosition Can take the value queueSEND_TO_BACK to place the + * item at the back of the queue, or queueSEND_TO_FRONT to place the item + * at the front of the queue (for high priority messages). + * + * @return pdTRUE if the item was successfully posted, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ struct AMessage
+ {
+	char ucMessageID;
+	char ucData[ 20 ];
+ } xMessage;
+
+ unsigned long ulVar = 10UL;
+
+ void vATask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ xQueueHandle xQueue1, xQueue2;
+ struct AMessage *pxMessage;
+
+	// Create a queue capable of containing 10 unsigned long values.
+	xQueue1 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( unsigned long ) );
+
+	// Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
+	// These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
+	xQueue2 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
+
+	// ...
+
+	if( xQueue1 != 0 )
+	{
+		// Send an unsigned long.  Wait for 10 ticks for space to become
+		// available if necessary.
+		if( xQueueGenericSend( xQueue1, ( void * ) &ulVar, ( portTickType ) 10, queueSEND_TO_BACK ) != pdPASS )
+		{
+			// Failed to post the message, even after 10 ticks.
+		}
+	}
+
+	if( xQueue2 != 0 )
+	{
+		// Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object.  Don't block if the
+		// queue is already full.
+		pxMessage = & xMessage;
+		xQueueGenericSend( xQueue2, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( portTickType ) 0, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
+	}
+
+	// ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup xQueueSend xQueueSend + * \ingroup QueueManagement + */ +signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericSend( xQueueHandle xQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * queue. h + * 
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueuePeek(
+							 xQueueHandle xQueue,
+							 void *pvBuffer,
+							 portTickType xTicksToWait
+						 );
+ * + * This is a macro that calls the xQueueGenericReceive() function. + * + * Receive an item from a queue without removing the item from the queue. + * The item is received by copy so a buffer of adequate size must be + * provided. The number of bytes copied into the buffer was defined when + * the queue was created. + * + * Successfully received items remain on the queue so will be returned again + * by the next call, or a call to xQueueReceive(). + * + * This macro must not be used in an interrupt service routine. See + * xQueuePeekFromISR() for an alternative that can be called from an interrupt + * service routine. + * + * @param xQueue The handle to the queue from which the item is to be + * received. + * + * @param pvBuffer Pointer to the buffer into which the received item will + * be copied. + * + * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block + * waiting for an item to receive should the queue be empty at the time + * of the call. The time is defined in tick periods so the constant + * portTICK_RATE_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is required. + * xQueuePeek() will return immediately if xTicksToWait is 0 and the queue + * is empty. + * + * @return pdTRUE if an item was successfully received from the queue, + * otherwise pdFALSE. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ struct AMessage
+ {
+	char ucMessageID;
+	char ucData[ 20 ];
+ } xMessage;
+
+ xQueueHandle xQueue;
+
+ // Task to create a queue and post a value.
+ void vATask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ struct AMessage *pxMessage;
+
+	// Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
+	// These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
+	xQueue = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
+	if( xQueue == 0 )
+	{
+		// Failed to create the queue.
+	}
+
+	// ...
+
+	// Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object.  Don't block if the
+	// queue is already full.
+	pxMessage = & xMessage;
+	xQueueSend( xQueue, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( portTickType ) 0 );
+
+	// ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+
+ // Task to peek the data from the queue.
+ void vADifferentTask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ struct AMessage *pxRxedMessage;
+
+	if( xQueue != 0 )
+	{
+		// Peek a message on the created queue.  Block for 10 ticks if a
+		// message is not immediately available.
+		if( xQueuePeek( xQueue, &( pxRxedMessage ), ( portTickType ) 10 ) )
+		{
+			// pcRxedMessage now points to the struct AMessage variable posted
+			// by vATask, but the item still remains on the queue.
+		}
+	}
+
+	// ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup xQueueReceive xQueueReceive + * \ingroup QueueManagement + */ +#define xQueuePeek( xQueue, pvBuffer, xTicksToWait ) xQueueGenericReceive( ( xQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( xTicksToWait ), pdTRUE ) + +/** + * queue. h + * 
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueuePeekFromISR(
+									xQueueHandle xQueue,
+									void *pvBuffer,
+								);
+ * + * A version of xQueuePeek() that can be called from an interrupt service + * routine (ISR). + * + * Receive an item from a queue without removing the item from the queue. + * The item is received by copy so a buffer of adequate size must be + * provided. The number of bytes copied into the buffer was defined when + * the queue was created. + * + * Successfully received items remain on the queue so will be returned again + * by the next call, or a call to xQueueReceive(). + * + * @param xQueue The handle to the queue from which the item is to be + * received. + * + * @param pvBuffer Pointer to the buffer into which the received item will + * be copied. + * + * @return pdTRUE if an item was successfully received from the queue, + * otherwise pdFALSE. + * + * \defgroup xQueuePeekFromISR xQueuePeekFromISR + * \ingroup QueueManagement + */ +signed portBASE_TYPE xQueuePeekFromISR( xQueueHandle xQueue, const void * const pvBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * queue. h + * 
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueReceive(
+								 xQueueHandle xQueue,
+								 void *pvBuffer,
+								 portTickType xTicksToWait
+							);
+ * + * This is a macro that calls the xQueueGenericReceive() function. + * + * Receive an item from a queue. The item is received by copy so a buffer of + * adequate size must be provided. The number of bytes copied into the buffer + * was defined when the queue was created. + * + * Successfully received items are removed from the queue. + * + * This function must not be used in an interrupt service routine. See + * xQueueReceiveFromISR for an alternative that can. + * + * @param xQueue The handle to the queue from which the item is to be + * received. + * + * @param pvBuffer Pointer to the buffer into which the received item will + * be copied. + * + * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block + * waiting for an item to receive should the queue be empty at the time + * of the call. xQueueReceive() will return immediately if xTicksToWait + * is zero and the queue is empty. The time is defined in tick periods so the + * constant portTICK_RATE_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is + * required. + * + * @return pdTRUE if an item was successfully received from the queue, + * otherwise pdFALSE. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ struct AMessage
+ {
+	char ucMessageID;
+	char ucData[ 20 ];
+ } xMessage;
+
+ xQueueHandle xQueue;
+
+ // Task to create a queue and post a value.
+ void vATask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ struct AMessage *pxMessage;
+
+	// Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
+	// These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
+	xQueue = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
+	if( xQueue == 0 )
+	{
+		// Failed to create the queue.
+	}
+
+	// ...
+
+	// Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object.  Don't block if the
+	// queue is already full.
+	pxMessage = & xMessage;
+	xQueueSend( xQueue, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( portTickType ) 0 );
+
+	// ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+
+ // Task to receive from the queue.
+ void vADifferentTask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ struct AMessage *pxRxedMessage;
+
+	if( xQueue != 0 )
+	{
+		// Receive a message on the created queue.  Block for 10 ticks if a
+		// message is not immediately available.
+		if( xQueueReceive( xQueue, &( pxRxedMessage ), ( portTickType ) 10 ) )
+		{
+			// pcRxedMessage now points to the struct AMessage variable posted
+			// by vATask.
+		}
+	}
+
+	// ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup xQueueReceive xQueueReceive + * \ingroup QueueManagement + */ +#define xQueueReceive( xQueue, pvBuffer, xTicksToWait ) xQueueGenericReceive( ( xQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( xTicksToWait ), pdFALSE ) + + +/** + * queue. h + * 
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericReceive(
+									   xQueueHandle	xQueue,
+									   void	*pvBuffer,
+									   portTickType	xTicksToWait
+									   portBASE_TYPE	xJustPeek
+									);
+ * + * It is preferred that the macro xQueueReceive() be used rather than calling + * this function directly. + * + * Receive an item from a queue. The item is received by copy so a buffer of + * adequate size must be provided. The number of bytes copied into the buffer + * was defined when the queue was created. + * + * This function must not be used in an interrupt service routine. See + * xQueueReceiveFromISR for an alternative that can. + * + * @param xQueue The handle to the queue from which the item is to be + * received. + * + * @param pvBuffer Pointer to the buffer into which the received item will + * be copied. + * + * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block + * waiting for an item to receive should the queue be empty at the time + * of the call. The time is defined in tick periods so the constant + * portTICK_RATE_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is required. + * xQueueGenericReceive() will return immediately if the queue is empty and + * xTicksToWait is 0. + * + * @param xJustPeek When set to true, the item received from the queue is not + * actually removed from the queue - meaning a subsequent call to + * xQueueReceive() will return the same item. When set to false, the item + * being received from the queue is also removed from the queue. + * + * @return pdTRUE if an item was successfully received from the queue, + * otherwise pdFALSE. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ struct AMessage
+ {
+	char ucMessageID;
+	char ucData[ 20 ];
+ } xMessage;
+
+ xQueueHandle xQueue;
+
+ // Task to create a queue and post a value.
+ void vATask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ struct AMessage *pxMessage;
+
+	// Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
+	// These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
+	xQueue = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
+	if( xQueue == 0 )
+	{
+		// Failed to create the queue.
+	}
+
+	// ...
+
+	// Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object.  Don't block if the
+	// queue is already full.
+	pxMessage = & xMessage;
+	xQueueSend( xQueue, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( portTickType ) 0 );
+
+	// ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+
+ // Task to receive from the queue.
+ void vADifferentTask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ struct AMessage *pxRxedMessage;
+
+	if( xQueue != 0 )
+	{
+		// Receive a message on the created queue.  Block for 10 ticks if a
+		// message is not immediately available.
+		if( xQueueGenericReceive( xQueue, &( pxRxedMessage ), ( portTickType ) 10 ) )
+		{
+			// pcRxedMessage now points to the struct AMessage variable posted
+			// by vATask.
+		}
+	}
+
+	// ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup xQueueReceive xQueueReceive + * \ingroup QueueManagement + */ +signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericReceive( xQueueHandle xQueue, const void * const pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xJustPeek ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * queue. h + * 
unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const xQueueHandle xQueue );
+ * + * Return the number of messages stored in a queue. + * + * @param xQueue A handle to the queue being queried. + * + * @return The number of messages available in the queue. + * + * \defgroup uxQueueMessagesWaiting uxQueueMessagesWaiting + * \ingroup QueueManagement + */ +unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const xQueueHandle xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * queue. h + * 
void vQueueDelete( xQueueHandle xQueue );
+ * + * Delete a queue - freeing all the memory allocated for storing of items + * placed on the queue. + * + * @param xQueue A handle to the queue to be deleted. + * + * \defgroup vQueueDelete vQueueDelete + * \ingroup QueueManagement + */ +void vQueueDelete( xQueueHandle xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * queue. h + * 
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueSendToFrontFromISR(
+										 xQueueHandle xQueue,
+										 const void *pvItemToQueue,
+										 portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
+									  );
+
+ * + * This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSendFromISR(). + * + * Post an item to the front of a queue. It is safe to use this macro from + * within an interrupt service routine. + * + * Items are queued by copy not reference so it is preferable to only + * queue small items, especially when called from an ISR. In most cases + * it would be preferable to store a pointer to the item being queued. + * + * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted. + * + * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the + * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the + * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue + * into the queue storage area. + * + * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xQueueSendToFrontFromISR() will set + * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if sending to the queue caused a task + * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently + * running task. If xQueueSendToFromFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then + * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited. + * + * @return pdTRUE if the data was successfully sent to the queue, otherwise + * errQUEUE_FULL. + * + * Example usage for buffered IO (where the ISR can obtain more than one value + * per call): + 
+ void vBufferISR( void )
+ {
+ char cIn;
+ portBASE_TYPE xHigherPrioritTaskWoken;
+
+	// We have not woken a task at the start of the ISR.
+	xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
+
+	// Loop until the buffer is empty.
+	do
+	{
+		// Obtain a byte from the buffer.
+		cIn = portINPUT_BYTE( RX_REGISTER_ADDRESS );
+
+		// Post the byte.
+		xQueueSendToFrontFromISR( xRxQueue, &cIn, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+
+	} while( portINPUT_BYTE( BUFFER_COUNT ) );
+
+	// Now the buffer is empty we can switch context if necessary.
+	if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+	{
+		taskYIELD ();
+	}
+ }
+
+ * + * \defgroup xQueueSendFromISR xQueueSendFromISR + * \ingroup QueueManagement + */ +#define xQueueSendToFrontFromISR( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xQueueGenericSendFromISR( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), queueSEND_TO_FRONT ) + + +/** + * queue. h + * 
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueSendToBackFromISR(
+										 xQueueHandle xQueue,
+										 const void *pvItemToQueue,
+										 portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
+									  );
+
+ * + * This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSendFromISR(). + * + * Post an item to the back of a queue. It is safe to use this macro from + * within an interrupt service routine. + * + * Items are queued by copy not reference so it is preferable to only + * queue small items, especially when called from an ISR. In most cases + * it would be preferable to store a pointer to the item being queued. + * + * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted. + * + * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the + * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the + * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue + * into the queue storage area. + * + * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xQueueSendToBackFromISR() will set + * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if sending to the queue caused a task + * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently + * running task. If xQueueSendToBackFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then + * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited. + * + * @return pdTRUE if the data was successfully sent to the queue, otherwise + * errQUEUE_FULL. + * + * Example usage for buffered IO (where the ISR can obtain more than one value + * per call): + 
+ void vBufferISR( void )
+ {
+ char cIn;
+ portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken;
+
+	// We have not woken a task at the start of the ISR.
+	xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
+
+	// Loop until the buffer is empty.
+	do
+	{
+		// Obtain a byte from the buffer.
+		cIn = portINPUT_BYTE( RX_REGISTER_ADDRESS );
+
+		// Post the byte.
+		xQueueSendToBackFromISR( xRxQueue, &cIn, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+
+	} while( portINPUT_BYTE( BUFFER_COUNT ) );
+
+	// Now the buffer is empty we can switch context if necessary.
+	if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+	{
+		taskYIELD ();
+	}
+ }
+
+ * + * \defgroup xQueueSendFromISR xQueueSendFromISR + * \ingroup QueueManagement + */ +#define xQueueSendToBackFromISR( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xQueueGenericSendFromISR( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), queueSEND_TO_BACK ) + +/** + * queue. h + * 
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueOverwriteFromISR(
+							  xQueueHandle xQueue,
+							  const void * pvItemToQueue,
+							  portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
+						 );
+ *
+ * + * A version of xQueueOverwrite() that can be used in an interrupt service + * routine (ISR). + * + * Only for use with queues that can hold a single item - so the queue is either + * empty or full. + * + * Post an item on a queue. If the queue is already full then overwrite the + * value held in the queue. The item is queued by copy, not by reference. + * + * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted. + * + * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the + * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the + * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue + * into the queue storage area. + * + * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xQueueOverwriteFromISR() will set + * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if sending to the queue caused a task + * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently + * running task. If xQueueOverwriteFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then + * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited. + * + * @return xQueueOverwriteFromISR() is a macro that calls + * xQueueGenericSendFromISR(), and therefore has the same return values as + * xQueueSendToFrontFromISR(). However, pdPASS is the only value that can be + * returned because xQueueOverwriteFromISR() will write to the queue even when + * the queue is already full. + * + * Example usage: + 
+
+ xQueueHandle xQueue;
+ 
+ void vFunction( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ 	// Create a queue to hold one unsigned long value.  It is strongly
+	// recommended *not* to use xQueueOverwriteFromISR() on queues that can
+	// contain more than one value, and doing so will trigger an assertion
+	// if configASSERT() is defined.
+	xQueue = xQueueCreate( 1, sizeof( unsigned long ) );
+}
+
+void vAnInterruptHandler( void )
+{
+// xHigherPriorityTaskWoken must be set to pdFALSE before it is used.
+portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
+unsigned long ulVarToSend, ulValReceived;
+
+	// Write the value 10 to the queue using xQueueOverwriteFromISR().
+	ulVarToSend = 10;
+	xQueueOverwriteFromISR( xQueue, &ulVarToSend, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+
+	// The queue is full, but calling xQueueOverwriteFromISR() again will still
+	// pass because the value held in the queue will be overwritten with the
+	// new value.
+	ulVarToSend = 100;
+	xQueueOverwriteFromISR( xQueue, &ulVarToSend, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+
+	// Reading from the queue will now return 100.
+
+	// ...
+	
+	if( xHigherPrioritytaskWoken == pdTRUE )
+	{
+		// Writing to the queue caused a task to unblock and the unblocked task
+		// has a priority higher than or equal to the priority of the currently
+		// executing task (the task this interrupt interrupted).  Perform a context
+		// switch so this interrupt returns directly to the unblocked task.
+		portYIELD_FROM_ISR(); // or portEND_SWITCHING_ISR() depending on the port.
+	}
+}
+
+ * \defgroup xQueueOverwriteFromISR xQueueOverwriteFromISR + * \ingroup QueueManagement + */ +#define xQueueOverwriteFromISR( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xQueueGenericSendFromISR( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), queueOVERWRITE ) + +/** + * queue. h + * 
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueSendFromISR(
+									 xQueueHandle xQueue,
+									 const void *pvItemToQueue,
+									 portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
+								);
+
+ * + * This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSendFromISR(). It is included + * for backward compatibility with versions of FreeRTOS.org that did not + * include the xQueueSendToBackFromISR() and xQueueSendToFrontFromISR() + * macros. + * + * Post an item to the back of a queue. It is safe to use this function from + * within an interrupt service routine. + * + * Items are queued by copy not reference so it is preferable to only + * queue small items, especially when called from an ISR. In most cases + * it would be preferable to store a pointer to the item being queued. + * + * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted. + * + * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the + * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the + * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue + * into the queue storage area. + * + * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xQueueSendFromISR() will set + * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if sending to the queue caused a task + * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently + * running task. If xQueueSendFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then + * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited. + * + * @return pdTRUE if the data was successfully sent to the queue, otherwise + * errQUEUE_FULL. + * + * Example usage for buffered IO (where the ISR can obtain more than one value + * per call): + 
+ void vBufferISR( void )
+ {
+ char cIn;
+ portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken;
+
+	// We have not woken a task at the start of the ISR.
+	xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
+
+	// Loop until the buffer is empty.
+	do
+	{
+		// Obtain a byte from the buffer.
+		cIn = portINPUT_BYTE( RX_REGISTER_ADDRESS );
+
+		// Post the byte.
+		xQueueSendFromISR( xRxQueue, &cIn, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+
+	} while( portINPUT_BYTE( BUFFER_COUNT ) );
+
+	// Now the buffer is empty we can switch context if necessary.
+	if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+	{
+		// Actual macro used here is port specific.
+		taskYIELD_FROM_ISR ();
+	}
+ }
+
+ * + * \defgroup xQueueSendFromISR xQueueSendFromISR + * \ingroup QueueManagement + */ +#define xQueueSendFromISR( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xQueueGenericSendFromISR( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), queueSEND_TO_BACK ) + +/** + * queue. h + * 
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericSendFromISR(
+										   xQueueHandle		xQueue,
+										   const	void	*pvItemToQueue,
+										   portBASE_TYPE	*pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken,
+										   portBASE_TYPE	xCopyPosition
+									   );
+
+ * + * It is preferred that the macros xQueueSendFromISR(), + * xQueueSendToFrontFromISR() and xQueueSendToBackFromISR() be used in place + * of calling this function directly. + * + * Post an item on a queue. It is safe to use this function from within an + * interrupt service routine. + * + * Items are queued by copy not reference so it is preferable to only + * queue small items, especially when called from an ISR. In most cases + * it would be preferable to store a pointer to the item being queued. + * + * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted. + * + * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the + * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the + * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue + * into the queue storage area. + * + * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xQueueGenericSendFromISR() will set + * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if sending to the queue caused a task + * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently + * running task. If xQueueGenericSendFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then + * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited. + * + * @param xCopyPosition Can take the value queueSEND_TO_BACK to place the + * item at the back of the queue, or queueSEND_TO_FRONT to place the item + * at the front of the queue (for high priority messages). + * + * @return pdTRUE if the data was successfully sent to the queue, otherwise + * errQUEUE_FULL. + * + * Example usage for buffered IO (where the ISR can obtain more than one value + * per call): + 
+ void vBufferISR( void )
+ {
+ char cIn;
+ portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWokenByPost;
+
+	// We have not woken a task at the start of the ISR.
+	xHigherPriorityTaskWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
+
+	// Loop until the buffer is empty.
+	do
+	{
+		// Obtain a byte from the buffer.
+		cIn = portINPUT_BYTE( RX_REGISTER_ADDRESS );
+
+		// Post each byte.
+		xQueueGenericSendFromISR( xRxQueue, &cIn, &xHigherPriorityTaskWokenByPost, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
+
+	} while( portINPUT_BYTE( BUFFER_COUNT ) );
+
+	// Now the buffer is empty we can switch context if necessary.  Note that the
+	// name of the yield function required is port specific.
+	if( xHigherPriorityTaskWokenByPost )
+	{
+		taskYIELD_YIELD_FROM_ISR();
+	}
+ }
+
+ * + * \defgroup xQueueSendFromISR xQueueSendFromISR + * \ingroup QueueManagement + */ +signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericSendFromISR( xQueueHandle xQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * queue. h + * 
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueReceiveFromISR(
+									   xQueueHandle	xQueue,
+									   void	*pvBuffer,
+									   portBASE_TYPE *pxTaskWoken
+								   );
+ *
+ * + * Receive an item from a queue. It is safe to use this function from within an + * interrupt service routine. + * + * @param xQueue The handle to the queue from which the item is to be + * received. + * + * @param pvBuffer Pointer to the buffer into which the received item will + * be copied. + * + * @param pxTaskWoken A task may be blocked waiting for space to become + * available on the queue. If xQueueReceiveFromISR causes such a task to + * unblock *pxTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE, otherwise *pxTaskWoken will + * remain unchanged. + * + * @return pdTRUE if an item was successfully received from the queue, + * otherwise pdFALSE. + * + * Example usage: + 
+
+ xQueueHandle xQueue;
+
+ // Function to create a queue and post some values.
+ void vAFunction( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ char cValueToPost;
+ const portTickType xBlockTime = ( portTickType )0xff;
+
+	// Create a queue capable of containing 10 characters.
+	xQueue = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( char ) );
+	if( xQueue == 0 )
+	{
+		// Failed to create the queue.
+	}
+
+	// ...
+
+	// Post some characters that will be used within an ISR.  If the queue
+	// is full then this task will block for xBlockTime ticks.
+	cValueToPost = 'a';
+	xQueueSend( xQueue, ( void * ) &cValueToPost, xBlockTime );
+	cValueToPost = 'b';
+	xQueueSend( xQueue, ( void * ) &cValueToPost, xBlockTime );
+
+	// ... keep posting characters ... this task may block when the queue
+	// becomes full.
+
+	cValueToPost = 'c';
+	xQueueSend( xQueue, ( void * ) &cValueToPost, xBlockTime );
+ }
+
+ // ISR that outputs all the characters received on the queue.
+ void vISR_Routine( void )
+ {
+ portBASE_TYPE xTaskWokenByReceive = pdFALSE;
+ char cRxedChar;
+
+	while( xQueueReceiveFromISR( xQueue, ( void * ) &cRxedChar, &xTaskWokenByReceive) )
+	{
+		// A character was received.  Output the character now.
+		vOutputCharacter( cRxedChar );
+
+		// If removing the character from the queue woke the task that was
+		// posting onto the queue cTaskWokenByReceive will have been set to
+		// pdTRUE.  No matter how many times this loop iterates only one
+		// task will be woken.
+	}
+
+	if( cTaskWokenByPost != ( char ) pdFALSE;
+	{
+		taskYIELD ();
+	}
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup xQueueReceiveFromISR xQueueReceiveFromISR + * \ingroup QueueManagement + */ +signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueReceiveFromISR( xQueueHandle xQueue, const void * const pvBuffer, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Utilities to query queues that are safe to use from an ISR. These utilities + * should be used only from witin an ISR, or within a critical section. + */ +signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueIsQueueEmptyFromISR( const xQueueHandle xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueIsQueueFullFromISR( const xQueueHandle xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueMessagesWaitingFromISR( const xQueueHandle xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + + +/* + * xQueueAltGenericSend() is an alternative version of xQueueGenericSend(). + * Likewise xQueueAltGenericReceive() is an alternative version of + * xQueueGenericReceive(). + * + * The source code that implements the alternative (Alt) API is much + * simpler because it executes everything from within a critical section. + * This is the approach taken by many other RTOSes, but FreeRTOS.org has the + * preferred fully featured API too. The fully featured API has more + * complex code that takes longer to execute, but makes much less use of + * critical sections. Therefore the alternative API sacrifices interrupt + * responsiveness to gain execution speed, whereas the fully featured API + * sacrifices execution speed to ensure better interrupt responsiveness. + */ +signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueAltGenericSend( xQueueHandle xQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition ); +signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueAltGenericReceive( xQueueHandle xQueue, void * const pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xJustPeeking ); +#define xQueueAltSendToFront( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait ) xQueueAltGenericSend( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xTicksToWait ), queueSEND_TO_FRONT ) +#define xQueueAltSendToBack( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait ) xQueueAltGenericSend( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xTicksToWait ), queueSEND_TO_BACK ) +#define xQueueAltReceive( xQueue, pvBuffer, xTicksToWait ) xQueueAltGenericReceive( ( xQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( xTicksToWait ), pdFALSE ) +#define xQueueAltPeek( xQueue, pvBuffer, xTicksToWait ) xQueueAltGenericReceive( ( xQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( xTicksToWait ), pdTRUE ) + +/* + * The functions defined above are for passing data to and from tasks. The + * functions below are the equivalents for passing data to and from + * co-routines. + * + * These functions are called from the co-routine macro implementation and + * should not be called directly from application code. Instead use the macro + * wrappers defined within croutine.h. + */ +signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRSendFromISR( xQueueHandle xQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ); +signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( xQueueHandle xQueue, void *pvBuffer, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxTaskWoken ); +signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRSend( xQueueHandle xQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait ); +signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRReceive( xQueueHandle xQueue, void *pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait ); + +/* + * For internal use only. Use xSemaphoreCreateMutex(), + * xSemaphoreCreateCounting() or xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder() instead of calling + * these functions directly. + */ +xQueueHandle xQueueCreateMutex( unsigned char ucQueueType ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +xQueueHandle xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxCountValue, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxInitialCount ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +void* xQueueGetMutexHolder( xQueueHandle xSemaphore ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * For internal use only. Use xSemaphoreTakeMutexRecursive() or + * xSemaphoreGiveMutexRecursive() instead of calling these functions directly. + */ +portBASE_TYPE xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( xQueueHandle xMutex, portTickType xBlockTime ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +portBASE_TYPE xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( xQueueHandle pxMutex ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Reset a queue back to its original empty state. pdPASS is returned if the + * queue is successfully reset. pdFAIL is returned if the queue could not be + * reset because there are tasks blocked on the queue waiting to either + * receive from the queue or send to the queue. + */ +#define xQueueReset( xQueue ) xQueueGenericReset( xQueue, pdFALSE ) + +/* + * The registry is provided as a means for kernel aware debuggers to + * locate queues, semaphores and mutexes. Call vQueueAddToRegistry() add + * a queue, semaphore or mutex handle to the registry if you want the handle + * to be available to a kernel aware debugger. If you are not using a kernel + * aware debugger then this function can be ignored. + * + * configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE defines the maximum number of handles the + * registry can hold. configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE must be greater than 0 + * within FreeRTOSConfig.h for the registry to be available. Its value + * does not effect the number of queues, semaphores and mutexes that can be + * created - just the number that the registry can hold. + * + * @param xQueue The handle of the queue being added to the registry. This + * is the handle returned by a call to xQueueCreate(). Semaphore and mutex + * handles can also be passed in here. + * + * @param pcName The name to be associated with the handle. This is the + * name that the kernel aware debugger will display. + */ +#if configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 + void vQueueAddToRegistry( xQueueHandle xQueue, signed char *pcName ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +#endif + +/* + * The registry is provided as a means for kernel aware debuggers to + * locate queues, semaphores and mutexes. Call vQueueAddToRegistry() add + * a queue, semaphore or mutex handle to the registry if you want the handle + * to be available to a kernel aware debugger, and vQueueUnregisterQueue() to + * remove the queue, semaphore or mutex from the register. If you are not using + * a kernel aware debugger then this function can be ignored. + * + * @param xQueue The handle of the queue being removed from the registry. + */ +#if configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 + void vQueueUnregisterQueue( xQueueHandle xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +#endif + +/* + * Generic version of the queue creation function, which is in turn called by + * any queue, semaphore or mutex creation function or macro. + */ +xQueueHandle xQueueGenericCreate( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueLength, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxItemSize, unsigned char ucQueueType ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Queue sets provide a mechanism to allow a task to block (pend) on a read + * operation from multiple queues or semaphores simultaneously. + * + * See FreeRTOS/Source/Demo/Common/Minimal/QueueSet.c for an example using this + * function. + * + * A queue set must be explicitly created using a call to xQueueCreateSet() + * before it can be used. Once created, standard FreeRTOS queues and semaphores + * can be added to the set using calls to xQueueAddToSet(). + * xQueueSelectFromSet() is then used to determine which, if any, of the queues + * or semaphores contained in the set is in a state where a queue read or + * semaphore take operation would be successful. + * + * Note 1: See the documentation on http://wwwFreeRTOS.org/RTOS-queue-sets.html + * for reasons why queue sets are very rarely needed in practice as there are + * simpler methods of blocking on multiple objects. + * + * Note 2: Blocking on a queue set that contains a mutex will not cause the + * mutex holder to inherit the priority of the blocked task. + * + * Note 3: An additional 4 bytes of RAM is required for each space in a every + * queue added to a queue set. Therefore counting semaphores that have a high + * maximum count value should not be added to a queue set. + * + * Note 4: A receive (in the case of a queue) or take (in the case of a + * semaphore) operation must not be performed on a member of a queue set unless + * a call to xQueueSelectFromSet() has first returned a handle to that set member. + * + * @param uxEventQueueLength Queue sets store events that occur on + * the queues and semaphores contained in the set. uxEventQueueLength specifies + * the maximum number of events that can be queued at once. To be absolutely + * certain that events are not lost uxEventQueueLength should be set to the + * total sum of the length of the queues added to the set, where binary + * semaphores and mutexes have a length of 1, and counting semaphores have a + * length set by their maximum count value. Examples: + * + If a queue set is to hold a queue of length 5, another queue of length 12, + * and a binary semaphore, then uxEventQueueLength should be set to + * (5 + 12 + 1), or 18. + * + If a queue set is to hold three binary semaphores then uxEventQueueLength + * should be set to (1 + 1 + 1 ), or 3. + * + If a queue set is to hold a counting semaphore that has a maximum count of + * 5, and a counting semaphore that has a maximum count of 3, then + * uxEventQueueLength should be set to (5 + 3), or 8. + * + * @return If the queue set is created successfully then a handle to the created + * queue set is returned. Otherwise NULL is returned. + */ +xQueueSetHandle xQueueCreateSet( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxEventQueueLength ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Adds a queue or semaphore to a queue set that was previously created by a + * call to xQueueCreateSet(). + * + * See FreeRTOS/Source/Demo/Common/Minimal/QueueSet.c for an example using this + * function. + * + * Note 1: A receive (in the case of a queue) or take (in the case of a + * semaphore) operation must not be performed on a member of a queue set unless + * a call to xQueueSelectFromSet() has first returned a handle to that set member. + * + * @param xQueueOrSemaphore The handle of the queue or semaphore being added to + * the queue set (cast to an xQueueSetMemberHandle type). + * + * @param xQueueSet The handle of the queue set to which the queue or semaphore + * is being added. + * + * @return If the queue or semaphore was successfully added to the queue set + * then pdPASS is returned. If the queue could not be successfully added to the + * queue set because it is already a member of a different queue set then pdFAIL + * is returned. + */ +portBASE_TYPE xQueueAddToSet( xQueueSetMemberHandle xQueueOrSemaphore, xQueueSetHandle xQueueSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Removes a queue or semaphore from a queue set. A queue or semaphore can only + * be removed from a set if the queue or semaphore is empty. + * + * See FreeRTOS/Source/Demo/Common/Minimal/QueueSet.c for an example using this + * function. + * + * @param xQueueOrSemaphore The handle of the queue or semaphore being removed + * from the queue set (cast to an xQueueSetMemberHandle type). + * + * @param xQueueSet The handle of the queue set in which the queue or semaphore + * is included. + * + * @return If the queue or semaphore was successfully removed from the queue set + * then pdPASS is returned. If the queue was not in the queue set, or the + * queue (or semaphore) was not empty, then pdFAIL is returned. + */ +portBASE_TYPE xQueueRemoveFromSet( xQueueSetMemberHandle xQueueOrSemaphore, xQueueSetHandle xQueueSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * xQueueSelectFromSet() selects from the members of a queue set a queue or + * semaphore that either contains data (in the case of a queue) or is available + * to take (in the case of a semaphore). xQueueSelectFromSet() effectively + * allows a task to block (pend) on a read operation on all the queues and + * semaphores in a queue set simultaneously. + * + * See FreeRTOS/Source/Demo/Common/Minimal/QueueSet.c for an example using this + * function. + * + * Note 1: See the documentation on http://wwwFreeRTOS.org/RTOS-queue-sets.html + * for reasons why queue sets are very rarely needed in practice as there are + * simpler methods of blocking on multiple objects. + * + * Note 2: Blocking on a queue set that contains a mutex will not cause the + * mutex holder to inherit the priority of the blocked task. + * + * Note 3: A receive (in the case of a queue) or take (in the case of a + * semaphore) operation must not be performed on a member of a queue set unless + * a call to xQueueSelectFromSet() has first returned a handle to that set member. + * + * @param xQueueSet The queue set on which the task will (potentially) block. + * + * @param xBlockTimeTicks The maximum time, in ticks, that the calling task will + * remain in the Blocked state (with other tasks executing) to wait for a member + * of the queue set to be ready for a successful queue read or semaphore take + * operation. + * + * @return xQueueSelectFromSet() will return the handle of a queue (cast to + * a xQueueSetMemberHandle type) contained in the queue set that contains data, + * or the handle of a semaphore (cast to a xQueueSetMemberHandle type) contained + * in the queue set that is available, or NULL if no such queue or semaphore + * exists before before the specified block time expires. + */ +xQueueSetMemberHandle xQueueSelectFromSet( xQueueSetHandle xQueueSet, portTickType xBlockTimeTicks ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * A version of xQueueSelectFromSet() that can be used from an ISR. + */ +xQueueSetMemberHandle xQueueSelectFromSetFromISR( xQueueSetHandle xQueueSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* Not public API functions. */ +void vQueueWaitForMessageRestricted( xQueueHandle xQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericReset( xQueueHandle xQueue, portBASE_TYPE xNewQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +void vQueueSetQueueNumber( xQueueHandle xQueue, unsigned char ucQueueNumber ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +unsigned char ucQueueGetQueueNumber( xQueueHandle xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +unsigned char ucQueueGetQueueType( xQueueHandle xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* QUEUE_H */ + diff --git a/FreeRTOS/Source/include/semphr.h b/FreeRTOS/Source/include/semphr.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..04957f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/FreeRTOS/Source/include/semphr.h @@ -0,0 +1,785 @@ +/* + FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd. + + VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION. + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, * + * robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross * + * platform software that has become a de facto standard. * + * * + * Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS * + * project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference * + * manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation * + * * + * Thank you! * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. + + FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under + the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the + Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception. + + >>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute + >>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide + >>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS + >>! kernel. + + FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY + WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS + FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following + link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does * + * not run, what could be wrong?" * + * * + * http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions, + license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details. + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products, + including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS + compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack. + + http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High + Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS + licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware. + + http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety + engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and + mission critical applications that require provable dependability. + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! +*/ + +#ifndef SEMAPHORE_H +#define SEMAPHORE_H + +#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H + #error "include FreeRTOS.h" must appear in source files before "include semphr.h" +#endif + +#include "queue.h" + +typedef xQueueHandle xSemaphoreHandle; + +#define semBINARY_SEMAPHORE_QUEUE_LENGTH ( ( unsigned char ) 1U ) +#define semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH ( ( unsigned char ) 0U ) +#define semGIVE_BLOCK_TIME ( ( portTickType ) 0U ) + + +/** + * semphr. h + * 
vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore )
+ * + * Macro that implements a semaphore by using the existing queue mechanism. + * The queue length is 1 as this is a binary semaphore. The data size is 0 + * as we don't want to actually store any data - we just want to know if the + * queue is empty or full. + * + * This type of semaphore can be used for pure synchronisation between tasks or + * between an interrupt and a task. The semaphore need not be given back once + * obtained, so one task/interrupt can continuously 'give' the semaphore while + * another continuously 'takes' the semaphore. For this reason this type of + * semaphore does not use a priority inheritance mechanism. For an alternative + * that does use priority inheritance see xSemaphoreCreateMutex(). + * + * @param xSemaphore Handle to the created semaphore. Should be of type xSemaphoreHandle. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore;
+
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+    // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary ().
+    // This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
+    vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore );
+
+    if( xSemaphore != NULL )
+    {
+        // The semaphore was created successfully.
+        // The semaphore can now be used.  
+    }
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup vSemaphoreCreateBinary vSemaphoreCreateBinary + * \ingroup Semaphores + */ +#define vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore ) \ + { \ + ( xSemaphore ) = xQueueGenericCreate( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1, semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH, queueQUEUE_TYPE_BINARY_SEMAPHORE ); \ + if( ( xSemaphore ) != NULL ) \ + { \ + ( void ) xSemaphoreGive( ( xSemaphore ) ); \ + } \ + } + +/** + * semphr. h + * 
xSemaphoreTake( 
+ *                   xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore, 
+ *                   portTickType xBlockTime 
+ *               )
+ * + * Macro to obtain a semaphore. The semaphore must have previously been + * created with a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary(), xSemaphoreCreateMutex() or + * xSemaphoreCreateCounting(). + * + * @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being taken - obtained when + * the semaphore was created. + * + * @param xBlockTime The time in ticks to wait for the semaphore to become + * available. The macro portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert this to a + * real time. A block time of zero can be used to poll the semaphore. A block + * time of portMAX_DELAY can be used to block indefinitely (provided + * INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h). + * + * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was obtained. pdFALSE + * if xBlockTime expired without the semaphore becoming available. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore = NULL;
+
+ // A task that creates a semaphore.
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+    // Create the semaphore to guard a shared resource.
+    vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore );
+ }
+
+ // A task that uses the semaphore.
+ void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+    // ... Do other things.
+
+    if( xSemaphore != NULL )
+    {
+        // See if we can obtain the semaphore.  If the semaphore is not available
+        // wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.	
+        if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, ( portTickType ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
+        {
+            // We were able to obtain the semaphore and can now access the
+            // shared resource.
+
+            // ...
+
+            // We have finished accessing the shared resource.  Release the 
+            // semaphore.
+            xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // We could not obtain the semaphore and can therefore not access
+            // the shared resource safely.
+        }
+    }
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreTake xSemaphoreTake + * \ingroup Semaphores + */ +#define xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, xBlockTime ) xQueueGenericReceive( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ), pdFALSE ) + +/** + * semphr. h + * xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( + * xSemaphoreHandle xMutex, + * portTickType xBlockTime + * ) + * + * Macro to recursively obtain, or 'take', a mutex type semaphore. + * The mutex must have previously been created using a call to + * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex(); + * + * configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for this + * macro to be available. + * + * This macro must not be used on mutexes created using xSemaphoreCreateMutex(). + * + * A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex + * doesn't become available again until the owner has called + * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request. For example, + * if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will + * not be available to any other task until it has also 'given' the mutex back + * exactly five times. + * + * @param xMutex A handle to the mutex being obtained. This is the + * handle returned by xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex(); + * + * @param xBlockTime The time in ticks to wait for the semaphore to become + * available. The macro portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert this to a + * real time. A block time of zero can be used to poll the semaphore. If + * the task already owns the semaphore then xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() will + * return immediately no matter what the value of xBlockTime. + * + * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was obtained. pdFALSE if xBlockTime + * expired without the semaphore becoming available. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ xSemaphoreHandle xMutex = NULL;
+
+ // A task that creates a mutex.
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+    // Create the mutex to guard a shared resource.
+    xMutex = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
+ }
+
+ // A task that uses the mutex.
+ void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+    // ... Do other things.
+
+    if( xMutex != NULL )
+    {
+        // See if we can obtain the mutex.  If the mutex is not available
+        // wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.	
+        if( xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xSemaphore, ( portTickType ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
+        {
+            // We were able to obtain the mutex and can now access the
+            // shared resource.
+
+            // ...
+            // For some reason due to the nature of the code further calls to 
+			// xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() are made on the same mutex.  In real
+			// code these would not be just sequential calls as this would make
+			// no sense.  Instead the calls are likely to be buried inside
+			// a more complex call structure.
+            xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( portTickType ) 10 );
+            xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( portTickType ) 10 );
+
+            // The mutex has now been 'taken' three times, so will not be 
+			// available to another task until it has also been given back
+			// three times.  Again it is unlikely that real code would have
+			// these calls sequentially, but instead buried in a more complex
+			// call structure.  This is just for illustrative purposes.
+            xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
+			xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
+			xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
+
+			// Now the mutex can be taken by other tasks.
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // We could not obtain the mutex and can therefore not access
+            // the shared resource safely.
+        }
+    }
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreTakeRecursive xSemaphoreTakeRecursive + * \ingroup Semaphores + */ +#define xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, xBlockTime ) xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( ( xMutex ), ( xBlockTime ) ) + + +/* + * xSemaphoreAltTake() is an alternative version of xSemaphoreTake(). + * + * The source code that implements the alternative (Alt) API is much + * simpler because it executes everything from within a critical section. + * This is the approach taken by many other RTOSes, but FreeRTOS.org has the + * preferred fully featured API too. The fully featured API has more + * complex code that takes longer to execute, but makes much less use of + * critical sections. Therefore the alternative API sacrifices interrupt + * responsiveness to gain execution speed, whereas the fully featured API + * sacrifices execution speed to ensure better interrupt responsiveness. + */ +#define xSemaphoreAltTake( xSemaphore, xBlockTime ) xQueueAltGenericReceive( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ), pdFALSE ) + +/** + * semphr. h + * 
xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore )
+ * + * Macro to release a semaphore. The semaphore must have previously been + * created with a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary(), xSemaphoreCreateMutex() or + * xSemaphoreCreateCounting(). and obtained using sSemaphoreTake(). + * + * This macro must not be used from an ISR. See xSemaphoreGiveFromISR () for + * an alternative which can be used from an ISR. + * + * This macro must also not be used on semaphores created using + * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex(). + * + * @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being released. This is the + * handle returned when the semaphore was created. + * + * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was released. pdFALSE if an error occurred. + * Semaphores are implemented using queues. An error can occur if there is + * no space on the queue to post a message - indicating that the + * semaphore was not first obtained correctly. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore = NULL;
+
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+    // Create the semaphore to guard a shared resource.
+    vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore );
+
+    if( xSemaphore != NULL )
+    {
+        if( xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) != pdTRUE )
+        {
+            // We would expect this call to fail because we cannot give
+            // a semaphore without first "taking" it!
+        }
+
+        // Obtain the semaphore - don't block if the semaphore is not
+        // immediately available.
+        if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, ( portTickType ) 0 ) )
+        {
+            // We now have the semaphore and can access the shared resource.
+
+            // ...
+
+            // We have finished accessing the shared resource so can free the
+            // semaphore.
+            if( xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) != pdTRUE )
+            {
+                // We would not expect this call to fail because we must have
+                // obtained the semaphore to get here.
+            }
+        }
+    }
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreGive xSemaphoreGive + * \ingroup Semaphores + */ +#define xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) xQueueGenericSend( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, semGIVE_BLOCK_TIME, queueSEND_TO_BACK ) + +/** + * semphr. h + * 
xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xSemaphoreHandle xMutex )
+ * + * Macro to recursively release, or 'give', a mutex type semaphore. + * The mutex must have previously been created using a call to + * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex(); + * + * configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for this + * macro to be available. + * + * This macro must not be used on mutexes created using xSemaphoreCreateMutex(). + * + * A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex + * doesn't become available again until the owner has called + * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request. For example, + * if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will + * not be available to any other task until it has also 'given' the mutex back + * exactly five times. + * + * @param xMutex A handle to the mutex being released, or 'given'. This is the + * handle returned by xSemaphoreCreateMutex(); + * + * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was given. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ xSemaphoreHandle xMutex = NULL;
+
+ // A task that creates a mutex.
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+    // Create the mutex to guard a shared resource.
+    xMutex = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
+ }
+
+ // A task that uses the mutex.
+ void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+    // ... Do other things.
+
+    if( xMutex != NULL )
+    {
+        // See if we can obtain the mutex.  If the mutex is not available
+        // wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.	
+        if( xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( portTickType ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
+        {
+            // We were able to obtain the mutex and can now access the
+            // shared resource.
+
+            // ...
+            // For some reason due to the nature of the code further calls to 
+			// xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() are made on the same mutex.  In real
+			// code these would not be just sequential calls as this would make
+			// no sense.  Instead the calls are likely to be buried inside
+			// a more complex call structure.
+            xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( portTickType ) 10 );
+            xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( portTickType ) 10 );
+
+            // The mutex has now been 'taken' three times, so will not be 
+			// available to another task until it has also been given back
+			// three times.  Again it is unlikely that real code would have
+			// these calls sequentially, it would be more likely that the calls
+			// to xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() would be called as a call stack
+			// unwound.  This is just for demonstrative purposes.
+            xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
+			xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
+			xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
+
+			// Now the mutex can be taken by other tasks.
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // We could not obtain the mutex and can therefore not access
+            // the shared resource safely.
+        }
+    }
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreGiveRecursive xSemaphoreGiveRecursive + * \ingroup Semaphores + */ +#define xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex ) xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( ( xMutex ) ) + +/* + * xSemaphoreAltGive() is an alternative version of xSemaphoreGive(). + * + * The source code that implements the alternative (Alt) API is much + * simpler because it executes everything from within a critical section. + * This is the approach taken by many other RTOSes, but FreeRTOS.org has the + * preferred fully featured API too. The fully featured API has more + * complex code that takes longer to execute, but makes much less use of + * critical sections. Therefore the alternative API sacrifices interrupt + * responsiveness to gain execution speed, whereas the fully featured API + * sacrifices execution speed to ensure better interrupt responsiveness. + */ +#define xSemaphoreAltGive( xSemaphore ) xQueueAltGenericSend( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, semGIVE_BLOCK_TIME, queueSEND_TO_BACK ) + +/** + * semphr. h + * 
+ xSemaphoreGiveFromISR( 
+                          xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore, 
+                          signed portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
+                      )
+ * + * Macro to release a semaphore. The semaphore must have previously been + * created with a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary() or xSemaphoreCreateCounting(). + * + * Mutex type semaphores (those created using a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex()) + * must not be used with this macro. + * + * This macro can be used from an ISR. + * + * @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being released. This is the + * handle returned when the semaphore was created. + * + * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xSemaphoreGiveFromISR() will set + * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if giving the semaphore caused a task + * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently + * running task. If xSemaphoreGiveFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then + * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited. + * + * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was successfully given, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ \#define LONG_TIME 0xffff
+ \#define TICKS_TO_WAIT	10
+ xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore = NULL;
+
+ // Repetitive task.
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+    for( ;; )
+    {
+        // We want this task to run every 10 ticks of a timer.  The semaphore 
+        // was created before this task was started.
+
+        // Block waiting for the semaphore to become available.
+        if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, LONG_TIME ) == pdTRUE )
+        {
+            // It is time to execute.
+
+            // ...
+
+            // We have finished our task.  Return to the top of the loop where
+            // we will block on the semaphore until it is time to execute 
+            // again.  Note when using the semaphore for synchronisation with an
+			// ISR in this manner there is no need to 'give' the semaphore back.
+        }
+    }
+ }
+
+ // Timer ISR
+ void vTimerISR( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ static unsigned char ucLocalTickCount = 0;
+ static signed portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken;
+
+    // A timer tick has occurred.
+
+    // ... Do other time functions.
+
+    // Is it time for vATask () to run?
+	xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
+    ucLocalTickCount++;
+    if( ucLocalTickCount >= TICKS_TO_WAIT )
+    {
+        // Unblock the task by releasing the semaphore.
+        xSemaphoreGiveFromISR( xSemaphore, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+
+        // Reset the count so we release the semaphore again in 10 ticks time.
+        ucLocalTickCount = 0;
+    }
+
+    if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
+    {
+        // We can force a context switch here.  Context switching from an
+        // ISR uses port specific syntax.  Check the demo task for your port
+        // to find the syntax required.
+    }
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreGiveFromISR xSemaphoreGiveFromISR + * \ingroup Semaphores + */ +#define xSemaphoreGiveFromISR( xSemaphore, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xQueueGenericSendFromISR( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), queueSEND_TO_BACK ) + +/** + * semphr. h + * 
+ xSemaphoreTakeFromISR( 
+                          xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore, 
+                          signed portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
+                      )
+ * + * Macro to take a semaphore from an ISR. The semaphore must have + * previously been created with a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary() or + * xSemaphoreCreateCounting(). + * + * Mutex type semaphores (those created using a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex()) + * must not be used with this macro. + * + * This macro can be used from an ISR, however taking a semaphore from an ISR + * is not a common operation. It is likely to only be useful when taking a + * counting semaphore when an interrupt is obtaining an object from a resource + * pool (when the semaphore count indicates the number of resources available). + * + * @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being taken. This is the + * handle returned when the semaphore was created. + * + * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xSemaphoreTakeFromISR() will set + * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if taking the semaphore caused a task + * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently + * running task. If xSemaphoreTakeFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then + * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited. + * + * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was successfully taken, otherwise + * pdFALSE + */ +#define xSemaphoreTakeFromISR( xSemaphore, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xQueueReceiveFromISR( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) ) + +/** + * semphr. h + * 
xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphoreCreateMutex( void )
+ * + * Macro that implements a mutex semaphore by using the existing queue + * mechanism. + * + * Mutexes created using this macro can be accessed using the xSemaphoreTake() + * and xSemaphoreGive() macros. The xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() and + * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() macros should not be used. + * + * This type of semaphore uses a priority inheritance mechanism so a task + * 'taking' a semaphore MUST ALWAYS 'give' the semaphore back once the + * semaphore it is no longer required. + * + * Mutex type semaphores cannot be used from within interrupt service routines. + * + * See vSemaphoreCreateBinary() for an alternative implementation that can be + * used for pure synchronisation (where one task or interrupt always 'gives' the + * semaphore and another always 'takes' the semaphore) and from within interrupt + * service routines. + * + * @return xSemaphore Handle to the created mutex semaphore. Should be of type + * xSemaphoreHandle. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore;
+
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+    // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
+    // This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
+    xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateMutex();
+
+    if( xSemaphore != NULL )
+    {
+        // The semaphore was created successfully.
+        // The semaphore can now be used.  
+    }
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup vSemaphoreCreateMutex vSemaphoreCreateMutex + * \ingroup Semaphores + */ +#define xSemaphoreCreateMutex() xQueueCreateMutex( queueQUEUE_TYPE_MUTEX ) + + +/** + * semphr. h + * 
xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex( void )
+ * + * Macro that implements a recursive mutex by using the existing queue + * mechanism. + * + * Mutexes created using this macro can be accessed using the + * xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() and xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() macros. The + * xSemaphoreTake() and xSemaphoreGive() macros should not be used. + * + * A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex + * doesn't become available again until the owner has called + * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request. For example, + * if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will + * not be available to any other task until it has also 'given' the mutex back + * exactly five times. + * + * This type of semaphore uses a priority inheritance mechanism so a task + * 'taking' a semaphore MUST ALWAYS 'give' the semaphore back once the + * semaphore it is no longer required. + * + * Mutex type semaphores cannot be used from within interrupt service routines. + * + * See vSemaphoreCreateBinary() for an alternative implementation that can be + * used for pure synchronisation (where one task or interrupt always 'gives' the + * semaphore and another always 'takes' the semaphore) and from within interrupt + * service routines. + * + * @return xSemaphore Handle to the created mutex semaphore. Should be of type + * xSemaphoreHandle. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore;
+
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+    // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
+    // This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
+    xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
+
+    if( xSemaphore != NULL )
+    {
+        // The semaphore was created successfully.
+        // The semaphore can now be used.  
+    }
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup vSemaphoreCreateMutex vSemaphoreCreateMutex + * \ingroup Semaphores + */ +#define xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex() xQueueCreateMutex( queueQUEUE_TYPE_RECURSIVE_MUTEX ) + +/** + * semphr. h + * 
xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphoreCreateCounting( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxMaxCount, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxInitialCount )
+ * + * Macro that creates a counting semaphore by using the existing + * queue mechanism. + * + * Counting semaphores are typically used for two things: + * + * 1) Counting events. + * + * In this usage scenario an event handler will 'give' a semaphore each time + * an event occurs (incrementing the semaphore count value), and a handler + * task will 'take' a semaphore each time it processes an event + * (decrementing the semaphore count value). The count value is therefore + * the difference between the number of events that have occurred and the + * number that have been processed. In this case it is desirable for the + * initial count value to be zero. + * + * 2) Resource management. + * + * In this usage scenario the count value indicates the number of resources + * available. To obtain control of a resource a task must first obtain a + * semaphore - decrementing the semaphore count value. When the count value + * reaches zero there are no free resources. When a task finishes with the + * resource it 'gives' the semaphore back - incrementing the semaphore count + * value. In this case it is desirable for the initial count value to be + * equal to the maximum count value, indicating that all resources are free. + * + * @param uxMaxCount The maximum count value that can be reached. When the + * semaphore reaches this value it can no longer be 'given'. + * + * @param uxInitialCount The count value assigned to the semaphore when it is + * created. + * + * @return Handle to the created semaphore. Null if the semaphore could not be + * created. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore;
+
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore = NULL;
+
+    // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
+    // The max value to which the semaphore can count should be 10, and the
+    // initial value assigned to the count should be 0.
+    xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateCounting( 10, 0 );
+
+    if( xSemaphore != NULL )
+    {
+        // The semaphore was created successfully.
+        // The semaphore can now be used.  
+    }
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateCounting xSemaphoreCreateCounting + * \ingroup Semaphores + */ +#define xSemaphoreCreateCounting( uxMaxCount, uxInitialCount ) xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( ( uxMaxCount ), ( uxInitialCount ) ) + +/** + * semphr. h + * 
void vSemaphoreDelete( xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore );
+ * + * Delete a semaphore. This function must be used with care. For example, + * do not delete a mutex type semaphore if the mutex is held by a task. + * + * @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore to be deleted. + * + * \defgroup vSemaphoreDelete vSemaphoreDelete + * \ingroup Semaphores + */ +#define vSemaphoreDelete( xSemaphore ) vQueueDelete( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ) ) + +/** + * semphr.h + * 
xTaskHandle xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder( xSemaphoreHandle xMutex );
+ * + * If xMutex is indeed a mutex type semaphore, return the current mutex holder. + * If xMutex is not a mutex type semaphore, or the mutex is available (not held + * by a task), return NULL. + * + * Note: This Is is a good way of determining if the calling task is the mutex + * holder, but not a good way of determining the identity of the mutex holder as + * the holder may change between the function exiting and the returned value + * being tested. + */ +#define xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder( xSemaphore ) xQueueGetMutexHolder( ( xSemaphore ) ) + +#endif /* SEMAPHORE_H */ + + diff --git a/FreeRTOS/Source/include/task.h b/FreeRTOS/Source/include/task.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9881084 --- /dev/null +++ b/FreeRTOS/Source/include/task.h @@ -0,0 +1,1519 @@ +/* + FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd. + + VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION. + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, * + * robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross * + * platform software that has become a de facto standard. * + * * + * Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS * + * project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference * + * manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation * + * * + * Thank you! * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. + + FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under + the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the + Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception. + + >>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute + >>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide + >>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS + >>! kernel. + + FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY + WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS + FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following + link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does * + * not run, what could be wrong?" * + * * + * http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions, + license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details. + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products, + including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS + compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack. + + http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High + Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS + licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware. + + http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety + engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and + mission critical applications that require provable dependability. + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! +*/ + + +#ifndef INC_TASK_H +#define INC_TASK_H + +#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H + #error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include task.h" +#endif + +#include "list.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/*----------------------------------------------------------- + * MACROS AND DEFINITIONS + *----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define tskKERNEL_VERSION_NUMBER "V7.5.2" + +/** + * task. h + * + * Type by which tasks are referenced. For example, a call to xTaskCreate + * returns (via a pointer parameter) an xTaskHandle variable that can then + * be used as a parameter to vTaskDelete to delete the task. + * + * \defgroup xTaskHandle xTaskHandle + * \ingroup Tasks + */ +typedef void * xTaskHandle; + +/* Task states returned by eTaskGetState. */ +typedef enum +{ + eRunning = 0, /* A task is querying the state of itself, so must be running. */ + eReady, /* The task being queried is in a read or pending ready list. */ + eBlocked, /* The task being queried is in the Blocked state. */ + eSuspended, /* The task being queried is in the Suspended state, or is in the Blocked state with an infinite time out. */ + eDeleted /* The task being queried has been deleted, but its TCB has not yet been freed. */ +} eTaskState; + +/* + * Used internally only. + */ +typedef struct xTIME_OUT +{ + portBASE_TYPE xOverflowCount; + portTickType xTimeOnEntering; +} xTimeOutType; + +/* + * Defines the memory ranges allocated to the task when an MPU is used. + */ +typedef struct xMEMORY_REGION +{ + void *pvBaseAddress; + unsigned long ulLengthInBytes; + unsigned long ulParameters; +} xMemoryRegion; + +/* + * Parameters required to create an MPU protected task. + */ +typedef struct xTASK_PARAMTERS +{ + pdTASK_CODE pvTaskCode; + const signed char * const pcName; + unsigned short usStackDepth; + void *pvParameters; + unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority; + portSTACK_TYPE *puxStackBuffer; + xMemoryRegion xRegions[ portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS ]; +} xTaskParameters; + +/* Used with the uxTaskGetSystemState() function to return the state of each task +in the system. */ +typedef struct xTASK_STATUS +{ + xTaskHandle xHandle; /* The handle of the task to which the rest of the information in the structure relates. */ + const signed char *pcTaskName; /* A pointer to the task's name. This value will be invalid if the task was deleted since the structure was populated! */ + unsigned portBASE_TYPE xTaskNumber; /* A number unique to the task. */ + eTaskState eCurrentState; /* The state in which the task existed when the structure was populated. */ + unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxCurrentPriority; /* The priority at which the task was running (may be inherited) when the structure was populated. */ + unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxBasePriority; /* The priority to which the task will return if the task's current priority has been inherited to avoid unbounded priority inversion when obtaining a mutex. Only valid if configUSE_MUTEXES is defined as 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */ + unsigned long ulRunTimeCounter; /* The total run time allocated to the task so far, as defined by the run time stats clock. See http://www.freertos.org/rtos-run-time-stats.html. Only valid when configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined as 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */ + unsigned short usStackHighWaterMark; /* The minimum amount of stack space that has remained for the task since the task was created. The closer this value is to zero the closer the task has come to overflowing its stack. */ +} xTaskStatusType; + +/* Possible return values for eTaskConfirmSleepModeStatus(). */ +typedef enum +{ + eAbortSleep = 0, /* A task has been made ready or a context switch pended since portSUPPORESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP() was called - abort entering a sleep mode. */ + eStandardSleep, /* Enter a sleep mode that will not last any longer than the expected idle time. */ + eNoTasksWaitingTimeout /* No tasks are waiting for a timeout so it is safe to enter a sleep mode that can only be exited by an external interrupt. */ +} eSleepModeStatus; + + +/* + * Defines the priority used by the idle task. This must not be modified. + * + * \ingroup TaskUtils + */ +#define tskIDLE_PRIORITY ( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U ) + +/** + * task. h + * + * Macro for forcing a context switch. + * + * \defgroup taskYIELD taskYIELD + * \ingroup SchedulerControl + */ +#define taskYIELD() portYIELD() + +/** + * task. h + * + * Macro to mark the start of a critical code region. Preemptive context + * switches cannot occur when in a critical region. + * + * NOTE: This may alter the stack (depending on the portable implementation) + * so must be used with care! + * + * \defgroup taskENTER_CRITICAL taskENTER_CRITICAL + * \ingroup SchedulerControl + */ +#define taskENTER_CRITICAL() portENTER_CRITICAL() + +/** + * task. h + * + * Macro to mark the end of a critical code region. Preemptive context + * switches cannot occur when in a critical region. + * + * NOTE: This may alter the stack (depending on the portable implementation) + * so must be used with care! + * + * \defgroup taskEXIT_CRITICAL taskEXIT_CRITICAL + * \ingroup SchedulerControl + */ +#define taskEXIT_CRITICAL() portEXIT_CRITICAL() + +/** + * task. h + * + * Macro to disable all maskable interrupts. + * + * \defgroup taskDISABLE_INTERRUPTS taskDISABLE_INTERRUPTS + * \ingroup SchedulerControl + */ +#define taskDISABLE_INTERRUPTS() portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS() + +/** + * task. h + * + * Macro to enable microcontroller interrupts. + * + * \defgroup taskENABLE_INTERRUPTS taskENABLE_INTERRUPTS + * \ingroup SchedulerControl + */ +#define taskENABLE_INTERRUPTS() portENABLE_INTERRUPTS() + +/* Definitions returned by xTaskGetSchedulerState(). */ +#define taskSCHEDULER_NOT_STARTED ( ( portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) +#define taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING ( ( portBASE_TYPE ) 1 ) +#define taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ( ( portBASE_TYPE ) 2 ) + +/*----------------------------------------------------------- + * TASK CREATION API + *----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * task. h + *
+ portBASE_TYPE xTaskCreate(
+							  pdTASK_CODE pvTaskCode,
+							  const char * const pcName,
+							  unsigned short usStackDepth,
+							  void *pvParameters,
+							  unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority,
+							  xTaskHandle *pvCreatedTask
+						  );
+ * + * Create a new task and add it to the list of tasks that are ready to run. + * + * xTaskCreate() can only be used to create a task that has unrestricted + * access to the entire microcontroller memory map. Systems that include MPU + * support can alternatively create an MPU constrained task using + * xTaskCreateRestricted(). + * + * @param pvTaskCode Pointer to the task entry function. Tasks + * must be implemented to never return (i.e. continuous loop). + * + * @param pcName A descriptive name for the task. This is mainly used to + * facilitate debugging. Max length defined by tskMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN - default + * is 16. + * + * @param usStackDepth The size of the task stack specified as the number of + * variables the stack can hold - not the number of bytes. For example, if + * the stack is 16 bits wide and usStackDepth is defined as 100, 200 bytes + * will be allocated for stack storage. + * + * @param pvParameters Pointer that will be used as the parameter for the task + * being created. + * + * @param uxPriority The priority at which the task should run. Systems that + * include MPU support can optionally create tasks in a privileged (system) + * mode by setting bit portPRIVILEGE_BIT of the priority parameter. For + * example, to create a privileged task at priority 2 the uxPriority parameter + * should be set to ( 2 | portPRIVILEGE_BIT ). + * + * @param pvCreatedTask Used to pass back a handle by which the created task + * can be referenced. + * + * @return pdPASS if the task was successfully created and added to a ready + * list, otherwise an error code defined in the file errors. h + * + * Example usage: + 
+ // Task to be created.
+ void vTaskCode( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+	 for( ;; )
+	 {
+		 // Task code goes here.
+	 }
+ }
+
+ // Function that creates a task.
+ void vOtherFunction( void )
+ {
+ static unsigned char ucParameterToPass;
+ xTaskHandle xHandle;
+
+	 // Create the task, storing the handle.  Note that the passed parameter ucParameterToPass
+	 // must exist for the lifetime of the task, so in this case is declared static.  If it was just an
+	 // an automatic stack variable it might no longer exist, or at least have been corrupted, by the time
+	 // the new task attempts to access it.
+	 xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, &ucParameterToPass, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, &xHandle );
+
+	 // Use the handle to delete the task.
+	 vTaskDelete( xHandle );
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup xTaskCreate xTaskCreate + * \ingroup Tasks + */ +#define xTaskCreate( pvTaskCode, pcName, usStackDepth, pvParameters, uxPriority, pxCreatedTask ) xTaskGenericCreate( ( pvTaskCode ), ( pcName ), ( usStackDepth ), ( pvParameters ), ( uxPriority ), ( pxCreatedTask ), ( NULL ), ( NULL ) ) + +/** + * task. h + *
+ portBASE_TYPE xTaskCreateRestricted( xTaskParameters *pxTaskDefinition, xTaskHandle *pxCreatedTask );
+ * + * xTaskCreateRestricted() should only be used in systems that include an MPU + * implementation. + * + * Create a new task and add it to the list of tasks that are ready to run. + * The function parameters define the memory regions and associated access + * permissions allocated to the task. + * + * @param pxTaskDefinition Pointer to a structure that contains a member + * for each of the normal xTaskCreate() parameters (see the xTaskCreate() API + * documentation) plus an optional stack buffer and the memory region + * definitions. + * + * @param pxCreatedTask Used to pass back a handle by which the created task + * can be referenced. + * + * @return pdPASS if the task was successfully created and added to a ready + * list, otherwise an error code defined in the file errors. h + * + * Example usage: + 
+// Create an xTaskParameters structure that defines the task to be created.
+static const xTaskParameters xCheckTaskParameters =
+{
+	vATask,		// pvTaskCode - the function that implements the task.
+	"ATask",	// pcName - just a text name for the task to assist debugging.
+	100,		// usStackDepth	- the stack size DEFINED IN WORDS.
+	NULL,		// pvParameters - passed into the task function as the function parameters.
+	( 1UL | portPRIVILEGE_BIT ),// uxPriority - task priority, set the portPRIVILEGE_BIT if the task should run in a privileged state.
+	cStackBuffer,// puxStackBuffer - the buffer to be used as the task stack.
+
+	// xRegions - Allocate up to three separate memory regions for access by
+	// the task, with appropriate access permissions.  Different processors have
+	// different memory alignment requirements - refer to the FreeRTOS documentation
+	// for full information.
+	{
+		// Base address					Length	Parameters
+        { cReadWriteArray,				32,		portMPU_REGION_READ_WRITE },
+        { cReadOnlyArray,				32,		portMPU_REGION_READ_ONLY },
+        { cPrivilegedOnlyAccessArray,	128,	portMPU_REGION_PRIVILEGED_READ_WRITE }
+	}
+};
+
+int main( void )
+{
+xTaskHandle xHandle;
+
+	// Create a task from the const structure defined above.  The task handle
+	// is requested (the second parameter is not NULL) but in this case just for
+	// demonstration purposes as its not actually used.
+	xTaskCreateRestricted( &xRegTest1Parameters, &xHandle );
+
+	// Start the scheduler.
+	vTaskStartScheduler();
+
+	// Will only get here if there was insufficient memory to create the idle
+	// task.
+	for( ;; );
+}
+
+ * \defgroup xTaskCreateRestricted xTaskCreateRestricted + * \ingroup Tasks + */ +#define xTaskCreateRestricted( x, pxCreatedTask ) xTaskGenericCreate( ((x)->pvTaskCode), ((x)->pcName), ((x)->usStackDepth), ((x)->pvParameters), ((x)->uxPriority), (pxCreatedTask), ((x)->puxStackBuffer), ((x)->xRegions) ) + +/** + * task. h + *
+ void vTaskAllocateMPURegions( xTaskHandle xTask, const xMemoryRegion * const pxRegions );
+ * + * Memory regions are assigned to a restricted task when the task is created by + * a call to xTaskCreateRestricted(). These regions can be redefined using + * vTaskAllocateMPURegions(). + * + * @param xTask The handle of the task being updated. + * + * @param xRegions A pointer to an xMemoryRegion structure that contains the + * new memory region definitions. + * + * Example usage: + 
+// Define an array of xMemoryRegion structures that configures an MPU region
+// allowing read/write access for 1024 bytes starting at the beginning of the
+// ucOneKByte array.  The other two of the maximum 3 definable regions are
+// unused so set to zero.
+static const xMemoryRegion xAltRegions[ portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS ] =
+{
+	// Base address		Length		Parameters
+	{ ucOneKByte,		1024,		portMPU_REGION_READ_WRITE },
+	{ 0,				0,			0 },
+	{ 0,				0,			0 }
+};
+
+void vATask( void *pvParameters )
+{
+	// This task was created such that it has access to certain regions of
+	// memory as defined by the MPU configuration.  At some point it is
+	// desired that these MPU regions are replaced with that defined in the
+	// xAltRegions const struct above.  Use a call to vTaskAllocateMPURegions()
+	// for this purpose.  NULL is used as the task handle to indicate that this
+	// function should modify the MPU regions of the calling task.
+	vTaskAllocateMPURegions( NULL, xAltRegions );
+
+	// Now the task can continue its function, but from this point on can only
+	// access its stack and the ucOneKByte array (unless any other statically
+	// defined or shared regions have been declared elsewhere).
+}
+
+ * \defgroup xTaskCreateRestricted xTaskCreateRestricted + * \ingroup Tasks + */ +void vTaskAllocateMPURegions( xTaskHandle xTask, const xMemoryRegion * const pxRegions ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * task. h + * 
void vTaskDelete( xTaskHandle xTask );
+ * + * INCLUDE_vTaskDelete must be defined as 1 for this function to be available. + * See the configuration section for more information. + * + * Remove a task from the RTOS real time kernels management. The task being + * deleted will be removed from all ready, blocked, suspended and event lists. + * + * NOTE: The idle task is responsible for freeing the kernel allocated + * memory from tasks that have been deleted. It is therefore important that + * the idle task is not starved of microcontroller processing time if your + * application makes any calls to vTaskDelete (). Memory allocated by the + * task code is not automatically freed, and should be freed before the task + * is deleted. + * + * See the demo application file death.c for sample code that utilises + * vTaskDelete (). + * + * @param xTask The handle of the task to be deleted. Passing NULL will + * cause the calling task to be deleted. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ void vOtherFunction( void )
+ {
+ xTaskHandle xHandle;
+
+	 // Create the task, storing the handle.
+	 xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, &xHandle );
+
+	 // Use the handle to delete the task.
+	 vTaskDelete( xHandle );
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup vTaskDelete vTaskDelete + * \ingroup Tasks + */ +void vTaskDelete( xTaskHandle xTaskToDelete ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/*----------------------------------------------------------- + * TASK CONTROL API + *----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * task. h + * 
void vTaskDelay( portTickType xTicksToDelay );
+ * + * Delay a task for a given number of ticks. The actual time that the + * task remains blocked depends on the tick rate. The constant + * portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to calculate real time from the tick + * rate - with the resolution of one tick period. + * + * INCLUDE_vTaskDelay must be defined as 1 for this function to be available. + * See the configuration section for more information. + * + * + * vTaskDelay() specifies a time at which the task wishes to unblock relative to + * the time at which vTaskDelay() is called. For example, specifying a block + * period of 100 ticks will cause the task to unblock 100 ticks after + * vTaskDelay() is called. vTaskDelay() does not therefore provide a good method + * of controlling the frequency of a cyclical task as the path taken through the + * code, as well as other task and interrupt activity, will effect the frequency + * at which vTaskDelay() gets called and therefore the time at which the task + * next executes. See vTaskDelayUntil() for an alternative API function designed + * to facilitate fixed frequency execution. It does this by specifying an + * absolute time (rather than a relative time) at which the calling task should + * unblock. + * + * @param xTicksToDelay The amount of time, in tick periods, that + * the calling task should block. + * + * Example usage: + + void vTaskFunction( void * pvParameters ) + { + void vTaskFunction( void * pvParameters ) + { + // Block for 500ms. + const portTickType xDelay = 500 / portTICK_RATE_MS; + + for( ;; ) + { + // Simply toggle the LED every 500ms, blocking between each toggle. + vToggleLED(); + vTaskDelay( xDelay ); + } + } + + * \defgroup vTaskDelay vTaskDelay + * \ingroup TaskCtrl + */ +void vTaskDelay( portTickType xTicksToDelay ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * task. h + * 
void vTaskDelayUntil( portTickType *pxPreviousWakeTime, portTickType xTimeIncrement );
+ * + * INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil must be defined as 1 for this function to be available. + * See the configuration section for more information. + * + * Delay a task until a specified time. This function can be used by cyclical + * tasks to ensure a constant execution frequency. + * + * This function differs from vTaskDelay () in one important aspect: vTaskDelay () will + * cause a task to block for the specified number of ticks from the time vTaskDelay () is + * called. It is therefore difficult to use vTaskDelay () by itself to generate a fixed + * execution frequency as the time between a task starting to execute and that task + * calling vTaskDelay () may not be fixed [the task may take a different path though the + * code between calls, or may get interrupted or preempted a different number of times + * each time it executes]. + * + * Whereas vTaskDelay () specifies a wake time relative to the time at which the function + * is called, vTaskDelayUntil () specifies the absolute (exact) time at which it wishes to + * unblock. + * + * The constant portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to calculate real time from the tick + * rate - with the resolution of one tick period. + * + * @param pxPreviousWakeTime Pointer to a variable that holds the time at which the + * task was last unblocked. The variable must be initialised with the current time + * prior to its first use (see the example below). Following this the variable is + * automatically updated within vTaskDelayUntil (). + * + * @param xTimeIncrement The cycle time period. The task will be unblocked at + * time *pxPreviousWakeTime + xTimeIncrement. Calling vTaskDelayUntil with the + * same xTimeIncrement parameter value will cause the task to execute with + * a fixed interface period. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ // Perform an action every 10 ticks.
+ void vTaskFunction( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ portTickType xLastWakeTime;
+ const portTickType xFrequency = 10;
+
+	 // Initialise the xLastWakeTime variable with the current time.
+	 xLastWakeTime = xTaskGetTickCount ();
+	 for( ;; )
+	 {
+		 // Wait for the next cycle.
+		 vTaskDelayUntil( &xLastWakeTime, xFrequency );
+
+		 // Perform action here.
+	 }
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup vTaskDelayUntil vTaskDelayUntil + * \ingroup TaskCtrl + */ +void vTaskDelayUntil( portTickType * const pxPreviousWakeTime, portTickType xTimeIncrement ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * task. h + * 
unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskPriorityGet( xTaskHandle xTask );
+ * + * INCLUDE_xTaskPriorityGet must be defined as 1 for this function to be available. + * See the configuration section for more information. + * + * Obtain the priority of any task. + * + * @param xTask Handle of the task to be queried. Passing a NULL + * handle results in the priority of the calling task being returned. + * + * @return The priority of xTask. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ void vAFunction( void )
+ {
+ xTaskHandle xHandle;
+
+	 // Create a task, storing the handle.
+	 xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, &xHandle );
+
+	 // ...
+
+	 // Use the handle to obtain the priority of the created task.
+	 // It was created with tskIDLE_PRIORITY, but may have changed
+	 // it itself.
+	 if( uxTaskPriorityGet( xHandle ) != tskIDLE_PRIORITY )
+	 {
+		 // The task has changed it's priority.
+	 }
+
+	 // ...
+
+	 // Is our priority higher than the created task?
+	 if( uxTaskPriorityGet( xHandle ) < uxTaskPriorityGet( NULL ) )
+	 {
+		 // Our priority (obtained using NULL handle) is higher.
+	 }
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup uxTaskPriorityGet uxTaskPriorityGet + * \ingroup TaskCtrl + */ +unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskPriorityGet( xTaskHandle xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * task. h + * 
eTaskState eTaskGetState( xTaskHandle xTask );
+ * + * INCLUDE_eTaskGetState must be defined as 1 for this function to be available. + * See the configuration section for more information. + * + * Obtain the state of any task. States are encoded by the eTaskState + * enumerated type. + * + * @param xTask Handle of the task to be queried. + * + * @return The state of xTask at the time the function was called. Note the + * state of the task might change between the function being called, and the + * functions return value being tested by the calling task. + */ +eTaskState eTaskGetState( xTaskHandle xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * task. h + * 
void vTaskPrioritySet( xTaskHandle xTask, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxNewPriority );
+ * + * INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet must be defined as 1 for this function to be available. + * See the configuration section for more information. + * + * Set the priority of any task. + * + * A context switch will occur before the function returns if the priority + * being set is higher than the currently executing task. + * + * @param xTask Handle to the task for which the priority is being set. + * Passing a NULL handle results in the priority of the calling task being set. + * + * @param uxNewPriority The priority to which the task will be set. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ void vAFunction( void )
+ {
+ xTaskHandle xHandle;
+
+	 // Create a task, storing the handle.
+	 xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, &xHandle );
+
+	 // ...
+
+	 // Use the handle to raise the priority of the created task.
+	 vTaskPrioritySet( xHandle, tskIDLE_PRIORITY + 1 );
+
+	 // ...
+
+	 // Use a NULL handle to raise our priority to the same value.
+	 vTaskPrioritySet( NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY + 1 );
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup vTaskPrioritySet vTaskPrioritySet + * \ingroup TaskCtrl + */ +void vTaskPrioritySet( xTaskHandle xTask, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxNewPriority ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * task. h + * 
void vTaskSuspend( xTaskHandle xTaskToSuspend );
+ * + * INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend must be defined as 1 for this function to be available. + * See the configuration section for more information. + * + * Suspend any task. When suspended a task will never get any microcontroller + * processing time, no matter what its priority. + * + * Calls to vTaskSuspend are not accumulative - + * i.e. calling vTaskSuspend () twice on the same task still only requires one + * call to vTaskResume () to ready the suspended task. + * + * @param xTaskToSuspend Handle to the task being suspended. Passing a NULL + * handle will cause the calling task to be suspended. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ void vAFunction( void )
+ {
+ xTaskHandle xHandle;
+
+	 // Create a task, storing the handle.
+	 xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, &xHandle );
+
+	 // ...
+
+	 // Use the handle to suspend the created task.
+	 vTaskSuspend( xHandle );
+
+	 // ...
+
+	 // The created task will not run during this period, unless
+	 // another task calls vTaskResume( xHandle ).
+
+	 //...
+
+
+	 // Suspend ourselves.
+	 vTaskSuspend( NULL );
+
+	 // We cannot get here unless another task calls vTaskResume
+	 // with our handle as the parameter.
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup vTaskSuspend vTaskSuspend + * \ingroup TaskCtrl + */ +void vTaskSuspend( xTaskHandle xTaskToSuspend ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * task. h + * 
void vTaskResume( xTaskHandle xTaskToResume );
+ * + * INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend must be defined as 1 for this function to be available. + * See the configuration section for more information. + * + * Resumes a suspended task. + * + * A task that has been suspended by one of more calls to vTaskSuspend () + * will be made available for running again by a single call to + * vTaskResume (). + * + * @param xTaskToResume Handle to the task being readied. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ void vAFunction( void )
+ {
+ xTaskHandle xHandle;
+
+	 // Create a task, storing the handle.
+	 xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, &xHandle );
+
+	 // ...
+
+	 // Use the handle to suspend the created task.
+	 vTaskSuspend( xHandle );
+
+	 // ...
+
+	 // The created task will not run during this period, unless
+	 // another task calls vTaskResume( xHandle ).
+
+	 //...
+
+
+	 // Resume the suspended task ourselves.
+	 vTaskResume( xHandle );
+
+	 // The created task will once again get microcontroller processing
+	 // time in accordance with it priority within the system.
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup vTaskResume vTaskResume + * \ingroup TaskCtrl + */ +void vTaskResume( xTaskHandle xTaskToResume ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * task. h + * 
void xTaskResumeFromISR( xTaskHandle xTaskToResume );
+ * + * INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR must be defined as 1 for this function to be + * available. See the configuration section for more information. + * + * An implementation of vTaskResume() that can be called from within an ISR. + * + * A task that has been suspended by one of more calls to vTaskSuspend () + * will be made available for running again by a single call to + * xTaskResumeFromISR (). + * + * @param xTaskToResume Handle to the task being readied. + * + * \defgroup vTaskResumeFromISR vTaskResumeFromISR + * \ingroup TaskCtrl + */ +portBASE_TYPE xTaskResumeFromISR( xTaskHandle xTaskToResume ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/*----------------------------------------------------------- + * SCHEDULER CONTROL + *----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * task. h + * 
void vTaskStartScheduler( void );
+ * + * Starts the real time kernel tick processing. After calling the kernel + * has control over which tasks are executed and when. This function + * does not return until an executing task calls vTaskEndScheduler (). + * + * At least one task should be created via a call to xTaskCreate () + * before calling vTaskStartScheduler (). The idle task is created + * automatically when the first application task is created. + * + * See the demo application file main.c for an example of creating + * tasks and starting the kernel. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ void vAFunction( void )
+ {
+	 // Create at least one task before starting the kernel.
+	 xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, NULL );
+
+	 // Start the real time kernel with preemption.
+	 vTaskStartScheduler ();
+
+	 // Will not get here unless a task calls vTaskEndScheduler ()
+ }
+
+ * + * \defgroup vTaskStartScheduler vTaskStartScheduler + * \ingroup SchedulerControl + */ +void vTaskStartScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * task. h + * 
void vTaskEndScheduler( void );
+ * + * Stops the real time kernel tick. All created tasks will be automatically + * deleted and multitasking (either preemptive or cooperative) will + * stop. Execution then resumes from the point where vTaskStartScheduler () + * was called, as if vTaskStartScheduler () had just returned. + * + * See the demo application file main. c in the demo/PC directory for an + * example that uses vTaskEndScheduler (). + * + * vTaskEndScheduler () requires an exit function to be defined within the + * portable layer (see vPortEndScheduler () in port. c for the PC port). This + * performs hardware specific operations such as stopping the kernel tick. + * + * vTaskEndScheduler () will cause all of the resources allocated by the + * kernel to be freed - but will not free resources allocated by application + * tasks. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ void vTaskCode( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+	 for( ;; )
+	 {
+		 // Task code goes here.
+
+		 // At some point we want to end the real time kernel processing
+		 // so call ...
+		 vTaskEndScheduler ();
+	 }
+ }
+
+ void vAFunction( void )
+ {
+	 // Create at least one task before starting the kernel.
+	 xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, NULL );
+
+	 // Start the real time kernel with preemption.
+	 vTaskStartScheduler ();
+
+	 // Will only get here when the vTaskCode () task has called
+	 // vTaskEndScheduler ().  When we get here we are back to single task
+	 // execution.
+ }
+
+ * + * \defgroup vTaskEndScheduler vTaskEndScheduler + * \ingroup SchedulerControl + */ +void vTaskEndScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * task. h + * 
void vTaskSuspendAll( void );
+ * + * Suspends all real time kernel activity while keeping interrupts (including the + * kernel tick) enabled. + * + * After calling vTaskSuspendAll () the calling task will continue to execute + * without risk of being swapped out until a call to xTaskResumeAll () has been + * made. + * + * API functions that have the potential to cause a context switch (for example, + * vTaskDelayUntil(), xQueueSend(), etc.) must not be called while the scheduler + * is suspended. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ void vTask1( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+	 for( ;; )
+	 {
+		 // Task code goes here.
+
+		 // ...
+
+		 // At some point the task wants to perform a long operation during
+		 // which it does not want to get swapped out.  It cannot use
+		 // taskENTER_CRITICAL ()/taskEXIT_CRITICAL () as the length of the
+		 // operation may cause interrupts to be missed - including the
+		 // ticks.
+
+		 // Prevent the real time kernel swapping out the task.
+		 vTaskSuspendAll ();
+
+		 // Perform the operation here.  There is no need to use critical
+		 // sections as we have all the microcontroller processing time.
+		 // During this time interrupts will still operate and the kernel
+		 // tick count will be maintained.
+
+		 // ...
+
+		 // The operation is complete.  Restart the kernel.
+		 xTaskResumeAll ();
+	 }
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup vTaskSuspendAll vTaskSuspendAll + * \ingroup SchedulerControl + */ +void vTaskSuspendAll( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * task. h + * 
char xTaskResumeAll( void );
+ * + * Resumes real time kernel activity following a call to vTaskSuspendAll (). + * After a call to vTaskSuspendAll () the kernel will take control of which + * task is executing at any time. + * + * @return If resuming the scheduler caused a context switch then pdTRUE is + * returned, otherwise pdFALSE is returned. + * + * Example usage: + 
+ void vTask1( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+	 for( ;; )
+	 {
+		 // Task code goes here.
+
+		 // ...
+
+		 // At some point the task wants to perform a long operation during
+		 // which it does not want to get swapped out.  It cannot use
+		 // taskENTER_CRITICAL ()/taskEXIT_CRITICAL () as the length of the
+		 // operation may cause interrupts to be missed - including the
+		 // ticks.
+
+		 // Prevent the real time kernel swapping out the task.
+		 vTaskSuspendAll ();
+
+		 // Perform the operation here.  There is no need to use critical
+		 // sections as we have all the microcontroller processing time.
+		 // During this time interrupts will still operate and the real
+		 // time kernel tick count will be maintained.
+
+		 // ...
+
+		 // The operation is complete.  Restart the kernel.  We want to force
+		 // a context switch - but there is no point if resuming the scheduler
+		 // caused a context switch already.
+		 if( !xTaskResumeAll () )
+		 {
+			  taskYIELD ();
+		 }
+	 }
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup xTaskResumeAll xTaskResumeAll + * \ingroup SchedulerControl + */ +signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskResumeAll( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * task. h + * 
signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskIsTaskSuspended( const xTaskHandle xTask );
+ * + * Utility task that simply returns pdTRUE if the task referenced by xTask is + * currently in the Suspended state, or pdFALSE if the task referenced by xTask + * is in any other state. + * + */ +signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskIsTaskSuspended( xTaskHandle xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/*----------------------------------------------------------- + * TASK UTILITIES + *----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * task. h + * 
portTickType xTaskGetTickCount( void );
+ * + * @return The count of ticks since vTaskStartScheduler was called. + * + * \defgroup xTaskGetTickCount xTaskGetTickCount + * \ingroup TaskUtils + */ +portTickType xTaskGetTickCount( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * task. h + * 
portTickType xTaskGetTickCountFromISR( void );
+ * + * @return The count of ticks since vTaskStartScheduler was called. + * + * This is a version of xTaskGetTickCount() that is safe to be called from an + * ISR - provided that portTickType is the natural word size of the + * microcontroller being used or interrupt nesting is either not supported or + * not being used. + * + * \defgroup xTaskGetTickCount xTaskGetTickCount + * \ingroup TaskUtils + */ +portTickType xTaskGetTickCountFromISR( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * task. h + * 
unsigned short uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks( void );
+ * + * @return The number of tasks that the real time kernel is currently managing. + * This includes all ready, blocked and suspended tasks. A task that + * has been deleted but not yet freed by the idle task will also be + * included in the count. + * + * \defgroup uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks + * \ingroup TaskUtils + */ +unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * task. h + * 
signed char *pcTaskGetTaskName( xTaskHandle xTaskToQuery );
+ * + * @return The text (human readable) name of the task referenced by the handle + * xTaskToQueury. A task can query its own name by either passing in its own + * handle, or by setting xTaskToQuery to NULL. INCLUDE_pcTaskGetTaskName must be + * set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for pcTaskGetTaskName() to be available. + * + * \defgroup pcTaskGetTaskName pcTaskGetTaskName + * \ingroup TaskUtils + */ +signed char *pcTaskGetTaskName( xTaskHandle xTaskToQuery ); + +/** + * task.h + * 
unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark( xTaskHandle xTask );
+ * + * INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for + * this function to be available. + * + * Returns the high water mark of the stack associated with xTask. That is, + * the minimum free stack space there has been (in words, so on a 32 bit machine + * a value of 1 means 4 bytes) since the task started. The smaller the returned + * number the closer the task has come to overflowing its stack. + * + * @param xTask Handle of the task associated with the stack to be checked. + * Set xTask to NULL to check the stack of the calling task. + * + * @return The smallest amount of free stack space there has been (in bytes) + * since the task referenced by xTask was created. + */ +unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark( xTaskHandle xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* When using trace macros it is sometimes necessary to include tasks.h before +FreeRTOS.h. When this is done pdTASK_HOOK_CODE will not yet have been defined, +so the following two prototypes will cause a compilation error. This can be +fixed by simply guarding against the inclusion of these two prototypes unless +they are explicitly required by the configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG configuration +constant. */ +#ifdef configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG + #if configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 + /** + * task.h + * 
void vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag( xTaskHandle xTask, pdTASK_HOOK_CODE pxHookFunction );
+ * + * Sets pxHookFunction to be the task hook function used by the task xTask. + * Passing xTask as NULL has the effect of setting the calling tasks hook + * function. + */ + void vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag( xTaskHandle xTask, pdTASK_HOOK_CODE pxHookFunction ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + + /** + * task.h + * 
void xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( xTaskHandle xTask );
+ * + * Returns the pxHookFunction value assigned to the task xTask. + */ + pdTASK_HOOK_CODE xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( xTaskHandle xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + #endif /* configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG ==1 */ +#endif /* ifdef configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG */ + +/** + * task.h + * 
portBASE_TYPE xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook( xTaskHandle xTask, pdTASK_HOOK_CODE pxHookFunction );
+ * + * Calls the hook function associated with xTask. Passing xTask as NULL has + * the effect of calling the Running tasks (the calling task) hook function. + * + * pvParameter is passed to the hook function for the task to interpret as it + * wants. + */ +portBASE_TYPE xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook( xTaskHandle xTask, void *pvParameter ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle() is only available if + * INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. + * + * Simply returns the handle of the idle task. It is not valid to call + * xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle() before the scheduler has been started. + */ +xTaskHandle xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle( void ); + +/** + * configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY must bet defined as 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for + * uxTaskGetSystemState() to be available. + * + * uxTaskGetSystemState() populates an xTaskStatusType structure for each task in + * the system. xTaskStatusType structures contain, among other things, members + * for the task handle, task name, task priority, task state, and total amount + * of run time consumed by the task. See the xTaskStatusType structure + * definition in this file for the full member list. + * + * NOTE: This function is intended for debugging use only as its use results in + * the scheduler remaining suspended for an extended period. + * + * @param pxTaskStatusArray A pointer to an array of xTaskStatusType structures. + * The array must contain at least one xTaskStatusType structure for each task + * that is under the control of the RTOS. The number of tasks under the control + * of the RTOS can be determined using the uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks() API function. + * + * @param uxArraySize The size of the array pointed to by the pxTaskStatusArray + * parameter. The size is specified as the number of indexes in the array, or + * the number of xTaskStatusType structures contained in the array, not by the + * number of bytes in the array. + * + * @param pulTotalRunTime If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is set to 1 in + * FreeRTOSConfig.h then *pulTotalRunTime is set by uxTaskGetSystemState() to the + * total run time (as defined by the run time stats clock, see + * http://www.freertos.org/rtos-run-time-stats.html) since the target booted. + * pulTotalRunTime can be set to NULL to omit the total run time information. + * + * @return The number of xTaskStatusType structures that were populated by + * uxTaskGetSystemState(). This should equal the number returned by the + * uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks() API function, but will be zero if the value passed + * in the uxArraySize parameter was too small. + * + * Example usage: + 
+    // This example demonstrates how a human readable table of run time stats
+	// information is generated from raw data provided by uxTaskGetSystemState().
+	// The human readable table is written to pcWriteBuffer
+	void vTaskGetRunTimeStats( signed char *pcWriteBuffer )
+	{
+	xTaskStatusType *pxTaskStatusArray;
+	volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxArraySize, x;
+	unsigned long ulTotalRunTime, ulStatsAsPercentage;
+
+		// Make sure the write buffer does not contain a string.
+		*pcWriteBuffer = 0x00;
+
+		// Take a snapshot of the number of tasks in case it changes while this
+		// function is executing.
+		uxArraySize = uxCurrentNumberOfTasks();
+
+		// Allocate a xTaskStatusType structure for each task.  An array could be
+		// allocated statically at compile time.
+		pxTaskStatusArray = pvPortMalloc( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks * sizeof( xTaskStatusType ) );
+
+		if( pxTaskStatusArray != NULL )
+		{
+			// Generate raw status information about each task.
+			uxArraySize = uxTaskGetSystemState( pxTaskStatusArray, uxArraySize, &ulTotalRunTime );
+
+			// For percentage calculations.
+			ulTotalRunTime /= 100UL;
+
+			// Avoid divide by zero errors.
+			if( ulTotalRunTime > 0 )
+			{
+				// For each populated position in the pxTaskStatusArray array,
+				// format the raw data as human readable ASCII data
+				for( x = 0; x < uxArraySize; x++ )
+				{
+					// What percentage of the total run time has the task used?
+					// This will always be rounded down to the nearest integer.
+					// ulTotalRunTimeDiv100 has already been divided by 100.
+					ulStatsAsPercentage = pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].ulRunTimeCounter / ulTotalRunTime;
+
+					if( ulStatsAsPercentage > 0UL )
+					{
+						sprintf( ( char * ) pcWriteBuffer, ( char * ) "%s\t\t%lu\t\t%lu%%\r\n", pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].pcTaskName, pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].ulRunTimeCounter, ulStatsAsPercentage );
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						// If the percentage is zero here then the task has
+						// consumed less than 1% of the total run time.
+						sprintf( ( char * ) pcWriteBuffer, ( char * ) "%s\t\t%lu\t\t<1%%\r\n", pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].pcTaskName, pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].ulRunTimeCounter );
+					}
+
+					pcWriteBuffer += strlen( ( char * ) pcWriteBuffer );
+				}
+			}
+
+			// The array is no longer needed, free the memory it consumes.
+			vPortFree( pxTaskStatusArray );
+		}
+	}
+
+ */ +unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskGetSystemState( xTaskStatusType *pxTaskStatusArray, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxArraySize, unsigned long *pulTotalRunTime ); + +/** + * task. h + * 
void vTaskList( char *pcWriteBuffer );
+ * + * configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY and configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS must + * both be defined as 1 for this function to be available. See the + * configuration section of the FreeRTOS.org website for more information. + * + * NOTE 1: This function will disable interrupts for its duration. It is + * not intended for normal application runtime use but as a debug aid. + * + * Lists all the current tasks, along with their current state and stack + * usage high water mark. + * + * Tasks are reported as blocked ('B'), ready ('R'), deleted ('D') or + * suspended ('S'). + * + * PLEASE NOTE: + * + * This function is provided for convenience only, and is used by many of the + * demo applications. Do not consider it to be part of the scheduler. + * + * vTaskList() calls uxTaskGetSystemState(), then formats part of the + * uxTaskGetSystemState() output into a human readable table that displays task + * names, states and stack usage. + * + * vTaskList() has a dependency on the sprintf() C library function that might + * bloat the code size, use a lot of stack, and provide different results on + * different platforms. An alternative, tiny, third party, and limited + * functionality implementation of sprintf() is provided in many of the + * FreeRTOS/Demo sub-directories in a file called printf-stdarg.c (note + * printf-stdarg.c does not provide a full snprintf() implementation!). + * + * It is recommended that production systems call uxTaskGetSystemState() + * directly to get access to raw stats data, rather than indirectly through a + * call to vTaskList(). + * + * @param pcWriteBuffer A buffer into which the above mentioned details + * will be written, in ascii form. This buffer is assumed to be large + * enough to contain the generated report. Approximately 40 bytes per + * task should be sufficient. + * + * \defgroup vTaskList vTaskList + * \ingroup TaskUtils + */ +void vTaskList( signed char *pcWriteBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * task. h + * 
void vTaskGetRunTimeStats( char *pcWriteBuffer );
+ * + * configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS and configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS + * must both be defined as 1 for this function to be available. The application + * must also then provide definitions for + * portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS() and portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE + * to configure a peripheral timer/counter and return the timers current count + * value respectively. The counter should be at least 10 times the frequency of + * the tick count. + * + * NOTE 1: This function will disable interrupts for its duration. It is + * not intended for normal application runtime use but as a debug aid. + * + * Setting configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS to 1 will result in a total + * accumulated execution time being stored for each task. The resolution + * of the accumulated time value depends on the frequency of the timer + * configured by the portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS() macro. + * Calling vTaskGetRunTimeStats() writes the total execution time of each + * task into a buffer, both as an absolute count value and as a percentage + * of the total system execution time. + * + * NOTE 2: + * + * This function is provided for convenience only, and is used by many of the + * demo applications. Do not consider it to be part of the scheduler. + * + * vTaskGetRunTimeStats() calls uxTaskGetSystemState(), then formats part of the + * uxTaskGetSystemState() output into a human readable table that displays the + * amount of time each task has spent in the Running state in both absolute and + * percentage terms. + * + * vTaskGetRunTimeStats() has a dependency on the sprintf() C library function + * that might bloat the code size, use a lot of stack, and provide different + * results on different platforms. An alternative, tiny, third party, and + * limited functionality implementation of sprintf() is provided in many of the + * FreeRTOS/Demo sub-directories in a file called printf-stdarg.c (note + * printf-stdarg.c does not provide a full snprintf() implementation!). + * + * It is recommended that production systems call uxTaskGetSystemState() directly + * to get access to raw stats data, rather than indirectly through a call to + * vTaskGetRunTimeStats(). + * + * @param pcWriteBuffer A buffer into which the execution times will be + * written, in ascii form. This buffer is assumed to be large enough to + * contain the generated report. Approximately 40 bytes per task should + * be sufficient. + * + * \defgroup vTaskGetRunTimeStats vTaskGetRunTimeStats + * \ingroup TaskUtils + */ +void vTaskGetRunTimeStats( signed char *pcWriteBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/*----------------------------------------------------------- + * SCHEDULER INTERNALS AVAILABLE FOR PORTING PURPOSES + *----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* + * THIS FUNCTION MUST NOT BE USED FROM APPLICATION CODE. IT IS ONLY + * INTENDED FOR USE WHEN IMPLEMENTING A PORT OF THE SCHEDULER AND IS + * AN INTERFACE WHICH IS FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF THE SCHEDULER. + * + * Called from the real time kernel tick (either preemptive or cooperative), + * this increments the tick count and checks if any tasks that are blocked + * for a finite period required removing from a blocked list and placing on + * a ready list. If a non-zero value is returned then a context switch is + * required because either: + * + A task was removed from a blocked list because its timeout had expired, + * or + * + Time slicing is in use and there is a task of equal priority to the + * currently running task. + */ +portBASE_TYPE xTaskIncrementTick( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * THIS FUNCTION MUST NOT BE USED FROM APPLICATION CODE. IT IS AN + * INTERFACE WHICH IS FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF THE SCHEDULER. + * + * THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH INTERRUPTS DISABLED. + * + * Removes the calling task from the ready list and places it both + * on the list of tasks waiting for a particular event, and the + * list of delayed tasks. The task will be removed from both lists + * and replaced on the ready list should either the event occur (and + * there be no higher priority tasks waiting on the same event) or + * the delay period expires. + * + * @param pxEventList The list containing tasks that are blocked waiting + * for the event to occur. + * + * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time that the task should wait + * for the event to occur. This is specified in kernel ticks,the constant + * portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert kernel ticks into a real time + * period. + */ +void vTaskPlaceOnEventList( xList * const pxEventList, portTickType xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * THIS FUNCTION MUST NOT BE USED FROM APPLICATION CODE. IT IS AN + * INTERFACE WHICH IS FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF THE SCHEDULER. + * + * THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH INTERRUPTS DISABLED. + * + * This function performs nearly the same function as vTaskPlaceOnEventList(). + * The difference being that this function does not permit tasks to block + * indefinitely, whereas vTaskPlaceOnEventList() does. + * + * @return pdTRUE if the task being removed has a higher priority than the task + * making the call, otherwise pdFALSE. + */ +void vTaskPlaceOnEventListRestricted( xList * const pxEventList, portTickType xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * THIS FUNCTION MUST NOT BE USED FROM APPLICATION CODE. IT IS AN + * INTERFACE WHICH IS FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF THE SCHEDULER. + * + * THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH INTERRUPTS DISABLED. + * + * Removes a task from both the specified event list and the list of blocked + * tasks, and places it on a ready queue. + * + * xTaskRemoveFromEventList () will be called if either an event occurs to + * unblock a task, or the block timeout period expires. + * + * @return pdTRUE if the task being removed has a higher priority than the task + * making the call, otherwise pdFALSE. + */ +signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskRemoveFromEventList( const xList * const pxEventList ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * THIS FUNCTION MUST NOT BE USED FROM APPLICATION CODE. IT IS ONLY + * INTENDED FOR USE WHEN IMPLEMENTING A PORT OF THE SCHEDULER AND IS + * AN INTERFACE WHICH IS FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF THE SCHEDULER. + * + * Sets the pointer to the current TCB to the TCB of the highest priority task + * that is ready to run. + */ +void vTaskSwitchContext( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Return the handle of the calling task. + */ +xTaskHandle xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Capture the current time status for future reference. + */ +void vTaskSetTimeOutState( xTimeOutType * const pxTimeOut ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Compare the time status now with that previously captured to see if the + * timeout has expired. + */ +portBASE_TYPE xTaskCheckForTimeOut( xTimeOutType * const pxTimeOut, portTickType * const pxTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Shortcut used by the queue implementation to prevent unnecessary call to + * taskYIELD(); + */ +void vTaskMissedYield( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Returns the scheduler state as taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING, + * taskSCHEDULER_NOT_STARTED or taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED. + */ +portBASE_TYPE xTaskGetSchedulerState( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Raises the priority of the mutex holder to that of the calling task should + * the mutex holder have a priority less than the calling task. + */ +void vTaskPriorityInherit( xTaskHandle const pxMutexHolder ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Set the priority of a task back to its proper priority in the case that it + * inherited a higher priority while it was holding a semaphore. + */ +void vTaskPriorityDisinherit( xTaskHandle const pxMutexHolder ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Generic version of the task creation function which is in turn called by the + * xTaskCreate() and xTaskCreateRestricted() macros. + */ +signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskGenericCreate( pdTASK_CODE pxTaskCode, const signed char * const pcName, unsigned short usStackDepth, void *pvParameters, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority, xTaskHandle *pxCreatedTask, portSTACK_TYPE *puxStackBuffer, const xMemoryRegion * const xRegions ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Get the uxTCBNumber assigned to the task referenced by the xTask parameter. + */ +unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskGetTaskNumber( xTaskHandle xTask ); + +/* + * Set the uxTCBNumber of the task referenced by the xTask parameter to + * ucHandle. + */ +void vTaskSetTaskNumber( xTaskHandle xTask, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxHandle ); + +/* + * If tickless mode is being used, or a low power mode is implemented, then + * the tick interrupt will not execute during idle periods. When this is the + * case, the tick count value maintained by the scheduler needs to be kept up + * to date with the actual execution time by being skipped forward by the by + * a time equal to the idle period. + */ +void vTaskStepTick( portTickType xTicksToJump ); + +/* + * Provided for use within portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP() to allow the port + * specific sleep function to determine if it is ok to proceed with the sleep, + * and if it is ok to proceed, if it is ok to sleep indefinitely. + * + * This function is necessary because portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP() is only + * called with the scheduler suspended, not from within a critical section. It + * is therefore possible for an interrupt to request a context switch between + * portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP() and the low power mode actually being + * entered. eTaskConfirmSleepModeStatus() should be called from a short + * critical section between the timer being stopped and the sleep mode being + * entered to ensure it is ok to proceed into the sleep mode. + */ +eSleepModeStatus eTaskConfirmSleepModeStatus( void ); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +#endif /* INC_TASK_H */ + + + diff --git a/FreeRTOS/Source/include/timers.h b/FreeRTOS/Source/include/timers.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..04ad690 --- /dev/null +++ b/FreeRTOS/Source/include/timers.h @@ -0,0 +1,959 @@ +/* + FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd. + + VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION. + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, * + * robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross * + * platform software that has become a de facto standard. * + * * + * Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS * + * project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference * + * manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation * + * * + * Thank you! * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. + + FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under + the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the + Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception. + + >>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute + >>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide + >>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS + >>! kernel. + + FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY + WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS + FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following + link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does * + * not run, what could be wrong?" * + * * + * http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions, + license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details. + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products, + including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS + compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack. + + http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High + Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS + licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware. + + http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety + engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and + mission critical applications that require provable dependability. + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! +*/ + + +#ifndef TIMERS_H +#define TIMERS_H + +#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H + #error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include timers.h" +#endif + +/*lint -e537 This headers are only multiply included if the application code +happens to also be including task.h. */ +#include "task.h" +/*lint +e956 */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* IDs for commands that can be sent/received on the timer queue. These are to +be used solely through the macros that make up the public software timer API, +as defined below. */ +#define tmrCOMMAND_START ( ( portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) +#define tmrCOMMAND_STOP ( ( portBASE_TYPE ) 1 ) +#define tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD ( ( portBASE_TYPE ) 2 ) +#define tmrCOMMAND_DELETE ( ( portBASE_TYPE ) 3 ) + +/*----------------------------------------------------------- + * MACROS AND DEFINITIONS + *----------------------------------------------------------*/ + + /** + * Type by which software timers are referenced. For example, a call to + * xTimerCreate() returns an xTimerHandle variable that can then be used to + * reference the subject timer in calls to other software timer API functions + * (for example, xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(), etc.). + */ +typedef void * xTimerHandle; + +/* Define the prototype to which timer callback functions must conform. */ +typedef void (*tmrTIMER_CALLBACK)( xTimerHandle xTimer ); + +/** + * xTimerHandle xTimerCreate( const signed char *pcTimerName, + * portTickType xTimerPeriodInTicks, + * unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxAutoReload, + * void * pvTimerID, + * tmrTIMER_CALLBACK pxCallbackFunction ); + * + * Creates a new software timer instance. This allocates the storage required + * by the new timer, initialises the new timers internal state, and returns a + * handle by which the new timer can be referenced. + * + * Timers are created in the dormant state. The xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(), + * xTimerStartFromISR(), xTimerResetFromISR(), xTimerChangePeriod() and + * xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() API functions can all be used to transition a timer into the + * active state. + * + * @param pcTimerName A text name that is assigned to the timer. This is done + * purely to assist debugging. The kernel itself only ever references a timer by + * its handle, and never by its name. + * + * @param xTimerPeriodInTicks The timer period. The time is defined in tick periods so + * the constant portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert a time that has been + * specified in milliseconds. For example, if the timer must expire after 100 + * ticks, then xTimerPeriodInTicks should be set to 100. Alternatively, if the timer + * must expire after 500ms, then xPeriod can be set to ( 500 / portTICK_RATE_MS ) + * provided configTICK_RATE_HZ is less than or equal to 1000. + * + * @param uxAutoReload If uxAutoReload is set to pdTRUE then the timer will + * expire repeatedly with a frequency set by the xTimerPeriodInTicks parameter. If + * uxAutoReload is set to pdFALSE then the timer will be a one-shot timer and + * enter the dormant state after it expires. + * + * @param pvTimerID An identifier that is assigned to the timer being created. + * Typically this would be used in the timer callback function to identify which + * timer expired when the same callback function is assigned to more than one + * timer. + * + * @param pxCallbackFunction The function to call when the timer expires. + * Callback functions must have the prototype defined by tmrTIMER_CALLBACK, + * which is "void vCallbackFunction( xTimerHandle xTimer );". + * + * @return If the timer is successfully create then a handle to the newly + * created timer is returned. If the timer cannot be created (because either + * there is insufficient FreeRTOS heap remaining to allocate the timer + * structures, or the timer period was set to 0) then 0 is returned. + * + * Example usage: + * @verbatim + * #define NUM_TIMERS 5 + * + * // An array to hold handles to the created timers. + * xTimerHandle xTimers[ NUM_TIMERS ]; + * + * // An array to hold a count of the number of times each timer expires. + * long lExpireCounters[ NUM_TIMERS ] = { 0 }; + * + * // Define a callback function that will be used by multiple timer instances. + * // The callback function does nothing but count the number of times the + * // associated timer expires, and stop the timer once the timer has expired + * // 10 times. + * void vTimerCallback( xTimerHandle pxTimer ) + * { + * long lArrayIndex; + * const long xMaxExpiryCountBeforeStopping = 10; + * + * // Optionally do something if the pxTimer parameter is NULL. + * configASSERT( pxTimer ); + * + * // Which timer expired? + * lArrayIndex = ( long ) pvTimerGetTimerID( pxTimer ); + * + * // Increment the number of times that pxTimer has expired. + * lExpireCounters[ lArrayIndex ] += 1; + * + * // If the timer has expired 10 times then stop it from running. + * if( lExpireCounters[ lArrayIndex ] == xMaxExpiryCountBeforeStopping ) + * { + * // Do not use a block time if calling a timer API function from a + * // timer callback function, as doing so could cause a deadlock! + * xTimerStop( pxTimer, 0 ); + * } + * } + * + * void main( void ) + * { + * long x; + * + * // Create then start some timers. Starting the timers before the scheduler + * // has been started means the timers will start running immediately that + * // the scheduler starts. + * for( x = 0; x < NUM_TIMERS; x++ ) + * { + * xTimers[ x ] = xTimerCreate( "Timer", // Just a text name, not used by the kernel. + * ( 100 * x ), // The timer period in ticks. + * pdTRUE, // The timers will auto-reload themselves when they expire. + * ( void * ) x, // Assign each timer a unique id equal to its array index. + * vTimerCallback // Each timer calls the same callback when it expires. + * ); + * + * if( xTimers[ x ] == NULL ) + * { + * // The timer was not created. + * } + * else + * { + * // Start the timer. No block time is specified, and even if one was + * // it would be ignored because the scheduler has not yet been + * // started. + * if( xTimerStart( xTimers[ x ], 0 ) != pdPASS ) + * { + * // The timer could not be set into the Active state. + * } + * } + * } + * + * // ... + * // Create tasks here. + * // ... + * + * // Starting the scheduler will start the timers running as they have already + * // been set into the active state. + * xTaskStartScheduler(); + * + * // Should not reach here. + * for( ;; ); + * } + * @endverbatim + */ +xTimerHandle xTimerCreate( const signed char * const pcTimerName, portTickType xTimerPeriodInTicks, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxAutoReload, void * pvTimerID, tmrTIMER_CALLBACK pxCallbackFunction ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * void *pvTimerGetTimerID( xTimerHandle xTimer ); + * + * Returns the ID assigned to the timer. + * + * IDs are assigned to timers using the pvTimerID parameter of the call to + * xTimerCreated() that was used to create the timer. + * + * If the same callback function is assigned to multiple timers then the timer + * ID can be used within the callback function to identify which timer actually + * expired. + * + * @param xTimer The timer being queried. + * + * @return The ID assigned to the timer being queried. + * + * Example usage: + * + * See the xTimerCreate() API function example usage scenario. + */ +void *pvTimerGetTimerID( xTimerHandle xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * portBASE_TYPE xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimerHandle xTimer ); + * + * Queries a timer to see if it is active or dormant. + * + * A timer will be dormant if: + * 1) It has been created but not started, or + * 2) It is an expired on-shot timer that has not been restarted. + * + * Timers are created in the dormant state. The xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(), + * xTimerStartFromISR(), xTimerResetFromISR(), xTimerChangePeriod() and + * xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() API functions can all be used to transition a timer into the + * active state. + * + * @param xTimer The timer being queried. + * + * @return pdFALSE will be returned if the timer is dormant. A value other than + * pdFALSE will be returned if the timer is active. + * + * Example usage: + * @verbatim + * // This function assumes xTimer has already been created. + * void vAFunction( xTimerHandle xTimer ) + * { + * if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) != pdFALSE ) // or more simply and equivalently "if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) )" + * { + * // xTimer is active, do something. + * } + * else + * { + * // xTimer is not active, do something else. + * } + * } + * @endverbatim + */ +portBASE_TYPE xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimerHandle xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/** + * xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle() is only available if + * INCLUDE_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. + * + * Simply returns the handle of the timer service/daemon task. It it not valid + * to call xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle() before the scheduler has been started. + */ +xTaskHandle xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void ); + +/** + * portBASE_TYPE xTimerStart( xTimerHandle xTimer, portTickType xBlockTime ); + * + * Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task. Many of the + * public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task + * though a queue called the timer command queue. The timer command queue is + * private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application + * code. The length of the timer command queue is set by the + * configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant. + * + * xTimerStart() starts a timer that was previously created using the + * xTimerCreate() API function. If the timer had already been started and was + * already in the active state, then xTimerStart() has equivalent functionality + * to the xTimerReset() API function. + * + * Starting a timer ensures the timer is in the active state. If the timer + * is not stopped, deleted, or reset in the mean time, the callback function + * associated with the timer will get called 'n' ticks after xTimerStart() was + * called, where 'n' is the timers defined period. + * + * It is valid to call xTimerStart() before the scheduler has been started, but + * when this is done the timer will not actually start until the scheduler is + * started, and the timers expiry time will be relative to when the scheduler is + * started, not relative to when xTimerStart() was called. + * + * The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xTimerStart() + * to be available. + * + * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being started/restarted. + * + * @param xBlockTime Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should + * be held in the Blocked state to wait for the start command to be successfully + * sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be full when + * xTimerStart() was called. xBlockTime is ignored if xTimerStart() is called + * before the scheduler is started. + * + * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the start command could not be sent to + * the timer command queue even after xBlockTime ticks had passed. pdPASS will + * be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue. + * When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the + * timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system, although the + * timers expiry time is relative to when xTimerStart() is actually called. The + * timer service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY + * configuration constant. + * + * Example usage: + * + * See the xTimerCreate() API function example usage scenario. + * + */ +#define xTimerStart( xTimer, xBlockTime ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_START, ( xTaskGetTickCount() ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ) ) + +/** + * portBASE_TYPE xTimerStop( xTimerHandle xTimer, portTickType xBlockTime ); + * + * Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task. Many of the + * public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task + * though a queue called the timer command queue. The timer command queue is + * private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application + * code. The length of the timer command queue is set by the + * configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant. + * + * xTimerStop() stops a timer that was previously started using either of the + * The xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(), xTimerStartFromISR(), xTimerResetFromISR(), + * xTimerChangePeriod() or xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() API functions. + * + * Stopping a timer ensures the timer is not in the active state. + * + * The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xTimerStop() + * to be available. + * + * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being stopped. + * + * @param xBlockTime Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should + * be held in the Blocked state to wait for the stop command to be successfully + * sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be full when + * xTimerStop() was called. xBlockTime is ignored if xTimerStop() is called + * before the scheduler is started. + * + * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the stop command could not be sent to + * the timer command queue even after xBlockTime ticks had passed. pdPASS will + * be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue. + * When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the + * timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system. The timer + * service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY + * configuration constant. + * + * Example usage: + * + * See the xTimerCreate() API function example usage scenario. + * + */ +#define xTimerStop( xTimer, xBlockTime ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_STOP, 0U, NULL, ( xBlockTime ) ) + +/** + * portBASE_TYPE xTimerChangePeriod( xTimerHandle xTimer, + * portTickType xNewPeriod, + * portTickType xBlockTime ); + * + * Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task. Many of the + * public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task + * though a queue called the timer command queue. The timer command queue is + * private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application + * code. The length of the timer command queue is set by the + * configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant. + * + * xTimerChangePeriod() changes the period of a timer that was previously + * created using the xTimerCreate() API function. + * + * xTimerChangePeriod() can be called to change the period of an active or + * dormant state timer. + * + * The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for + * xTimerChangePeriod() to be available. + * + * @param xTimer The handle of the timer that is having its period changed. + * + * @param xNewPeriod The new period for xTimer. Timer periods are specified in + * tick periods, so the constant portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert a time + * that has been specified in milliseconds. For example, if the timer must + * expire after 100 ticks, then xNewPeriod should be set to 100. Alternatively, + * if the timer must expire after 500ms, then xNewPeriod can be set to + * ( 500 / portTICK_RATE_MS ) provided configTICK_RATE_HZ is less than + * or equal to 1000. + * + * @param xBlockTime Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should + * be held in the Blocked state to wait for the change period command to be + * successfully sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be + * full when xTimerChangePeriod() was called. xBlockTime is ignored if + * xTimerChangePeriod() is called before the scheduler is started. + * + * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the change period command could not be + * sent to the timer command queue even after xBlockTime ticks had passed. + * pdPASS will be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer + * command queue. When the command is actually processed will depend on the + * priority of the timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the + * system. The timer service/daemon task priority is set by the + * configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant. + * + * Example usage: + * @verbatim + * // This function assumes xTimer has already been created. If the timer + * // referenced by xTimer is already active when it is called, then the timer + * // is deleted. If the timer referenced by xTimer is not active when it is + * // called, then the period of the timer is set to 500ms and the timer is + * // started. + * void vAFunction( xTimerHandle xTimer ) + * { + * if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) != pdFALSE ) // or more simply and equivalently "if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) )" + * { + * // xTimer is already active - delete it. + * xTimerDelete( xTimer ); + * } + * else + * { + * // xTimer is not active, change its period to 500ms. This will also + * // cause the timer to start. Block for a maximum of 100 ticks if the + * // change period command cannot immediately be sent to the timer + * // command queue. + * if( xTimerChangePeriod( xTimer, 500 / portTICK_RATE_MS, 100 ) == pdPASS ) + * { + * // The command was successfully sent. + * } + * else + * { + * // The command could not be sent, even after waiting for 100 ticks + * // to pass. Take appropriate action here. + * } + * } + * } + * @endverbatim + */ + #define xTimerChangePeriod( xTimer, xNewPeriod, xBlockTime ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD, ( xNewPeriod ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ) ) + +/** + * portBASE_TYPE xTimerDelete( xTimerHandle xTimer, portTickType xBlockTime ); + * + * Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task. Many of the + * public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task + * though a queue called the timer command queue. The timer command queue is + * private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application + * code. The length of the timer command queue is set by the + * configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant. + * + * xTimerDelete() deletes a timer that was previously created using the + * xTimerCreate() API function. + * + * The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for + * xTimerDelete() to be available. + * + * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being deleted. + * + * @param xBlockTime Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should + * be held in the Blocked state to wait for the delete command to be + * successfully sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be + * full when xTimerDelete() was called. xBlockTime is ignored if xTimerDelete() + * is called before the scheduler is started. + * + * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the delete command could not be sent to + * the timer command queue even after xBlockTime ticks had passed. pdPASS will + * be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue. + * When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the + * timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system. The timer + * service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY + * configuration constant. + * + * Example usage: + * + * See the xTimerChangePeriod() API function example usage scenario. + */ +#define xTimerDelete( xTimer, xBlockTime ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_DELETE, 0U, NULL, ( xBlockTime ) ) + +/** + * portBASE_TYPE xTimerReset( xTimerHandle xTimer, portTickType xBlockTime ); + * + * Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task. Many of the + * public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task + * though a queue called the timer command queue. The timer command queue is + * private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application + * code. The length of the timer command queue is set by the + * configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant. + * + * xTimerReset() re-starts a timer that was previously created using the + * xTimerCreate() API function. If the timer had already been started and was + * already in the active state, then xTimerReset() will cause the timer to + * re-evaluate its expiry time so that it is relative to when xTimerReset() was + * called. If the timer was in the dormant state then xTimerReset() has + * equivalent functionality to the xTimerStart() API function. + * + * Resetting a timer ensures the timer is in the active state. If the timer + * is not stopped, deleted, or reset in the mean time, the callback function + * associated with the timer will get called 'n' ticks after xTimerReset() was + * called, where 'n' is the timers defined period. + * + * It is valid to call xTimerReset() before the scheduler has been started, but + * when this is done the timer will not actually start until the scheduler is + * started, and the timers expiry time will be relative to when the scheduler is + * started, not relative to when xTimerReset() was called. + * + * The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xTimerReset() + * to be available. + * + * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being reset/started/restarted. + * + * @param xBlockTime Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should + * be held in the Blocked state to wait for the reset command to be successfully + * sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be full when + * xTimerReset() was called. xBlockTime is ignored if xTimerReset() is called + * before the scheduler is started. + * + * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the reset command could not be sent to + * the timer command queue even after xBlockTime ticks had passed. pdPASS will + * be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue. + * When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the + * timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system, although the + * timers expiry time is relative to when xTimerStart() is actually called. The + * timer service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY + * configuration constant. + * + * Example usage: + * @verbatim + * // When a key is pressed, an LCD back-light is switched on. If 5 seconds pass + * // without a key being pressed, then the LCD back-light is switched off. In + * // this case, the timer is a one-shot timer. + * + * xTimerHandle xBacklightTimer = NULL; + * + * // The callback function assigned to the one-shot timer. In this case the + * // parameter is not used. + * void vBacklightTimerCallback( xTimerHandle pxTimer ) + * { + * // The timer expired, therefore 5 seconds must have passed since a key + * // was pressed. Switch off the LCD back-light. + * vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_OFF ); + * } + * + * // The key press event handler. + * void vKeyPressEventHandler( char cKey ) + * { + * // Ensure the LCD back-light is on, then reset the timer that is + * // responsible for turning the back-light off after 5 seconds of + * // key inactivity. Wait 10 ticks for the command to be successfully sent + * // if it cannot be sent immediately. + * vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_ON ); + * if( xTimerReset( xBacklightTimer, 100 ) != pdPASS ) + * { + * // The reset command was not executed successfully. Take appropriate + * // action here. + * } + * + * // Perform the rest of the key processing here. + * } + * + * void main( void ) + * { + * long x; + * + * // Create then start the one-shot timer that is responsible for turning + * // the back-light off if no keys are pressed within a 5 second period. + * xBacklightTimer = xTimerCreate( "BacklightTimer", // Just a text name, not used by the kernel. + * ( 5000 / portTICK_RATE_MS), // The timer period in ticks. + * pdFALSE, // The timer is a one-shot timer. + * 0, // The id is not used by the callback so can take any value. + * vBacklightTimerCallback // The callback function that switches the LCD back-light off. + * ); + * + * if( xBacklightTimer == NULL ) + * { + * // The timer was not created. + * } + * else + * { + * // Start the timer. No block time is specified, and even if one was + * // it would be ignored because the scheduler has not yet been + * // started. + * if( xTimerStart( xBacklightTimer, 0 ) != pdPASS ) + * { + * // The timer could not be set into the Active state. + * } + * } + * + * // ... + * // Create tasks here. + * // ... + * + * // Starting the scheduler will start the timer running as it has already + * // been set into the active state. + * xTaskStartScheduler(); + * + * // Should not reach here. + * for( ;; ); + * } + * @endverbatim + */ +#define xTimerReset( xTimer, xBlockTime ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_START, ( xTaskGetTickCount() ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ) ) + +/** + * portBASE_TYPE xTimerStartFromISR( xTimerHandle xTimer, + * portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ); + * + * A version of xTimerStart() that can be called from an interrupt service + * routine. + * + * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being started/restarted. + * + * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most + * of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer + * command queue. Calling xTimerStartFromISR() writes a message to the timer + * command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/daemon + * task out of the Blocked state. If calling xTimerStartFromISR() causes the + * timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the timer service/ + * daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the currently executing + * task (the task that was interrupted), then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will + * get set to pdTRUE internally within the xTimerStartFromISR() function. If + * xTimerStartFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should + * be performed before the interrupt exits. + * + * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the start command could not be sent to + * the timer command queue. pdPASS will be returned if the command was + * successfully sent to the timer command queue. When the command is actually + * processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon task + * relative to other tasks in the system, although the timers expiry time is + * relative to when xTimerStartFromISR() is actually called. The timer service/daemon + * task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant. + * + * Example usage: + * @verbatim + * // This scenario assumes xBacklightTimer has already been created. When a + * // key is pressed, an LCD back-light is switched on. If 5 seconds pass + * // without a key being pressed, then the LCD back-light is switched off. In + * // this case, the timer is a one-shot timer, and unlike the example given for + * // the xTimerReset() function, the key press event handler is an interrupt + * // service routine. + * + * // The callback function assigned to the one-shot timer. In this case the + * // parameter is not used. + * void vBacklightTimerCallback( xTimerHandle pxTimer ) + * { + * // The timer expired, therefore 5 seconds must have passed since a key + * // was pressed. Switch off the LCD back-light. + * vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_OFF ); + * } + * + * // The key press interrupt service routine. + * void vKeyPressEventInterruptHandler( void ) + * { + * portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE; + * + * // Ensure the LCD back-light is on, then restart the timer that is + * // responsible for turning the back-light off after 5 seconds of + * // key inactivity. This is an interrupt service routine so can only + * // call FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR". + * vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_ON ); + * + * // xTimerStartFromISR() or xTimerResetFromISR() could be called here + * // as both cause the timer to re-calculate its expiry time. + * // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was initialised to pdFALSE when it was + * // declared (in this function). + * if( xTimerStartFromISR( xBacklightTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS ) + * { + * // The start command was not executed successfully. Take appropriate + * // action here. + * } + * + * // Perform the rest of the key processing here. + * + * // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch + * // should be performed. The syntax required to perform a context switch + * // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to + * // compiler. Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the + * // actual syntax required. + * if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE ) + * { + * // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function + * // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used. + * } + * } + * @endverbatim + */ +#define xTimerStartFromISR( xTimer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_START, ( xTaskGetTickCountFromISR() ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U ) + +/** + * portBASE_TYPE xTimerStopFromISR( xTimerHandle xTimer, + * portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ); + * + * A version of xTimerStop() that can be called from an interrupt service + * routine. + * + * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being stopped. + * + * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most + * of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer + * command queue. Calling xTimerStopFromISR() writes a message to the timer + * command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/daemon + * task out of the Blocked state. If calling xTimerStopFromISR() causes the + * timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the timer service/ + * daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the currently executing + * task (the task that was interrupted), then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will + * get set to pdTRUE internally within the xTimerStopFromISR() function. If + * xTimerStopFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should + * be performed before the interrupt exits. + * + * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the stop command could not be sent to + * the timer command queue. pdPASS will be returned if the command was + * successfully sent to the timer command queue. When the command is actually + * processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon task + * relative to other tasks in the system. The timer service/daemon task + * priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant. + * + * Example usage: + * @verbatim + * // This scenario assumes xTimer has already been created and started. When + * // an interrupt occurs, the timer should be simply stopped. + * + * // The interrupt service routine that stops the timer. + * void vAnExampleInterruptServiceRoutine( void ) + * { + * portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE; + * + * // The interrupt has occurred - simply stop the timer. + * // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdFALSE where it was defined + * // (within this function). As this is an interrupt service routine, only + * // FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR" can be used. + * if( xTimerStopFromISR( xTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS ) + * { + * // The stop command was not executed successfully. Take appropriate + * // action here. + * } + * + * // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch + * // should be performed. The syntax required to perform a context switch + * // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to + * // compiler. Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the + * // actual syntax required. + * if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE ) + * { + * // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function + * // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used. + * } + * } + * @endverbatim + */ +#define xTimerStopFromISR( xTimer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_STOP, 0, ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U ) + +/** + * portBASE_TYPE xTimerChangePeriodFromISR( xTimerHandle xTimer, + * portTickType xNewPeriod, + * portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ); + * + * A version of xTimerChangePeriod() that can be called from an interrupt + * service routine. + * + * @param xTimer The handle of the timer that is having its period changed. + * + * @param xNewPeriod The new period for xTimer. Timer periods are specified in + * tick periods, so the constant portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert a time + * that has been specified in milliseconds. For example, if the timer must + * expire after 100 ticks, then xNewPeriod should be set to 100. Alternatively, + * if the timer must expire after 500ms, then xNewPeriod can be set to + * ( 500 / portTICK_RATE_MS ) provided configTICK_RATE_HZ is less than + * or equal to 1000. + * + * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most + * of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer + * command queue. Calling xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() writes a message to the + * timer command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/ + * daemon task out of the Blocked state. If calling xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() + * causes the timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the + * timer service/daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the + * currently executing task (the task that was interrupted), then + * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE internally within the + * xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() function. If xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() sets + * this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should be performed before the + * interrupt exits. + * + * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the command to change the timers period + * could not be sent to the timer command queue. pdPASS will be returned if the + * command was successfully sent to the timer command queue. When the command + * is actually processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon + * task relative to other tasks in the system. The timer service/daemon task + * priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant. + * + * Example usage: + * @verbatim + * // This scenario assumes xTimer has already been created and started. When + * // an interrupt occurs, the period of xTimer should be changed to 500ms. + * + * // The interrupt service routine that changes the period of xTimer. + * void vAnExampleInterruptServiceRoutine( void ) + * { + * portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE; + * + * // The interrupt has occurred - change the period of xTimer to 500ms. + * // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdFALSE where it was defined + * // (within this function). As this is an interrupt service routine, only + * // FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR" can be used. + * if( xTimerChangePeriodFromISR( xTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS ) + * { + * // The command to change the timers period was not executed + * // successfully. Take appropriate action here. + * } + * + * // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch + * // should be performed. The syntax required to perform a context switch + * // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to + * // compiler. Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the + * // actual syntax required. + * if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE ) + * { + * // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function + * // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used. + * } + * } + * @endverbatim + */ +#define xTimerChangePeriodFromISR( xTimer, xNewPeriod, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD, ( xNewPeriod ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U ) + +/** + * portBASE_TYPE xTimerResetFromISR( xTimerHandle xTimer, + * portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ); + * + * A version of xTimerReset() that can be called from an interrupt service + * routine. + * + * @param xTimer The handle of the timer that is to be started, reset, or + * restarted. + * + * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most + * of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer + * command queue. Calling xTimerResetFromISR() writes a message to the timer + * command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/daemon + * task out of the Blocked state. If calling xTimerResetFromISR() causes the + * timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the timer service/ + * daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the currently executing + * task (the task that was interrupted), then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will + * get set to pdTRUE internally within the xTimerResetFromISR() function. If + * xTimerResetFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should + * be performed before the interrupt exits. + * + * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the reset command could not be sent to + * the timer command queue. pdPASS will be returned if the command was + * successfully sent to the timer command queue. When the command is actually + * processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon task + * relative to other tasks in the system, although the timers expiry time is + * relative to when xTimerResetFromISR() is actually called. The timer service/daemon + * task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant. + * + * Example usage: + * @verbatim + * // This scenario assumes xBacklightTimer has already been created. When a + * // key is pressed, an LCD back-light is switched on. If 5 seconds pass + * // without a key being pressed, then the LCD back-light is switched off. In + * // this case, the timer is a one-shot timer, and unlike the example given for + * // the xTimerReset() function, the key press event handler is an interrupt + * // service routine. + * + * // The callback function assigned to the one-shot timer. In this case the + * // parameter is not used. + * void vBacklightTimerCallback( xTimerHandle pxTimer ) + * { + * // The timer expired, therefore 5 seconds must have passed since a key + * // was pressed. Switch off the LCD back-light. + * vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_OFF ); + * } + * + * // The key press interrupt service routine. + * void vKeyPressEventInterruptHandler( void ) + * { + * portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE; + * + * // Ensure the LCD back-light is on, then reset the timer that is + * // responsible for turning the back-light off after 5 seconds of + * // key inactivity. This is an interrupt service routine so can only + * // call FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR". + * vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_ON ); + * + * // xTimerStartFromISR() or xTimerResetFromISR() could be called here + * // as both cause the timer to re-calculate its expiry time. + * // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was initialised to pdFALSE when it was + * // declared (in this function). + * if( xTimerResetFromISR( xBacklightTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS ) + * { + * // The reset command was not executed successfully. Take appropriate + * // action here. + * } + * + * // Perform the rest of the key processing here. + * + * // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch + * // should be performed. The syntax required to perform a context switch + * // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to + * // compiler. Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the + * // actual syntax required. + * if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE ) + * { + * // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function + * // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used. + * } + * } + * @endverbatim + */ +#define xTimerResetFromISR( xTimer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_START, ( xTaskGetTickCountFromISR() ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U ) + +/* + * Functions beyond this part are not part of the public API and are intended + * for use by the kernel only. + */ +portBASE_TYPE xTimerCreateTimerTask( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +portBASE_TYPE xTimerGenericCommand( xTimerHandle xTimer, portBASE_TYPE xCommandID, portTickType xOptionalValue, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, portTickType xBlockTime ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +#endif /* TIMERS_H */ + + + diff --git a/FreeRTOS/Source/list.c b/FreeRTOS/Source/list.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f16d6c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/FreeRTOS/Source/list.c @@ -0,0 +1,203 @@ +/* + FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd. + + VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION. + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, * + * robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross * + * platform software that has become a de facto standard. * + * * + * Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS * + * project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference * + * manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation * + * * + * Thank you! * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. + + FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under + the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the + Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception. + + >>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute + >>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide + >>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS + >>! kernel. + + FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY + WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS + FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following + link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does * + * not run, what could be wrong?" * + * * + * http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions, + license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details. + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products, + including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS + compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack. + + http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High + Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS + licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware. + + http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety + engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and + mission critical applications that require provable dependability. + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! +*/ + + +#include +#include "FreeRTOS.h" +#include "list.h" + +/*----------------------------------------------------------- + * PUBLIC LIST API documented in list.h + *----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void vListInitialise( xList * const pxList ) +{ + /* The list structure contains a list item which is used to mark the + end of the list. To initialise the list the list end is inserted + as the only list entry. */ + pxList->pxIndex = ( xListItem * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); /*lint !e826 !e740 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */ + + /* The list end value is the highest possible value in the list to + ensure it remains at the end of the list. */ + pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue = portMAX_DELAY; + + /* The list end next and previous pointers point to itself so we know + when the list is empty. */ + pxList->xListEnd.pxNext = ( xListItem * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); /*lint !e826 !e740 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */ + pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious = ( xListItem * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );/*lint !e826 !e740 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */ + + pxList->uxNumberOfItems = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void vListInitialiseItem( xListItem * const pxItem ) +{ + /* Make sure the list item is not recorded as being on a list. */ + pxItem->pvContainer = NULL; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void vListInsertEnd( xList * const pxList, xListItem * const pxNewListItem ) +{ +xListItem * pxIndex; + + /* Insert a new list item into pxList, but rather than sort the list, + makes the new list item the last item to be removed by a call to + pvListGetOwnerOfNextEntry. */ + pxIndex = pxList->pxIndex; + + pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIndex; + pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIndex->pxPrevious; + pxIndex->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxNewListItem; + pxIndex->pxPrevious = pxNewListItem; + + /* Remember which list the item is in. */ + pxNewListItem->pvContainer = ( void * ) pxList; + + ( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void vListInsert( xList * const pxList, xListItem * const pxNewListItem ) +{ +xListItem *pxIterator; +portTickType xValueOfInsertion; + + /* Insert the new list item into the list, sorted in ulListItem order. */ + xValueOfInsertion = pxNewListItem->xItemValue; + + /* If the list already contains a list item with the same item value then + the new list item should be placed after it. This ensures that TCB's which + are stored in ready lists (all of which have the same ulListItem value) + get an equal share of the CPU. However, if the xItemValue is the same as + the back marker the iteration loop below will not end. This means we need + to guard against this by checking the value first and modifying the + algorithm slightly if necessary. */ + if( xValueOfInsertion == portMAX_DELAY ) + { + pxIterator = pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious; + } + else + { + /* *** NOTE *********************************************************** + If you find your application is crashing here then likely causes are: + 1) Stack overflow - + see http://www.freertos.org/Stacks-and-stack-overflow-checking.html + 2) Incorrect interrupt priority assignment, especially on Cortex-M3 + parts where numerically high priority values denote low actual + interrupt priories, which can seem counter intuitive. See + configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY on http://www.freertos.org/a00110.html + 3) Calling an API function from within a critical section or when + the scheduler is suspended, or calling an API function that does + not end in "FromISR" from an interrupt. + 4) Using a queue or semaphore before it has been initialised or + before the scheduler has been started (are interrupts firing + before vTaskStartScheduler() has been called?). + See http://www.freertos.org/FAQHelp.html for more tips. + **********************************************************************/ + + for( pxIterator = ( xListItem * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); pxIterator->pxNext->xItemValue <= xValueOfInsertion; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNext ) /*lint !e826 !e740 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */ + { + /* There is nothing to do here, we are just iterating to the + wanted insertion position. */ + } + } + + pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIterator->pxNext; + pxNewListItem->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxNewListItem; + pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIterator; + pxIterator->pxNext = pxNewListItem; + + /* Remember which list the item is in. This allows fast removal of the + item later. */ + pxNewListItem->pvContainer = ( void * ) pxList; + + ( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxListRemove( xListItem * const pxItemToRemove ) +{ +xList * pxList; + + pxItemToRemove->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious; + pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxItemToRemove->pxNext; + + /* The list item knows which list it is in. Obtain the list from the list + item. */ + pxList = ( xList * ) pxItemToRemove->pvContainer; + + /* Make sure the index is left pointing to a valid item. */ + if( pxList->pxIndex == pxItemToRemove ) + { + pxList->pxIndex = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious; + } + + pxItemToRemove->pvContainer = NULL; + ( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )--; + + return pxList->uxNumberOfItems; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + diff --git a/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang/heap_1.c b/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang/heap_1.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..07c80fd --- /dev/null +++ b/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang/heap_1.c @@ -0,0 +1,167 @@ +/* + FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd. + + VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION. + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, * + * robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross * + * platform software that has become a de facto standard. * + * * + * Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS * + * project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference * + * manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation * + * * + * Thank you! * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. + + FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under + the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the + Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception. + + >>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute + >>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide + >>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS + >>! kernel. + + FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY + WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS + FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following + link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does * + * not run, what could be wrong?" * + * * + * http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions, + license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details. + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products, + including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS + compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack. + + http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High + Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS + licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware. + + http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety + engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and + mission critical applications that require provable dependability. + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! +*/ + + +/* + * The simplest possible implementation of pvPortMalloc(). Note that this + * implementation does NOT allow allocated memory to be freed again. + * + * See heap_2.c, heap_3.c and heap_4.c for alternative implementations, and the + * memory management pages of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information. + */ +#include + +/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining +all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when +task.h is included from an application file. */ +#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE + +#include "FreeRTOS.h" +#include "task.h" + +#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE + +/* A few bytes might be lost to byte aligning the heap start address. */ +#define configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE ( configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE - portBYTE_ALIGNMENT ) + +/* Allocate the memory for the heap. */ +static unsigned char ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ]; +static size_t xNextFreeByte = ( size_t ) 0; + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize ) +{ +void *pvReturn = NULL; +static unsigned char *pucAlignedHeap = NULL; + + /* Ensure that blocks are always aligned to the required number of bytes. */ + #if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT != 1 + if( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) + { + /* Byte alignment required. */ + xWantedSize += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) ); + } + #endif + + vTaskSuspendAll(); + { + if( pucAlignedHeap == NULL ) + { + /* Ensure the heap starts on a correctly aligned boundary. */ + pucAlignedHeap = ( unsigned char * ) ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) &ucHeap[ portBYTE_ALIGNMENT ] ) & ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) ~portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) ); + } + + /* Check there is enough room left for the allocation. */ + if( ( ( xNextFreeByte + xWantedSize ) < configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE ) && + ( ( xNextFreeByte + xWantedSize ) > xNextFreeByte ) )/* Check for overflow. */ + { + /* Return the next free byte then increment the index past this + block. */ + pvReturn = pucAlignedHeap + xNextFreeByte; + xNextFreeByte += xWantedSize; + } + } + xTaskResumeAll(); + + #if( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 ) + { + if( pvReturn == NULL ) + { + extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void ); + vApplicationMallocFailedHook(); + } + } + #endif + + return pvReturn; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void vPortFree( void *pv ) +{ + /* Memory cannot be freed using this scheme. See heap_2.c, heap_3.c and + heap_4.c for alternative implementations, and the memory management pages of + http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information. */ + ( void ) pv; + + /* Force an assert as it is invalid to call this function. */ + configASSERT( pv == NULL ); +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void ) +{ + /* Only required when static memory is not cleared. */ + xNextFreeByte = ( size_t ) 0; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void ) +{ + return ( configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE - xNextFreeByte ); +} + + + diff --git a/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang/heap_2.c b/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang/heap_2.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8c50c38 --- /dev/null +++ b/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang/heap_2.c @@ -0,0 +1,295 @@ +/* + FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd. + + VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION. + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, * + * robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross * + * platform software that has become a de facto standard. * + * * + * Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS * + * project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference * + * manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation * + * * + * Thank you! * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. + + FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under + the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the + Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception. + + >>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute + >>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide + >>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS + >>! kernel. + + FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY + WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS + FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following + link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does * + * not run, what could be wrong?" * + * * + * http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions, + license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details. + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products, + including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS + compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack. + + http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High + Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS + licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware. + + http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety + engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and + mission critical applications that require provable dependability. + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! +*/ + +/* + * A sample implementation of pvPortMalloc() and vPortFree() that permits + * allocated blocks to be freed, but does not combine adjacent free blocks + * into a single larger block (and so will fragment memory). See heap_4.c for + * an equivalent that does combine adjacent blocks into single larger blocks. + * + * See heap_1.c, heap_3.c and heap_4.c for alternative implementations, and the + * memory management pages of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information. + */ +#include + +/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining +all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when +task.h is included from an application file. */ +#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE + +#include "FreeRTOS.h" +#include "task.h" + +#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE + +/* A few bytes might be lost to byte aligning the heap start address. */ +#define configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE ( configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE - portBYTE_ALIGNMENT ) + +/* + * Initialises the heap structures before their first use. + */ +static void prvHeapInit( void ); + +/* Allocate the memory for the heap. */ +static unsigned char ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ]; + +/* Define the linked list structure. This is used to link free blocks in order +of their size. */ +typedef struct A_BLOCK_LINK +{ + struct A_BLOCK_LINK *pxNextFreeBlock; /*<< The next free block in the list. */ + size_t xBlockSize; /*<< The size of the free block. */ +} xBlockLink; + + +static const unsigned short heapSTRUCT_SIZE = ( ( sizeof ( xBlockLink ) + ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - 1 ) ) & ~portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ); +#define heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE ( ( size_t ) ( heapSTRUCT_SIZE * 2 ) ) + +/* Create a couple of list links to mark the start and end of the list. */ +static xBlockLink xStart, xEnd; + +/* Keeps track of the number of free bytes remaining, but says nothing about +fragmentation. */ +static size_t xFreeBytesRemaining = configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE; + +/* STATIC FUNCTIONS ARE DEFINED AS MACROS TO MINIMIZE THE FUNCTION CALL DEPTH. */ + +/* + * Insert a block into the list of free blocks - which is ordered by size of + * the block. Small blocks at the start of the list and large blocks at the end + * of the list. + */ +#define prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( pxBlockToInsert ) \ +{ \ +xBlockLink *pxIterator; \ +size_t xBlockSize; \ + \ + xBlockSize = pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize; \ + \ + /* Iterate through the list until a block is found that has a larger size */ \ + /* than the block we are inserting. */ \ + for( pxIterator = &xStart; pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock->xBlockSize < xBlockSize; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock ) \ + { \ + /* There is nothing to do here - just iterate to the correct position. */ \ + } \ + \ + /* Update the list to include the block being inserted in the correct */ \ + /* position. */ \ + pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock; \ + pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlockToInsert; \ +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize ) +{ +xBlockLink *pxBlock, *pxPreviousBlock, *pxNewBlockLink; +static portBASE_TYPE xHeapHasBeenInitialised = pdFALSE; +void *pvReturn = NULL; + + vTaskSuspendAll(); + { + /* If this is the first call to malloc then the heap will require + initialisation to setup the list of free blocks. */ + if( xHeapHasBeenInitialised == pdFALSE ) + { + prvHeapInit(); + xHeapHasBeenInitialised = pdTRUE; + } + + /* The wanted size is increased so it can contain a xBlockLink + structure in addition to the requested amount of bytes. */ + if( xWantedSize > 0 ) + { + xWantedSize += heapSTRUCT_SIZE; + + /* Ensure that blocks are always aligned to the required number of bytes. */ + if( ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) != 0 ) + { + /* Byte alignment required. */ + xWantedSize += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) ); + } + } + + if( ( xWantedSize > 0 ) && ( xWantedSize < configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE ) ) + { + /* Blocks are stored in byte order - traverse the list from the start + (smallest) block until one of adequate size is found. */ + pxPreviousBlock = &xStart; + pxBlock = xStart.pxNextFreeBlock; + while( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize < xWantedSize ) && ( pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock != NULL ) ) + { + pxPreviousBlock = pxBlock; + pxBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock; + } + + /* If we found the end marker then a block of adequate size was not found. */ + if( pxBlock != &xEnd ) + { + /* Return the memory space - jumping over the xBlockLink structure + at its start. */ + pvReturn = ( void * ) ( ( ( unsigned char * ) pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock ) + heapSTRUCT_SIZE ); + + /* This block is being returned for use so must be taken out of the + list of free blocks. */ + pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock; + + /* If the block is larger than required it can be split into two. */ + if( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize ) > heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE ) + { + /* This block is to be split into two. Create a new block + following the number of bytes requested. The void cast is + used to prevent byte alignment warnings from the compiler. */ + pxNewBlockLink = ( void * ) ( ( ( unsigned char * ) pxBlock ) + xWantedSize ); + + /* Calculate the sizes of two blocks split from the single + block. */ + pxNewBlockLink->xBlockSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize; + pxBlock->xBlockSize = xWantedSize; + + /* Insert the new block into the list of free blocks. */ + prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( pxNewBlockLink ) ); + } + + xFreeBytesRemaining -= pxBlock->xBlockSize; + } + } + } + xTaskResumeAll(); + + #if( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 ) + { + if( pvReturn == NULL ) + { + extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void ); + vApplicationMallocFailedHook(); + } + } + #endif + + return pvReturn; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void vPortFree( void *pv ) +{ +unsigned char *puc = ( unsigned char * ) pv; +xBlockLink *pxLink; + + if( pv != NULL ) + { + /* The memory being freed will have an xBlockLink structure immediately + before it. */ + puc -= heapSTRUCT_SIZE; + + /* This unexpected casting is to keep some compilers from issuing + byte alignment warnings. */ + pxLink = ( void * ) puc; + + vTaskSuspendAll(); + { + /* Add this block to the list of free blocks. */ + prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( ( xBlockLink * ) pxLink ) ); + xFreeBytesRemaining += pxLink->xBlockSize; + } + xTaskResumeAll(); + } +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void ) +{ + return xFreeBytesRemaining; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void ) +{ + /* This just exists to keep the linker quiet. */ +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static void prvHeapInit( void ) +{ +xBlockLink *pxFirstFreeBlock; +unsigned char *pucAlignedHeap; + + /* Ensure the heap starts on a correctly aligned boundary. */ + pucAlignedHeap = ( unsigned char * ) ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) &ucHeap[ portBYTE_ALIGNMENT ] ) & ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) ~portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) ); + + /* xStart is used to hold a pointer to the first item in the list of free + blocks. The void cast is used to prevent compiler warnings. */ + xStart.pxNextFreeBlock = ( void * ) pucAlignedHeap; + xStart.xBlockSize = ( size_t ) 0; + + /* xEnd is used to mark the end of the list of free blocks. */ + xEnd.xBlockSize = configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE; + xEnd.pxNextFreeBlock = NULL; + + /* To start with there is a single free block that is sized to take up the + entire heap space. */ + pxFirstFreeBlock = ( void * ) pucAlignedHeap; + pxFirstFreeBlock->xBlockSize = configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE; + pxFirstFreeBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = &xEnd; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ diff --git a/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang/heap_3.c b/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang/heap_3.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fd28937 --- /dev/null +++ b/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang/heap_3.c @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +/* + FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd. + + VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION. + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, * + * robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross * + * platform software that has become a de facto standard. * + * * + * Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS * + * project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference * + * manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation * + * * + * Thank you! * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. + + FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under + the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the + Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception. + + >>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute + >>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide + >>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS + >>! kernel. + + FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY + WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS + FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following + link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does * + * not run, what could be wrong?" * + * * + * http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions, + license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details. + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products, + including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS + compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack. + + http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High + Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS + licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware. + + http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety + engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and + mission critical applications that require provable dependability. + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! +*/ + + +/* + * Implementation of pvPortMalloc() and vPortFree() that relies on the + * compilers own malloc() and free() implementations. + * + * This file can only be used if the linker is configured to to generate + * a heap memory area. + * + * See heap_1.c, heap_2.c and heap_4.c for alternative implementations, and the + * memory management pages of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information. + */ + +#include + +/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining +all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when +task.h is included from an application file. */ +#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE + +#include "FreeRTOS.h" +#include "task.h" + +#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize ) +{ +void *pvReturn; + + vTaskSuspendAll(); + { + pvReturn = malloc( xWantedSize ); + } + xTaskResumeAll(); + + #if( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 ) + { + if( pvReturn == NULL ) + { + extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void ); + vApplicationMallocFailedHook(); + } + } + #endif + + return pvReturn; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void vPortFree( void *pv ) +{ + if( pv ) + { + vTaskSuspendAll(); + { + free( pv ); + } + xTaskResumeAll(); + } +} + + + diff --git a/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang/heap_4.c b/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang/heap_4.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a69a407 --- /dev/null +++ b/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang/heap_4.c @@ -0,0 +1,387 @@ +/* + FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd. + + VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION. + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, * + * robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross * + * platform software that has become a de facto standard. * + * * + * Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS * + * project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference * + * manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation * + * * + * Thank you! * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. + + FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under + the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the + Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception. + + >>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute + >>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide + >>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS + >>! kernel. + + FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY + WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS + FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following + link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does * + * not run, what could be wrong?" * + * * + * http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions, + license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details. + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products, + including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS + compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack. + + http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High + Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS + licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware. + + http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety + engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and + mission critical applications that require provable dependability. + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! +*/ + +/* + * A sample implementation of pvPortMalloc() and vPortFree() that combines + * (coalescences) adjacent memory blocks as they are freed, and in so doing + * limits memory fragmentation. + * + * See heap_1.c, heap_2.c and heap_3.c for alternative implementations, and the + * memory management pages of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information. + */ +#include + +/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining +all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when +task.h is included from an application file. */ +#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE + +#include "FreeRTOS.h" +#include "task.h" + +#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE + +/* Block sizes must not get too small. */ +#define heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE ( ( size_t ) ( heapSTRUCT_SIZE * 2 ) ) + +/* Assumes 8bit bytes! */ +#define heapBITS_PER_BYTE ( ( size_t ) 8 ) + +/* A few bytes might be lost to byte aligning the heap start address. */ +#define heapADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE ( configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE - portBYTE_ALIGNMENT ) + +/* Allocate the memory for the heap. */ +static unsigned char ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ]; + +/* Define the linked list structure. This is used to link free blocks in order +of their memory address. */ +typedef struct A_BLOCK_LINK +{ + struct A_BLOCK_LINK *pxNextFreeBlock; /*<< The next free block in the list. */ + size_t xBlockSize; /*<< The size of the free block. */ +} xBlockLink; + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* + * Inserts a block of memory that is being freed into the correct position in + * the list of free memory blocks. The block being freed will be merged with + * the block in front it and/or the block behind it if the memory blocks are + * adjacent to each other. + */ +static void prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( xBlockLink *pxBlockToInsert ); + +/* + * Called automatically to setup the required heap structures the first time + * pvPortMalloc() is called. + */ +static void prvHeapInit( void ); + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* The size of the structure placed at the beginning of each allocated memory +block must by correctly byte aligned. */ +static const unsigned short heapSTRUCT_SIZE = ( ( sizeof ( xBlockLink ) + ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - 1 ) ) & ~portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ); + +/* Ensure the pxEnd pointer will end up on the correct byte alignment. */ +static const size_t xTotalHeapSize = ( ( size_t ) heapADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE ) & ( ( size_t ) ~portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ); + +/* Create a couple of list links to mark the start and end of the list. */ +static xBlockLink xStart, *pxEnd = NULL; + +/* Keeps track of the number of free bytes remaining, but says nothing about +fragmentation. */ +static size_t xFreeBytesRemaining = ( ( size_t ) heapADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE ) & ( ( size_t ) ~portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ); + +/* Gets set to the top bit of an size_t type. When this bit in the xBlockSize +member of an xBlockLink structure is set then the block belongs to the +application. When the bit is free the block is still part of the free heap +space. */ +static size_t xBlockAllocatedBit = 0; + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize ) +{ +xBlockLink *pxBlock, *pxPreviousBlock, *pxNewBlockLink; +void *pvReturn = NULL; + + vTaskSuspendAll(); + { + /* If this is the first call to malloc then the heap will require + initialisation to setup the list of free blocks. */ + if( pxEnd == NULL ) + { + prvHeapInit(); + } + + /* Check the requested block size is not so large that the top bit is + set. The top bit of the block size member of the xBlockLink structure + is used to determine who owns the block - the application or the + kernel, so it must be free. */ + if( ( xWantedSize & xBlockAllocatedBit ) == 0 ) + { + /* The wanted size is increased so it can contain a xBlockLink + structure in addition to the requested amount of bytes. */ + if( xWantedSize > 0 ) + { + xWantedSize += heapSTRUCT_SIZE; + + /* Ensure that blocks are always aligned to the required number + of bytes. */ + if( ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) != 0x00 ) + { + /* Byte alignment required. */ + xWantedSize += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) ); + } + } + + if( ( xWantedSize > 0 ) && ( xWantedSize <= xFreeBytesRemaining ) ) + { + /* Traverse the list from the start (lowest address) block until + one of adequate size is found. */ + pxPreviousBlock = &xStart; + pxBlock = xStart.pxNextFreeBlock; + while( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize < xWantedSize ) && ( pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock != NULL ) ) + { + pxPreviousBlock = pxBlock; + pxBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock; + } + + /* If the end marker was reached then a block of adequate size + was not found. */ + if( pxBlock != pxEnd ) + { + /* Return the memory space pointed to - jumping over the + xBlockLink structure at its start. */ + pvReturn = ( void * ) ( ( ( unsigned char * ) pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock ) + heapSTRUCT_SIZE ); + + /* This block is being returned for use so must be taken out + of the list of free blocks. */ + pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock; + + /* If the block is larger than required it can be split into + two. */ + if( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize ) > heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE ) + { + /* This block is to be split into two. Create a new + block following the number of bytes requested. The void + cast is used to prevent byte alignment warnings from the + compiler. */ + pxNewBlockLink = ( void * ) ( ( ( unsigned char * ) pxBlock ) + xWantedSize ); + + /* Calculate the sizes of two blocks split from the + single block. */ + pxNewBlockLink->xBlockSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize; + pxBlock->xBlockSize = xWantedSize; + + /* Insert the new block into the list of free blocks. */ + prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( pxNewBlockLink ) ); + } + + xFreeBytesRemaining -= pxBlock->xBlockSize; + + /* The block is being returned - it is allocated and owned + by the application and has no "next" block. */ + pxBlock->xBlockSize |= xBlockAllocatedBit; + pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = NULL; + } + } + } + } + xTaskResumeAll(); + + #if( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 ) + { + if( pvReturn == NULL ) + { + extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void ); + vApplicationMallocFailedHook(); + } + } + #endif + + return pvReturn; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void vPortFree( void *pv ) +{ +unsigned char *puc = ( unsigned char * ) pv; +xBlockLink *pxLink; + + if( pv != NULL ) + { + /* The memory being freed will have an xBlockLink structure immediately + before it. */ + puc -= heapSTRUCT_SIZE; + + /* This casting is to keep the compiler from issuing warnings. */ + pxLink = ( void * ) puc; + + /* Check the block is actually allocated. */ + configASSERT( ( pxLink->xBlockSize & xBlockAllocatedBit ) != 0 ); + configASSERT( pxLink->pxNextFreeBlock == NULL ); + + if( ( pxLink->xBlockSize & xBlockAllocatedBit ) != 0 ) + { + if( pxLink->pxNextFreeBlock == NULL ) + { + /* The block is being returned to the heap - it is no longer + allocated. */ + pxLink->xBlockSize &= ~xBlockAllocatedBit; + + vTaskSuspendAll(); + { + /* Add this block to the list of free blocks. */ + xFreeBytesRemaining += pxLink->xBlockSize; + prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( ( xBlockLink * ) pxLink ) ); + } + xTaskResumeAll(); + } + } + } +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void ) +{ + return xFreeBytesRemaining; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void ) +{ + /* This just exists to keep the linker quiet. */ +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static void prvHeapInit( void ) +{ +xBlockLink *pxFirstFreeBlock; +unsigned char *pucHeapEnd, *pucAlignedHeap; + + /* Ensure the heap starts on a correctly aligned boundary. */ + pucAlignedHeap = ( unsigned char * ) ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) &ucHeap[ portBYTE_ALIGNMENT ] ) & ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) ~portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) ); + + /* xStart is used to hold a pointer to the first item in the list of free + blocks. The void cast is used to prevent compiler warnings. */ + xStart.pxNextFreeBlock = ( void * ) pucAlignedHeap; + xStart.xBlockSize = ( size_t ) 0; + + /* pxEnd is used to mark the end of the list of free blocks and is inserted + at the end of the heap space. */ + pucHeapEnd = pucAlignedHeap + xTotalHeapSize; + pucHeapEnd -= heapSTRUCT_SIZE; + pxEnd = ( void * ) pucHeapEnd; + configASSERT( ( ( ( unsigned long ) pxEnd ) & ( ( unsigned long ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) ) == 0UL ); + pxEnd->xBlockSize = 0; + pxEnd->pxNextFreeBlock = NULL; + + /* To start with there is a single free block that is sized to take up the + entire heap space, minus the space taken by pxEnd. */ + pxFirstFreeBlock = ( void * ) pucAlignedHeap; + pxFirstFreeBlock->xBlockSize = xTotalHeapSize - heapSTRUCT_SIZE; + pxFirstFreeBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = pxEnd; + + /* The heap now contains pxEnd. */ + xFreeBytesRemaining -= heapSTRUCT_SIZE; + + /* Work out the position of the top bit in a size_t variable. */ + xBlockAllocatedBit = ( ( size_t ) 1 ) << ( ( sizeof( size_t ) * heapBITS_PER_BYTE ) - 1 ); +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static void prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( xBlockLink *pxBlockToInsert ) +{ +xBlockLink *pxIterator; +unsigned char *puc; + + /* Iterate through the list until a block is found that has a higher address + than the block being inserted. */ + for( pxIterator = &xStart; pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock < pxBlockToInsert; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock ) + { + /* Nothing to do here, just iterate to the right position. */ + } + + /* Do the block being inserted, and the block it is being inserted after + make a contiguous block of memory? */ + puc = ( unsigned char * ) pxIterator; + if( ( puc + pxIterator->xBlockSize ) == ( unsigned char * ) pxBlockToInsert ) + { + pxIterator->xBlockSize += pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize; + pxBlockToInsert = pxIterator; + } + + /* Do the block being inserted, and the block it is being inserted before + make a contiguous block of memory? */ + puc = ( unsigned char * ) pxBlockToInsert; + if( ( puc + pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize ) == ( unsigned char * ) pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock ) + { + if( pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock != pxEnd ) + { + /* Form one big block from the two blocks. */ + pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize += pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock->xBlockSize; + pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock->pxNextFreeBlock; + } + else + { + pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxEnd; + } + } + else + { + pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock; + } + + /* If the block being inserted plugged a gab, so was merged with the block + before and the block after, then it's pxNextFreeBlock pointer will have + already been set, and should not be set here as that would make it point + to itself. */ + if( pxIterator != pxBlockToInsert ) + { + pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlockToInsert; + } +} + diff --git a/FreeRTOS/Source/queue.c b/FreeRTOS/Source/queue.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c907a56 --- /dev/null +++ b/FreeRTOS/Source/queue.c @@ -0,0 +1,2067 @@ +/* + FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd. + + VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION. + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, * + * robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross * + * platform software that has become a de facto standard. * + * * + * Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS * + * project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference * + * manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation * + * * + * Thank you! * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. + + FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under + the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the + Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception. + + >>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute + >>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide + >>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS + >>! kernel. + + FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY + WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS + FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following + link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does * + * not run, what could be wrong?" * + * * + * http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions, + license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details. + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products, + including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS + compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack. + + http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High + Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS + licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware. + + http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety + engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and + mission critical applications that require provable dependability. + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! +*/ + +#include +#include + +/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining +all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when +task.h is included from an application file. */ +#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE + +#include "FreeRTOS.h" +#include "task.h" +#include "queue.h" + +#if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 ) + #include "croutine.h" +#endif + +/* Lint e961 and e750 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified because the +MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be defined for the +header files above, but not in this file, in order to generate the correct +privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */ +#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e961 !e750. */ + + +/* Constants used with the cRxLock and xTxLock structure members. */ +#define queueUNLOCKED ( ( signed portBASE_TYPE ) -1 ) +#define queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED ( ( signed portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) + +/* When the xQUEUE structure is used to represent a base queue its pcHead and +pcTail members are used as pointers into the queue storage area. When the +xQUEUE structure is used to represent a mutex pcHead and pcTail pointers are +not necessary, and the pcHead pointer is set to NULL to indicate that the +pcTail pointer actually points to the mutex holder (if any). Map alternative +names to the pcHead and pcTail structure members to ensure the readability of +the code is maintained despite this dual use of two structure members. An +alternative implementation would be to use a union, but use of a union is +against the coding standard (although an exception to the standard has been +permitted where the dual use also significantly changes the type of the +structure member). */ +#define pxMutexHolder pcTail +#define uxQueueType pcHead +#define queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX NULL + +/* Semaphores do not actually store or copy data, so have an item size of +zero. */ +#define queueSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH ( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) +#define queueMUTEX_GIVE_BLOCK_TIME ( ( portTickType ) 0U ) + + +/* + * Definition of the queue used by the scheduler. + * Items are queued by copy, not reference. + */ +typedef struct QueueDefinition +{ + signed char *pcHead; /*< Points to the beginning of the queue storage area. */ + signed char *pcTail; /*< Points to the byte at the end of the queue storage area. Once more byte is allocated than necessary to store the queue items, this is used as a marker. */ + + signed char *pcWriteTo; /*< Points to the free next place in the storage area. */ + + union /* Use of a union is an exception to the coding standard to ensure two mutually exclusive structure members don't appear simultaneously (wasting RAM). */ + { + signed char *pcReadFrom; /*< Points to the last place that a queued item was read from when the structure is used as a queue. */ + unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxRecursiveCallCount;/*< Maintains a count of the numebr of times a recursive mutex has been recursively 'taken' when the structure is used as a mutex. */ + } u; + + xList xTasksWaitingToSend; /*< List of tasks that are blocked waiting to post onto this queue. Stored in priority order. */ + xList xTasksWaitingToReceive; /*< List of tasks that are blocked waiting to read from this queue. Stored in priority order. */ + + volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxMessagesWaiting;/*< The number of items currently in the queue. */ + unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxLength; /*< The length of the queue defined as the number of items it will hold, not the number of bytes. */ + unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxItemSize; /*< The size of each items that the queue will hold. */ + + volatile signed portBASE_TYPE xRxLock; /*< Stores the number of items received from the queue (removed from the queue) while the queue was locked. Set to queueUNLOCKED when the queue is not locked. */ + volatile signed portBASE_TYPE xTxLock; /*< Stores the number of items transmitted to the queue (added to the queue) while the queue was locked. Set to queueUNLOCKED when the queue is not locked. */ + + #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) + unsigned char ucQueueNumber; + unsigned char ucQueueType; + #endif + + #if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 ) + struct QueueDefinition *pxQueueSetContainer; + #endif + +} xQUEUE; +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* + * The queue registry is just a means for kernel aware debuggers to locate + * queue structures. It has no other purpose so is an optional component. + */ +#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 ) + + /* The type stored within the queue registry array. This allows a name + to be assigned to each queue making kernel aware debugging a little + more user friendly. */ + typedef struct QUEUE_REGISTRY_ITEM + { + signed char *pcQueueName; + xQueueHandle xHandle; + } xQueueRegistryItem; + + /* The queue registry is simply an array of xQueueRegistryItem structures. + The pcQueueName member of a structure being NULL is indicative of the + array position being vacant. */ + xQueueRegistryItem xQueueRegistry[ configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE ]; + +#endif /* configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE */ + +/* + * Unlocks a queue locked by a call to prvLockQueue. Locking a queue does not + * prevent an ISR from adding or removing items to the queue, but does prevent + * an ISR from removing tasks from the queue event lists. If an ISR finds a + * queue is locked it will instead increment the appropriate queue lock count + * to indicate that a task may require unblocking. When the queue in unlocked + * these lock counts are inspected, and the appropriate action taken. + */ +static void prvUnlockQueue( xQUEUE *pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Uses a critical section to determine if there is any data in a queue. + * + * @return pdTRUE if the queue contains no items, otherwise pdFALSE. + */ +static signed portBASE_TYPE prvIsQueueEmpty( const xQUEUE *pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Uses a critical section to determine if there is any space in a queue. + * + * @return pdTRUE if there is no space, otherwise pdFALSE; + */ +static signed portBASE_TYPE prvIsQueueFull( const xQUEUE *pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Copies an item into the queue, either at the front of the queue or the + * back of the queue. + */ +static void prvCopyDataToQueue( xQUEUE *pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, portBASE_TYPE xPosition ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Copies an item out of a queue. + */ +static void prvCopyDataFromQueue( xQUEUE * const pxQueue, const void * const pvBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 ) + /* + * Checks to see if a queue is a member of a queue set, and if so, notifies + * the queue set that the queue contains data. + */ + static portBASE_TYPE prvNotifyQueueSetContainer( const xQUEUE * const pxQueue, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; +#endif + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* + * Macro to mark a queue as locked. Locking a queue prevents an ISR from + * accessing the queue event lists. + */ +#define prvLockQueue( pxQueue ) \ + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); \ + { \ + if( ( pxQueue )->xRxLock == queueUNLOCKED ) \ + { \ + ( pxQueue )->xRxLock = queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED; \ + } \ + if( ( pxQueue )->xTxLock == queueUNLOCKED ) \ + { \ + ( pxQueue )->xTxLock = queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED; \ + } \ + } \ + taskEXIT_CRITICAL() +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericReset( xQueueHandle xQueue, portBASE_TYPE xNewQueue ) +{ +xQUEUE * const pxQueue = ( xQUEUE * ) xQueue; + + configASSERT( pxQueue ); + + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + pxQueue->pcTail = pxQueue->pcHead + ( pxQueue->uxLength * pxQueue->uxItemSize ); + pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U; + pxQueue->pcWriteTo = pxQueue->pcHead; + pxQueue->u.pcReadFrom = pxQueue->pcHead + ( ( pxQueue->uxLength - ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1U ) * pxQueue->uxItemSize ); + pxQueue->xRxLock = queueUNLOCKED; + pxQueue->xTxLock = queueUNLOCKED; + + if( xNewQueue == pdFALSE ) + { + /* If there are tasks blocked waiting to read from the queue, then + the tasks will remain blocked as after this function exits the queue + will still be empty. If there are tasks blocked waiting to write to + the queue, then one should be unblocked as after this function exits + it will be possible to write to it. */ + if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE ) + { + if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdTRUE ) + { + portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); + } + } + } + else + { + /* Ensure the event queues start in the correct state. */ + vListInitialise( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ); + vListInitialise( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ); + } + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + + /* A value is returned for calling semantic consistency with previous + versions. */ + return pdPASS; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +xQueueHandle xQueueGenericCreate( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueLength, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxItemSize, unsigned char ucQueueType ) +{ +xQUEUE *pxNewQueue; +size_t xQueueSizeInBytes; +xQueueHandle xReturn = NULL; + + /* Remove compiler warnings about unused parameters should + configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY not be set to 1. */ + ( void ) ucQueueType; + + /* Allocate the new queue structure. */ + if( uxQueueLength > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) + { + pxNewQueue = ( xQUEUE * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( xQUEUE ) ); + if( pxNewQueue != NULL ) + { + /* Create the list of pointers to queue items. The queue is one byte + longer than asked for to make wrap checking easier/faster. */ + xQueueSizeInBytes = ( size_t ) ( uxQueueLength * uxItemSize ) + ( size_t ) 1; /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */ + + pxNewQueue->pcHead = ( signed char * ) pvPortMalloc( xQueueSizeInBytes ); + if( pxNewQueue->pcHead != NULL ) + { + /* Initialise the queue members as described above where the + queue type is defined. */ + pxNewQueue->uxLength = uxQueueLength; + pxNewQueue->uxItemSize = uxItemSize; + ( void ) xQueueGenericReset( pxNewQueue, pdTRUE ); + + #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) + { + pxNewQueue->ucQueueType = ucQueueType; + } + #endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */ + + #if( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 ) + { + pxNewQueue->pxQueueSetContainer = NULL; + } + #endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */ + + traceQUEUE_CREATE( pxNewQueue ); + xReturn = pxNewQueue; + } + else + { + traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED( ucQueueType ); + vPortFree( pxNewQueue ); + } + } + } + + configASSERT( xReturn ); + + return xReturn; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) + + xQueueHandle xQueueCreateMutex( unsigned char ucQueueType ) + { + xQUEUE *pxNewQueue; + + /* Prevent compiler warnings about unused parameters if + configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY does not equal 1. */ + ( void ) ucQueueType; + + /* Allocate the new queue structure. */ + pxNewQueue = ( xQUEUE * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( xQUEUE ) ); + if( pxNewQueue != NULL ) + { + /* Information required for priority inheritance. */ + pxNewQueue->pxMutexHolder = NULL; + pxNewQueue->uxQueueType = queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX; + + /* Queues used as a mutex no data is actually copied into or out + of the queue. */ + pxNewQueue->pcWriteTo = NULL; + pxNewQueue->u.pcReadFrom = NULL; + + /* Each mutex has a length of 1 (like a binary semaphore) and + an item size of 0 as nothing is actually copied into or out + of the mutex. */ + pxNewQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U; + pxNewQueue->uxLength = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1U; + pxNewQueue->uxItemSize = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U; + pxNewQueue->xRxLock = queueUNLOCKED; + pxNewQueue->xTxLock = queueUNLOCKED; + + #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) + { + pxNewQueue->ucQueueType = ucQueueType; + } + #endif + + #if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 ) + { + pxNewQueue->pxQueueSetContainer = NULL; + } + #endif + + /* Ensure the event queues start with the correct state. */ + vListInitialise( &( pxNewQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ); + vListInitialise( &( pxNewQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ); + + traceCREATE_MUTEX( pxNewQueue ); + + /* Start with the semaphore in the expected state. */ + ( void ) xQueueGenericSend( pxNewQueue, NULL, ( portTickType ) 0U, queueSEND_TO_BACK ); + } + else + { + traceCREATE_MUTEX_FAILED(); + } + + configASSERT( pxNewQueue ); + return pxNewQueue; + } + +#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder == 1 ) ) + + void* xQueueGetMutexHolder( xQueueHandle xSemaphore ) + { + void *pxReturn; + + /* This function is called by xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder(), and should not + be called directly. Note: This is is a good way of determining if the + calling task is the mutex holder, but not a good way of determining the + identity of the mutex holder, as the holder may change between the + following critical section exiting and the function returning. */ + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + if( ( ( xQUEUE * ) xSemaphore )->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX ) + { + pxReturn = ( void * ) ( ( xQUEUE * ) xSemaphore )->pxMutexHolder; + } + else + { + pxReturn = NULL; + } + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + + return pxReturn; + } + +#endif +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 ) + + portBASE_TYPE xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( xQueueHandle xMutex ) + { + portBASE_TYPE xReturn; + xQUEUE * const pxMutex = ( xQUEUE * ) xMutex; + + configASSERT( pxMutex ); + + /* If this is the task that holds the mutex then pxMutexHolder will not + change outside of this task. If this task does not hold the mutex then + pxMutexHolder can never coincidentally equal the tasks handle, and as + this is the only condition we are interested in it does not matter if + pxMutexHolder is accessed simultaneously by another task. Therefore no + mutual exclusion is required to test the pxMutexHolder variable. */ + if( pxMutex->pxMutexHolder == ( void * ) xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle() ) /*lint !e961 Not a redundant cast as xTaskHandle is a typedef. */ + { + traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex ); + + /* uxRecursiveCallCount cannot be zero if pxMutexHolder is equal to + the task handle, therefore no underflow check is required. Also, + uxRecursiveCallCount is only modified by the mutex holder, and as + there can only be one, no mutual exclusion is required to modify the + uxRecursiveCallCount member. */ + ( pxMutex->u.uxRecursiveCallCount )--; + + /* Have we unwound the call count? */ + if( pxMutex->u.uxRecursiveCallCount == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) + { + /* Return the mutex. This will automatically unblock any other + task that might be waiting to access the mutex. */ + ( void ) xQueueGenericSend( pxMutex, NULL, queueMUTEX_GIVE_BLOCK_TIME, queueSEND_TO_BACK ); + } + + xReturn = pdPASS; + } + else + { + /* We cannot give the mutex because we are not the holder. */ + xReturn = pdFAIL; + + traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex ); + } + + return xReturn; + } + +#endif /* configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 ) + + portBASE_TYPE xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( xQueueHandle xMutex, portTickType xBlockTime ) + { + portBASE_TYPE xReturn; + xQUEUE * const pxMutex = ( xQUEUE * ) xMutex; + + configASSERT( pxMutex ); + + /* Comments regarding mutual exclusion as per those within + xQueueGiveMutexRecursive(). */ + + traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex ); + + if( pxMutex->pxMutexHolder == ( void * ) xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle() ) /*lint !e961 Cast is not redundant as xTaskHandle is a typedef. */ + { + ( pxMutex->u.uxRecursiveCallCount )++; + xReturn = pdPASS; + } + else + { + xReturn = xQueueGenericReceive( pxMutex, NULL, xBlockTime, pdFALSE ); + + /* pdPASS will only be returned if we successfully obtained the mutex, + we may have blocked to reach here. */ + if( xReturn == pdPASS ) + { + ( pxMutex->u.uxRecursiveCallCount )++; + } + else + { + traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex ); + } + } + + return xReturn; + } + +#endif /* configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES == 1 ) + + xQueueHandle xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxCountValue, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxInitialCount ) + { + xQueueHandle xHandle; + + xHandle = xQueueGenericCreate( uxCountValue, queueSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH, queueQUEUE_TYPE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE ); + + if( xHandle != NULL ) + { + ( ( xQUEUE * ) xHandle )->uxMessagesWaiting = uxInitialCount; + + traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE(); + } + else + { + traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED(); + } + + configASSERT( xHandle ); + return xHandle; + } + +#endif /* configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericSend( xQueueHandle xQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition ) +{ +signed portBASE_TYPE xEntryTimeSet = pdFALSE; +xTimeOutType xTimeOut; +xQUEUE * const pxQueue = ( xQUEUE * ) xQueue; + + configASSERT( pxQueue ); + configASSERT( !( ( pvItemToQueue == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U ) ) ); + configASSERT( !( ( xCopyPosition == queueOVERWRITE ) && ( pxQueue->uxLength != 1 ) ) ); + + /* This function relaxes the coding standard somewhat to allow return + statements within the function itself. This is done in the interest + of execution time efficiency. */ + for( ;; ) + { + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + /* Is there room on the queue now? The running task must be + the highest priority task wanting to access the queue. If + the head item in the queue is to be overwritten then it does + not matter if the queue is full. */ + if( ( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength ) || ( xCopyPosition == queueOVERWRITE ) ) + { + traceQUEUE_SEND( pxQueue ); + prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCopyPosition ); + + #if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 ) + { + if( pxQueue->pxQueueSetContainer != NULL ) + { + if( prvNotifyQueueSetContainer( pxQueue, xCopyPosition ) == pdTRUE ) + { + /* The queue is a member of a queue set, and posting + to the queue set caused a higher priority task to + unblock. A context switch is required. */ + portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); + } + } + else + { + /* If there was a task waiting for data to arrive on the + queue then unblock it now. */ + if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE ) + { + if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdTRUE ) + { + /* The unblocked task has a priority higher than + our own so yield immediately. Yes it is ok to + do this from within the critical section - the + kernel takes care of that. */ + portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); + } + } + } + } + #else /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */ + { + /* If there was a task waiting for data to arrive on the + queue then unblock it now. */ + if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE ) + { + if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdTRUE ) + { + /* The unblocked task has a priority higher than + our own so yield immediately. Yes it is ok to do + this from within the critical section - the kernel + takes care of that. */ + portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); + } + } + } + #endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */ + + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + + /* Return to the original privilege level before exiting the + function. */ + return pdPASS; + } + else + { + if( xTicksToWait == ( portTickType ) 0 ) + { + /* The queue was full and no block time is specified (or + the block time has expired) so leave now. */ + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + + /* Return to the original privilege level before exiting + the function. */ + traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED( pxQueue ); + return errQUEUE_FULL; + } + else if( xEntryTimeSet == pdFALSE ) + { + /* The queue was full and a block time was specified so + configure the timeout structure. */ + vTaskSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut ); + xEntryTimeSet = pdTRUE; + } + else + { + /* Entry time was already set. */ + } + } + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + + /* Interrupts and other tasks can send to and receive from the queue + now the critical section has been exited. */ + + vTaskSuspendAll(); + prvLockQueue( pxQueue ); + + /* Update the timeout state to see if it has expired yet. */ + if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE ) + { + if( prvIsQueueFull( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE ) + { + traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND( pxQueue ); + vTaskPlaceOnEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ), xTicksToWait ); + + /* Unlocking the queue means queue events can effect the + event list. It is possible that interrupts occurring now + remove this task from the event list again - but as the + scheduler is suspended the task will go onto the pending + ready last instead of the actual ready list. */ + prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue ); + + /* Resuming the scheduler will move tasks from the pending + ready list into the ready list - so it is feasible that this + task is already in a ready list before it yields - in which + case the yield will not cause a context switch unless there + is also a higher priority task in the pending ready list. */ + if( xTaskResumeAll() == pdFALSE ) + { + portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); + } + } + else + { + /* Try again. */ + prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue ); + ( void ) xTaskResumeAll(); + } + } + else + { + /* The timeout has expired. */ + prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue ); + ( void ) xTaskResumeAll(); + + /* Return to the original privilege level before exiting the + function. */ + traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED( pxQueue ); + return errQUEUE_FULL; + } + } +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API == 1 ) + + signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueAltGenericSend( xQueueHandle xQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition ) + { + signed portBASE_TYPE xEntryTimeSet = pdFALSE; + xTimeOutType xTimeOut; + xQUEUE * const pxQueue = ( xQUEUE * ) xQueue; + + configASSERT( pxQueue ); + configASSERT( !( ( pvItemToQueue == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U ) ) ); + + for( ;; ) + { + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + /* Is there room on the queue now? To be running we must be + the highest priority task wanting to access the queue. */ + if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength ) + { + traceQUEUE_SEND( pxQueue ); + prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCopyPosition ); + + /* If there was a task waiting for data to arrive on the + queue then unblock it now. */ + if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE ) + { + if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdTRUE ) + { + /* The unblocked task has a priority higher than + our own so yield immediately. */ + portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); + } + } + + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + return pdPASS; + } + else + { + if( xTicksToWait == ( portTickType ) 0 ) + { + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + return errQUEUE_FULL; + } + else if( xEntryTimeSet == pdFALSE ) + { + vTaskSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut ); + xEntryTimeSet = pdTRUE; + } + } + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE ) + { + if( prvIsQueueFull( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE ) + { + traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND( pxQueue ); + vTaskPlaceOnEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ), xTicksToWait ); + portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); + } + } + else + { + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED( pxQueue ); + return errQUEUE_FULL; + } + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + } + } + +#endif /* configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API == 1 ) + + signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueAltGenericReceive( xQueueHandle xQueue, void * const pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xJustPeeking ) + { + signed portBASE_TYPE xEntryTimeSet = pdFALSE; + xTimeOutType xTimeOut; + signed char *pcOriginalReadPosition; + xQUEUE * const pxQueue = ( xQUEUE * ) xQueue; + + configASSERT( pxQueue ); + configASSERT( !( ( pvBuffer == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U ) ) ); + + for( ;; ) + { + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) + { + /* Remember our read position in case we are just peeking. */ + pcOriginalReadPosition = pxQueue->u.pcReadFrom; + + prvCopyDataFromQueue( pxQueue, pvBuffer ); + + if( xJustPeeking == pdFALSE ) + { + traceQUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue ); + + /* Data is actually being removed (not just peeked). */ + --( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting ); + + #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) + { + if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX ) + { + /* Record the information required to implement + priority inheritance should it become necessary. */ + pxQueue->pxMutexHolder = ( signed char * ) xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle(); + } + } + #endif + + if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE ) + { + if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdTRUE ) + { + portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); + } + } + } + else + { + traceQUEUE_PEEK( pxQueue ); + + /* We are not removing the data, so reset our read + pointer. */ + pxQueue->u.pcReadFrom = pcOriginalReadPosition; + + /* The data is being left in the queue, so see if there are + any other tasks waiting for the data. */ + if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE ) + { + /* Tasks that are removed from the event list will get added to + the pending ready list as the scheduler is still suspended. */ + if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE ) + { + /* The task waiting has a higher priority than this task. */ + portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); + } + } + + } + + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + return pdPASS; + } + else + { + if( xTicksToWait == ( portTickType ) 0 ) + { + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue ); + return errQUEUE_EMPTY; + } + else if( xEntryTimeSet == pdFALSE ) + { + vTaskSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut ); + xEntryTimeSet = pdTRUE; + } + } + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE ) + { + if( prvIsQueueEmpty( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE ) + { + traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue ); + + #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) + { + if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX ) + { + portENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + vTaskPriorityInherit( ( void * ) pxQueue->pxMutexHolder ); + } + portEXIT_CRITICAL(); + } + } + #endif + + vTaskPlaceOnEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ), xTicksToWait ); + portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); + } + } + else + { + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue ); + return errQUEUE_EMPTY; + } + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + } + } + + +#endif /* configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericSendFromISR( xQueueHandle xQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition ) +{ +signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn; +unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxSavedInterruptStatus; +xQUEUE * const pxQueue = ( xQUEUE * ) xQueue; + + configASSERT( pxQueue ); + configASSERT( !( ( pvItemToQueue == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U ) ) ); + configASSERT( !( ( xCopyPosition == queueOVERWRITE ) && ( pxQueue->uxLength != 1 ) ) ); + + /* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a maximum + system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority. Interrupts that are + above the maximum system call priority are keep permanently enabled, even + when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section, but cannot make any calls to + FreeRTOS API functions. If configASSERT() is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h + then portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion + failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has been + assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call priority. + Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called from interrupts + that have been assigned a priority at or (logically) below the maximum + system call interrupt priority. FreeRTOS maintains a separate interrupt + safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as simple as possible. + More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is provided on the following + link: http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */ + portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID(); + + /* Similar to xQueueGenericSend, except we don't block if there is no room + in the queue. Also we don't directly wake a task that was blocked on a + queue read, instead we return a flag to say whether a context switch is + required or not (i.e. has a task with a higher priority than us been woken + by this post). */ + uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR(); + { + if( ( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength ) || ( xCopyPosition == queueOVERWRITE ) ) + { + traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue ); + + prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCopyPosition ); + + /* If the queue is locked we do not alter the event list. This will + be done when the queue is unlocked later. */ + if( pxQueue->xTxLock == queueUNLOCKED ) + { + #if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 ) + { + if( pxQueue->pxQueueSetContainer != NULL ) + { + if( prvNotifyQueueSetContainer( pxQueue, xCopyPosition ) == pdTRUE ) + { + /* The queue is a member of a queue set, and posting + to the queue set caused a higher priority task to + unblock. A context switch is required. */ + if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL ) + { + *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE; + } + } + } + else + { + if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE ) + { + if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE ) + { + /* The task waiting has a higher priority so record that a + context switch is required. */ + if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL ) + { + *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE; + } + } + } + } + } + #else /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */ + { + if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE ) + { + if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE ) + { + /* The task waiting has a higher priority so record that a + context switch is required. */ + if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL ) + { + *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE; + } + } + } + } + #endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */ + } + else + { + /* Increment the lock count so the task that unlocks the queue + knows that data was posted while it was locked. */ + ++( pxQueue->xTxLock ); + } + + xReturn = pdPASS; + } + else + { + traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue ); + xReturn = errQUEUE_FULL; + } + } + portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus ); + + return xReturn; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericReceive( xQueueHandle xQueue, const void * const pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xJustPeeking ) +{ +signed portBASE_TYPE xEntryTimeSet = pdFALSE; +xTimeOutType xTimeOut; +signed char *pcOriginalReadPosition; +xQUEUE * const pxQueue = ( xQUEUE * ) xQueue; + + configASSERT( pxQueue ); + configASSERT( !( ( pvBuffer == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U ) ) ); + + /* This function relaxes the coding standard somewhat to allow return + statements within the function itself. This is done in the interest + of execution time efficiency. */ + + for( ;; ) + { + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + /* Is there data in the queue now? To be running we must be + the highest priority task wanting to access the queue. */ + if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) + { + /* Remember the read position in case the queue is only being + peeked. */ + pcOriginalReadPosition = pxQueue->u.pcReadFrom; + + prvCopyDataFromQueue( pxQueue, pvBuffer ); + + if( xJustPeeking == pdFALSE ) + { + traceQUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue ); + + /* Actually removing data, not just peeking. */ + --( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting ); + + #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) + { + if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX ) + { + /* Record the information required to implement + priority inheritance should it become necessary. */ + pxQueue->pxMutexHolder = ( signed char * ) xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle(); /*lint !e961 Cast is not redundant as xTaskHandle is a typedef. */ + } + } + #endif + + if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE ) + { + if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdTRUE ) + { + portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); + } + } + } + else + { + traceQUEUE_PEEK( pxQueue ); + + /* The data is not being removed, so reset the read + pointer. */ + pxQueue->u.pcReadFrom = pcOriginalReadPosition; + + /* The data is being left in the queue, so see if there are + any other tasks waiting for the data. */ + if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE ) + { + /* Tasks that are removed from the event list will get added to + the pending ready list as the scheduler is still suspended. */ + if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE ) + { + /* The task waiting has a higher priority than this task. */ + portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); + } + } + } + + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + return pdPASS; + } + else + { + if( xTicksToWait == ( portTickType ) 0 ) + { + /* The queue was empty and no block time is specified (or + the block time has expired) so leave now. */ + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue ); + return errQUEUE_EMPTY; + } + else if( xEntryTimeSet == pdFALSE ) + { + /* The queue was empty and a block time was specified so + configure the timeout structure. */ + vTaskSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut ); + xEntryTimeSet = pdTRUE; + } + else + { + /* Entry time was already set. */ + } + } + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + + /* Interrupts and other tasks can send to and receive from the queue + now the critical section has been exited. */ + + vTaskSuspendAll(); + prvLockQueue( pxQueue ); + + /* Update the timeout state to see if it has expired yet. */ + if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE ) + { + if( prvIsQueueEmpty( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE ) + { + traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue ); + + #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) + { + if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX ) + { + portENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + vTaskPriorityInherit( ( void * ) pxQueue->pxMutexHolder ); + } + portEXIT_CRITICAL(); + } + } + #endif + + vTaskPlaceOnEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ), xTicksToWait ); + prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue ); + if( xTaskResumeAll() == pdFALSE ) + { + portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); + } + } + else + { + /* Try again. */ + prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue ); + ( void ) xTaskResumeAll(); + } + } + else + { + prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue ); + ( void ) xTaskResumeAll(); + traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue ); + return errQUEUE_EMPTY; + } + } +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueReceiveFromISR( xQueueHandle xQueue, const void * const pvBuffer, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) +{ +signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn; +unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxSavedInterruptStatus; +xQUEUE * const pxQueue = ( xQUEUE * ) xQueue; + + configASSERT( pxQueue ); + configASSERT( !( ( pvBuffer == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U ) ) ); + + /* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a maximum + system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority. Interrupts that are + above the maximum system call priority are keep permanently enabled, even + when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section, but cannot make any calls to + FreeRTOS API functions. If configASSERT() is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h + then portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion + failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has been + assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call priority. + Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called from interrupts + that have been assigned a priority at or (logically) below the maximum + system call interrupt priority. FreeRTOS maintains a separate interrupt + safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as simple as possible. + More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is provided on the following + link: http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */ + portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID(); + + uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR(); + { + /* Cannot block in an ISR, so check there is data available. */ + if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) + { + traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue ); + + prvCopyDataFromQueue( pxQueue, pvBuffer ); + --( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting ); + + /* If the queue is locked the event list will not be modified. + Instead update the lock count so the task that unlocks the queue + will know that an ISR has removed data while the queue was + locked. */ + if( pxQueue->xRxLock == queueUNLOCKED ) + { + if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE ) + { + if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE ) + { + /* The task waiting has a higher priority than us so + force a context switch. */ + if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL ) + { + *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE; + } + } + } + } + else + { + /* Increment the lock count so the task that unlocks the queue + knows that data was removed while it was locked. */ + ++( pxQueue->xRxLock ); + } + + xReturn = pdPASS; + } + else + { + xReturn = pdFAIL; + traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue ); + } + } + portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus ); + + return xReturn; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +signed portBASE_TYPE xQueuePeekFromISR( xQueueHandle xQueue, const void * const pvBuffer ) +{ +signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn; +unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxSavedInterruptStatus; +signed char *pcOriginalReadPosition; +xQUEUE * const pxQueue = ( xQUEUE * ) xQueue; + + configASSERT( pxQueue ); + configASSERT( !( ( pvBuffer == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U ) ) ); + + /* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a maximum + system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority. Interrupts that are + above the maximum system call priority are keep permanently enabled, even + when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section, but cannot make any calls to + FreeRTOS API functions. If configASSERT() is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h + then portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion + failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has been + assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call priority. + Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called from interrupts + that have been assigned a priority at or (logically) below the maximum + system call interrupt priority. FreeRTOS maintains a separate interrupt + safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as simple as possible. + More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is provided on the following + link: http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */ + portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID(); + + uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR(); + { + /* Cannot block in an ISR, so check there is data available. */ + if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) + { + traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR( pxQueue ); + + /* Remember the read position so it can be reset as nothing is + actually being removed from the queue. */ + pcOriginalReadPosition = pxQueue->u.pcReadFrom; + prvCopyDataFromQueue( pxQueue, pvBuffer ); + pxQueue->u.pcReadFrom = pcOriginalReadPosition; + + xReturn = pdPASS; + } + else + { + xReturn = pdFAIL; + traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue ); + } + } + portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus ); + + return xReturn; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const xQueueHandle xQueue ) +{ +unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxReturn; + + configASSERT( xQueue ); + + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + uxReturn = ( ( xQUEUE * ) xQueue )->uxMessagesWaiting; + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + + return uxReturn; +} /*lint !e818 Pointer cannot be declared const as xQueue is a typedef not pointer. */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueMessagesWaitingFromISR( const xQueueHandle xQueue ) +{ +unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxReturn; + + configASSERT( xQueue ); + + uxReturn = ( ( xQUEUE * ) xQueue )->uxMessagesWaiting; + + return uxReturn; +} /*lint !e818 Pointer cannot be declared const as xQueue is a typedef not pointer. */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void vQueueDelete( xQueueHandle xQueue ) +{ +xQUEUE * const pxQueue = ( xQUEUE * ) xQueue; + + configASSERT( pxQueue ); + + traceQUEUE_DELETE( pxQueue ); + #if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 ) + { + vQueueUnregisterQueue( pxQueue ); + } + #endif + vPortFree( pxQueue->pcHead ); + vPortFree( pxQueue ); +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) + + unsigned char ucQueueGetQueueNumber( xQueueHandle xQueue ) + { + return ( ( xQUEUE * ) xQueue )->ucQueueNumber; + } + +#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) + + void vQueueSetQueueNumber( xQueueHandle xQueue, unsigned char ucQueueNumber ) + { + ( ( xQUEUE * ) xQueue )->ucQueueNumber = ucQueueNumber; + } + +#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) + + unsigned char ucQueueGetQueueType( xQueueHandle xQueue ) + { + return ( ( xQUEUE * ) xQueue )->ucQueueType; + } + +#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static void prvCopyDataToQueue( xQUEUE *pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, portBASE_TYPE xPosition ) +{ + if( pxQueue->uxItemSize == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) + { + #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) + { + if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX ) + { + /* The mutex is no longer being held. */ + vTaskPriorityDisinherit( ( void * ) pxQueue->pxMutexHolder ); + pxQueue->pxMutexHolder = NULL; + } + } + #endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */ + } + else if( xPosition == queueSEND_TO_BACK ) + { + ( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) pxQueue->pcWriteTo, pvItemToQueue, ( size_t ) pxQueue->uxItemSize ); /*lint !e961 !e418 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports, plus previous logic ensures a null pointer can only be passed to memcpy() if the copy size is 0. */ + pxQueue->pcWriteTo += pxQueue->uxItemSize; + if( pxQueue->pcWriteTo >= pxQueue->pcTail ) /*lint !e946 MISRA exception justified as comparison of pointers is the cleanest solution. */ + { + pxQueue->pcWriteTo = pxQueue->pcHead; + } + } + else + { + ( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) pxQueue->u.pcReadFrom, pvItemToQueue, ( size_t ) pxQueue->uxItemSize ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */ + pxQueue->u.pcReadFrom -= pxQueue->uxItemSize; + if( pxQueue->u.pcReadFrom < pxQueue->pcHead ) /*lint !e946 MISRA exception justified as comparison of pointers is the cleanest solution. */ + { + pxQueue->u.pcReadFrom = ( pxQueue->pcTail - pxQueue->uxItemSize ); + } + + if( xPosition == queueOVERWRITE ) + { + if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) + { + /* An item is not being added but overwritten, so subtract + one from the recorded number of items in the queue so when + one is added again below the number of recorded items remains + correct. */ + --( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting ); + } + } + } + + ++( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting ); +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static void prvCopyDataFromQueue( xQUEUE * const pxQueue, const void * const pvBuffer ) +{ + if( pxQueue->uxQueueType != queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX ) + { + pxQueue->u.pcReadFrom += pxQueue->uxItemSize; + if( pxQueue->u.pcReadFrom >= pxQueue->pcTail ) /*lint !e946 MISRA exception justified as use of the relational operator is the cleanest solutions. */ + { + pxQueue->u.pcReadFrom = pxQueue->pcHead; + } + ( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) pvBuffer, ( void * ) pxQueue->u.pcReadFrom, ( size_t ) pxQueue->uxItemSize ); /*lint !e961 !e418 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. Also previous logic ensures a null pointer can only be passed to memcpy() when the count is 0. */ + } +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static void prvUnlockQueue( xQUEUE *pxQueue ) +{ + /* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH THE SCHEDULER SUSPENDED. */ + + /* The lock counts contains the number of extra data items placed or + removed from the queue while the queue was locked. When a queue is + locked items can be added or removed, but the event lists cannot be + updated. */ + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + /* See if data was added to the queue while it was locked. */ + while( pxQueue->xTxLock > queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED ) + { + /* Data was posted while the queue was locked. Are any tasks + blocked waiting for data to become available? */ + #if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 ) + { + if( pxQueue->pxQueueSetContainer != NULL ) + { + if( prvNotifyQueueSetContainer( pxQueue, queueSEND_TO_BACK ) == pdTRUE ) + { + /* The queue is a member of a queue set, and posting to + the queue set caused a higher priority task to unblock. + A context switch is required. */ + vTaskMissedYield(); + } + } + else + { + /* Tasks that are removed from the event list will get added to + the pending ready list as the scheduler is still suspended. */ + if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE ) + { + if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE ) + { + /* The task waiting has a higher priority so record that a + context switch is required. */ + vTaskMissedYield(); + } + } + else + { + break; + } + } + } + #else /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */ + { + /* Tasks that are removed from the event list will get added to + the pending ready list as the scheduler is still suspended. */ + if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE ) + { + if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE ) + { + /* The task waiting has a higher priority so record that a + context switch is required. */ + vTaskMissedYield(); + } + } + else + { + break; + } + } + #endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */ + + --( pxQueue->xTxLock ); + } + + pxQueue->xTxLock = queueUNLOCKED; + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + + /* Do the same for the Rx lock. */ + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + while( pxQueue->xRxLock > queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED ) + { + if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE ) + { + if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE ) + { + vTaskMissedYield(); + } + + --( pxQueue->xRxLock ); + } + else + { + break; + } + } + + pxQueue->xRxLock = queueUNLOCKED; + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static signed portBASE_TYPE prvIsQueueEmpty( const xQUEUE *pxQueue ) +{ +signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn; + + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) + { + xReturn = pdTRUE; + } + else + { + xReturn = pdFALSE; + } + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + + return xReturn; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueIsQueueEmptyFromISR( const xQueueHandle xQueue ) +{ +signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn; + + configASSERT( xQueue ); + if( ( ( xQUEUE * ) xQueue )->uxMessagesWaiting == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) + { + xReturn = pdTRUE; + } + else + { + xReturn = pdFALSE; + } + + return xReturn; +} /*lint !e818 xQueue could not be pointer to const because it is a typedef. */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static signed portBASE_TYPE prvIsQueueFull( const xQUEUE *pxQueue ) +{ +signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn; + + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == pxQueue->uxLength ) + { + xReturn = pdTRUE; + } + else + { + xReturn = pdFALSE; + } + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + + return xReturn; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueIsQueueFullFromISR( const xQueueHandle xQueue ) +{ +signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn; + + configASSERT( xQueue ); + if( ( ( xQUEUE * ) xQueue )->uxMessagesWaiting == ( ( xQUEUE * ) xQueue )->uxLength ) + { + xReturn = pdTRUE; + } + else + { + xReturn = pdFALSE; + } + + return xReturn; +} /*lint !e818 xQueue could not be pointer to const because it is a typedef. */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 ) + + signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRSend( xQueueHandle xQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait ) + { + signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn; + xQUEUE * const pxQueue = ( xQUEUE * ) xQueue; + + /* If the queue is already full we may have to block. A critical section + is required to prevent an interrupt removing something from the queue + between the check to see if the queue is full and blocking on the queue. */ + portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); + { + if( prvIsQueueFull( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE ) + { + /* The queue is full - do we want to block or just leave without + posting? */ + if( xTicksToWait > ( portTickType ) 0 ) + { + /* As this is called from a coroutine we cannot block directly, but + return indicating that we need to block. */ + vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ); + portENABLE_INTERRUPTS(); + return errQUEUE_BLOCKED; + } + else + { + portENABLE_INTERRUPTS(); + return errQUEUE_FULL; + } + } + } + portENABLE_INTERRUPTS(); + + portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); + { + if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength ) + { + /* There is room in the queue, copy the data into the queue. */ + prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, queueSEND_TO_BACK ); + xReturn = pdPASS; + + /* Were any co-routines waiting for data to become available? */ + if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE ) + { + /* In this instance the co-routine could be placed directly + into the ready list as we are within a critical section. + Instead the same pending ready list mechanism is used as if + the event were caused from within an interrupt. */ + if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE ) + { + /* The co-routine waiting has a higher priority so record + that a yield might be appropriate. */ + xReturn = errQUEUE_YIELD; + } + } + } + else + { + xReturn = errQUEUE_FULL; + } + } + portENABLE_INTERRUPTS(); + + return xReturn; + } + +#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 ) + + signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRReceive( xQueueHandle xQueue, void *pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait ) + { + signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn; + xQUEUE * const pxQueue = ( xQUEUE * ) xQueue; + + /* If the queue is already empty we may have to block. A critical section + is required to prevent an interrupt adding something to the queue + between the check to see if the queue is empty and blocking on the queue. */ + portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); + { + if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) + { + /* There are no messages in the queue, do we want to block or just + leave with nothing? */ + if( xTicksToWait > ( portTickType ) 0 ) + { + /* As this is a co-routine we cannot block directly, but return + indicating that we need to block. */ + vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ); + portENABLE_INTERRUPTS(); + return errQUEUE_BLOCKED; + } + else + { + portENABLE_INTERRUPTS(); + return errQUEUE_FULL; + } + } + } + portENABLE_INTERRUPTS(); + + portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); + { + if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) + { + /* Data is available from the queue. */ + pxQueue->u.pcReadFrom += pxQueue->uxItemSize; + if( pxQueue->u.pcReadFrom >= pxQueue->pcTail ) + { + pxQueue->u.pcReadFrom = pxQueue->pcHead; + } + --( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting ); + ( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) pvBuffer, ( void * ) pxQueue->u.pcReadFrom, ( unsigned ) pxQueue->uxItemSize ); + + xReturn = pdPASS; + + /* Were any co-routines waiting for space to become available? */ + if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE ) + { + /* In this instance the co-routine could be placed directly + into the ready list as we are within a critical section. + Instead the same pending ready list mechanism is used as if + the event were caused from within an interrupt. */ + if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE ) + { + xReturn = errQUEUE_YIELD; + } + } + } + else + { + xReturn = pdFAIL; + } + } + portENABLE_INTERRUPTS(); + + return xReturn; + } + +#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 ) + + signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRSendFromISR( xQueueHandle xQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) + { + xQUEUE * const pxQueue = ( xQUEUE * ) xQueue; + + /* Cannot block within an ISR so if there is no space on the queue then + exit without doing anything. */ + if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength ) + { + prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, queueSEND_TO_BACK ); + + /* We only want to wake one co-routine per ISR, so check that a + co-routine has not already been woken. */ + if( xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken == pdFALSE ) + { + if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE ) + { + if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE ) + { + return pdTRUE; + } + } + } + } + + return xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken; + } + +#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 ) + + signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( xQueueHandle xQueue, void *pvBuffer, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxCoRoutineWoken ) + { + signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn; + xQUEUE * const pxQueue = ( xQUEUE * ) xQueue; + + /* We cannot block from an ISR, so check there is data available. If + not then just leave without doing anything. */ + if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) + { + /* Copy the data from the queue. */ + pxQueue->u.pcReadFrom += pxQueue->uxItemSize; + if( pxQueue->u.pcReadFrom >= pxQueue->pcTail ) + { + pxQueue->u.pcReadFrom = pxQueue->pcHead; + } + --( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting ); + ( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) pvBuffer, ( void * ) pxQueue->u.pcReadFrom, ( unsigned ) pxQueue->uxItemSize ); + + if( ( *pxCoRoutineWoken ) == pdFALSE ) + { + if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE ) + { + if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE ) + { + *pxCoRoutineWoken = pdTRUE; + } + } + } + + xReturn = pdPASS; + } + else + { + xReturn = pdFAIL; + } + + return xReturn; + } + +#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 ) + + void vQueueAddToRegistry( xQueueHandle xQueue, signed char *pcQueueName ) + { + unsigned portBASE_TYPE ux; + + /* See if there is an empty space in the registry. A NULL name denotes + a free slot. */ + for( ux = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U; ux < ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE; ux++ ) + { + if( xQueueRegistry[ ux ].pcQueueName == NULL ) + { + /* Store the information on this queue. */ + xQueueRegistry[ ux ].pcQueueName = pcQueueName; + xQueueRegistry[ ux ].xHandle = xQueue; + break; + } + } + } + +#endif /* configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 ) + + void vQueueUnregisterQueue( xQueueHandle xQueue ) + { + unsigned portBASE_TYPE ux; + + /* See if the handle of the queue being unregistered in actually in the + registry. */ + for( ux = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U; ux < ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE; ux++ ) + { + if( xQueueRegistry[ ux ].xHandle == xQueue ) + { + /* Set the name to NULL to show that this slot if free again. */ + xQueueRegistry[ ux ].pcQueueName = NULL; + break; + } + } + + } /*lint !e818 xQueue could not be pointer to const because it is a typedef. */ + +#endif /* configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) + + void vQueueWaitForMessageRestricted( xQueueHandle xQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait ) + { + xQUEUE * const pxQueue = ( xQUEUE * ) xQueue; + + /* This function should not be called by application code hence the + 'Restricted' in its name. It is not part of the public API. It is + designed for use by kernel code, and has special calling requirements. + It can result in vListInsert() being called on a list that can only + possibly ever have one item in it, so the list will be fast, but even + so it should be called with the scheduler locked and not from a critical + section. */ + + /* Only do anything if there are no messages in the queue. This function + will not actually cause the task to block, just place it on a blocked + list. It will not block until the scheduler is unlocked - at which + time a yield will be performed. If an item is added to the queue while + the queue is locked, and the calling task blocks on the queue, then the + calling task will be immediately unblocked when the queue is unlocked. */ + prvLockQueue( pxQueue ); + if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U ) + { + /* There is nothing in the queue, block for the specified period. */ + vTaskPlaceOnEventListRestricted( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ), xTicksToWait ); + } + prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue ); + } + +#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 ) + + xQueueSetHandle xQueueCreateSet( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxEventQueueLength ) + { + xQueueSetHandle pxQueue; + + pxQueue = xQueueGenericCreate( uxEventQueueLength, sizeof( xQUEUE * ), queueQUEUE_TYPE_SET ); + + return pxQueue; + } + +#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 ) + + portBASE_TYPE xQueueAddToSet( xQueueSetMemberHandle xQueueOrSemaphore, xQueueSetHandle xQueueSet ) + { + portBASE_TYPE xReturn; + + if( ( ( xQUEUE * ) xQueueOrSemaphore )->pxQueueSetContainer != NULL ) + { + /* Cannot add a queue/semaphore to more than one queue set. */ + xReturn = pdFAIL; + } + else if( ( ( xQUEUE * ) xQueueOrSemaphore )->uxMessagesWaiting != ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) + { + /* Cannot add a queue/semaphore to a queue set if there are already + items in the queue/semaphore. */ + xReturn = pdFAIL; + } + else + { + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + ( ( xQUEUE * ) xQueueOrSemaphore )->pxQueueSetContainer = xQueueSet; + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + xReturn = pdPASS; + } + + return xReturn; + } + +#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 ) + + portBASE_TYPE xQueueRemoveFromSet( xQueueSetMemberHandle xQueueOrSemaphore, xQueueSetHandle xQueueSet ) + { + portBASE_TYPE xReturn; + xQUEUE * const pxQueueOrSemaphore = ( xQUEUE * ) xQueueOrSemaphore; + + if( pxQueueOrSemaphore->pxQueueSetContainer != xQueueSet ) + { + /* The queue was not a member of the set. */ + xReturn = pdFAIL; + } + else if( pxQueueOrSemaphore->uxMessagesWaiting != ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) + { + /* It is dangerous to remove a queue from a set when the queue is + not empty because the queue set will still hold pending events for + the queue. */ + xReturn = pdFAIL; + } + else + { + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + /* The queue is no longer contained in the set. */ + pxQueueOrSemaphore->pxQueueSetContainer = NULL; + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + xReturn = pdPASS; + } + + return xReturn; + } /*lint !e818 xQueueSet could not be declared as pointing to const as it is a typedef. */ + +#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 ) + + xQueueSetMemberHandle xQueueSelectFromSet( xQueueSetHandle xQueueSet, portTickType xBlockTimeTicks ) + { + xQueueSetMemberHandle xReturn = NULL; + + ( void ) xQueueGenericReceive( ( xQueueHandle ) xQueueSet, &xReturn, xBlockTimeTicks, pdFALSE ); /*lint !e961 Casting from one typedef to another is not redundant. */ + return xReturn; + } + +#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 ) + + xQueueSetMemberHandle xQueueSelectFromSetFromISR( xQueueSetHandle xQueueSet ) + { + xQueueSetMemberHandle xReturn = NULL; + + ( void ) xQueueReceiveFromISR( ( xQueueHandle ) xQueueSet, &xReturn, NULL ); /*lint !e961 Casting from one typedef to another is not redundant. */ + return xReturn; + } + +#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 ) + + static portBASE_TYPE prvNotifyQueueSetContainer( const xQUEUE * const pxQueue, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition ) + { + xQUEUE *pxQueueSetContainer = pxQueue->pxQueueSetContainer; + portBASE_TYPE xReturn = pdFALSE; + + configASSERT( pxQueueSetContainer ); + configASSERT( pxQueueSetContainer->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueueSetContainer->uxLength ); + + if( pxQueueSetContainer->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueueSetContainer->uxLength ) + { + traceQUEUE_SEND( pxQueueSetContainer ); + /* The data copies is the handle of the queue that contains data. */ + prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueueSetContainer, &pxQueue, xCopyPosition ); + if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueueSetContainer->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE ) + { + if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueueSetContainer->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE ) + { + /* The task waiting has a higher priority */ + xReturn = pdTRUE; + } + } + } + + return xReturn; + } + +#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */ + diff --git a/FreeRTOS/Source/readme.txt b/FreeRTOS/Source/readme.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..58480c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/FreeRTOS/Source/readme.txt @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +Each real time kernel port consists of three files that contain the core kernel +components and are common to every port, and one or more files that are +specific to a particular microcontroller and or compiler. + ++ The FreeRTOS/Source directory contains the three files that are common to +every port - list.c, queue.c and tasks.c. The kernel is contained within these +three files. croutine.c implements the optional co-routine functionality - which +is normally only used on very memory limited systems. + ++ The FreeRTOS/Source/Portable directory contains the files that are specific to +a particular microcontroller and or compiler. + ++ The FreeRTOS/Source/include directory contains the real time kernel header +files. + +See the readme file in the FreeRTOS/Source/Portable directory for more +information. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/FreeRTOS/Source/tasks.c b/FreeRTOS/Source/tasks.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..64966d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/FreeRTOS/Source/tasks.c @@ -0,0 +1,2931 @@ +/* + FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd. + + VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION. + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, * + * robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross * + * platform software that has become a de facto standard. * + * * + * Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS * + * project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference * + * manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation * + * * + * Thank you! * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. + + FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under + the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the + Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception. + + >>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute + >>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide + >>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS + >>! kernel. + + FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY + WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS + FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following + link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does * + * not run, what could be wrong?" * + * * + * http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions, + license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details. + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products, + including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS + compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack. + + http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High + Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS + licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware. + + http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety + engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and + mission critical applications that require provable dependability. + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! +*/ + +/* Standard includes. */ +#include +#include + +/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining +all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when +task.h is included from an application file. */ +#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE + +/* FreeRTOS includes. */ +#include "FreeRTOS.h" +#include "task.h" +#include "timers.h" +#include "StackMacros.h" + +/* Lint e961 and e750 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified because the +MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be defined for the +header files above, but not in this file, in order to generate the correct +privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */ +#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e961 !e750. */ + +#if ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS == 1 ) + /* At the bottom of this file are two optional functions that can be used + to generate human readable text from the raw data generated by the + uxTaskGetSystemState() function. Note the formatting functions are provided + for convenience only, and are NOT considered part of the kernel. */ + #include +#endif /* ( ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS == 1 ) ) */ + +/* Sanity check the configuration. */ +#if configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 + #if INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend != 1 + #error INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend must be set to 1 if configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE is not set to 0 + #endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */ +#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */ + +/* + * Defines the size, in words, of the stack allocated to the idle task. + */ +#define tskIDLE_STACK_SIZE configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE + +/* + * Task control block. A task control block (TCB) is allocated for each task, + * and stores task state information, including a pointer to the task's context + * (the task's run time environment, including register values) + */ +typedef struct tskTaskControlBlock +{ + volatile portSTACK_TYPE *pxTopOfStack; /*< Points to the location of the last item placed on the tasks stack. THIS MUST BE THE FIRST MEMBER OF THE TCB STRUCT. */ + + #if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) + xMPU_SETTINGS xMPUSettings; /*< The MPU settings are defined as part of the port layer. THIS MUST BE THE SECOND MEMBER OF THE TCB STRUCT. */ + #endif + + xListItem xGenericListItem; /*< The list that the state list item of a task is reference from denotes the state of that task (Ready, Blocked, Suspended ). */ + xListItem xEventListItem; /*< Used to reference a task from an event list. */ + unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority; /*< The priority of the task. 0 is the lowest priority. */ + portSTACK_TYPE *pxStack; /*< Points to the start of the stack. */ + signed char pcTaskName[ configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN ];/*< Descriptive name given to the task when created. Facilitates debugging only. */ + + #if ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) + portSTACK_TYPE *pxEndOfStack; /*< Points to the end of the stack on architectures where the stack grows up from low memory. */ + #endif + + #if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 ) + unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxCriticalNesting; /*< Holds the critical section nesting depth for ports that do not maintain their own count in the port layer. */ + #endif + + #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) + unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTCBNumber; /*< Stores a number that increments each time a TCB is created. It allows debuggers to determine when a task has been deleted and then recreated. */ + unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskNumber; /*< Stores a number specifically for use by third party trace code. */ + #endif + + #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) + unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxBasePriority; /*< The priority last assigned to the task - used by the priority inheritance mechanism. */ + #endif + + #if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 ) + pdTASK_HOOK_CODE pxTaskTag; + #endif + + #if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) + unsigned long ulRunTimeCounter; /*< Stores the amount of time the task has spent in the Running state. */ + #endif + + #if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 ) + /* Allocate a Newlib reent structure that is specific to this task. + Note Newlib support has been included by popular demand, but is not + used by the FreeRTOS maintainers themselves. FreeRTOS is not + responsible for resulting newlib operation. User must be familiar with + newlib and must provide system-wide implementations of the necessary + stubs. Be warned that (at the time of writing) the current newlib design + implements a system-wide malloc() that must be provided with locks. */ + struct _reent xNewLib_reent; + #endif + +} tskTCB; + + +/* + * Some kernel aware debuggers require the data the debugger needs access to to + * be global, rather than file scope. + */ +#ifdef portREMOVE_STATIC_QUALIFIER + #define static +#endif + +/*lint -e956 A manual analysis and inspection has been used to determine which +static variables must be declared volatile. */ + +PRIVILEGED_DATA tskTCB * volatile pxCurrentTCB = NULL; + +/* Lists for ready and blocked tasks. --------------------*/ +PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList pxReadyTasksLists[ configMAX_PRIORITIES ]; /*< Prioritised ready tasks. */ +PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList xDelayedTaskList1; /*< Delayed tasks. */ +PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList xDelayedTaskList2; /*< Delayed tasks (two lists are used - one for delays that have overflowed the current tick count. */ +PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList * volatile pxDelayedTaskList; /*< Points to the delayed task list currently being used. */ +PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList * volatile pxOverflowDelayedTaskList; /*< Points to the delayed task list currently being used to hold tasks that have overflowed the current tick count. */ +PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList xPendingReadyList; /*< Tasks that have been readied while the scheduler was suspended. They will be moved to the ready list when the scheduler is resumed. */ + +#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 ) + + PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList xTasksWaitingTermination; /*< Tasks that have been deleted - but the their memory not yet freed. */ + PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTasksDeleted = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U; + +#endif + +#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) + + PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList xSuspendedTaskList; /*< Tasks that are currently suspended. */ + +#endif + +#if ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle == 1 ) + + PRIVILEGED_DATA static xTaskHandle xIdleTaskHandle = NULL; /*< Holds the handle of the idle task. The idle task is created automatically when the scheduler is started. */ + +#endif + +/* Other file private variables. --------------------------------*/ +PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxCurrentNumberOfTasks = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U; +PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile portTickType xTickCount = ( portTickType ) 0U; +PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTopReadyPriority = tskIDLE_PRIORITY; +PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile signed portBASE_TYPE xSchedulerRunning = pdFALSE; +PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxSchedulerSuspended = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdFALSE; +PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPendedTicks = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U; +PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile portBASE_TYPE xYieldPending = pdFALSE; +PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile portBASE_TYPE xNumOfOverflows = ( portBASE_TYPE ) 0; +PRIVILEGED_DATA static unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskNumber = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U; +PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile portTickType xNextTaskUnblockTime = portMAX_DELAY; + +#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) + + PRIVILEGED_DATA static unsigned long ulTaskSwitchedInTime = 0UL; /*< Holds the value of a timer/counter the last time a task was switched in. */ + PRIVILEGED_DATA static unsigned long ulTotalRunTime = 0UL; /*< Holds the total amount of execution time as defined by the run time counter clock. */ + +#endif + +/*lint +e956 */ + +/* Debugging and trace facilities private variables and macros. ------------*/ + +/* + * The value used to fill the stack of a task when the task is created. This + * is used purely for checking the high water mark for tasks. + */ +#define tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE ( 0xa5U ) + +/* + * Macros used by vListTask to indicate which state a task is in. + */ +#define tskBLOCKED_CHAR ( ( signed char ) 'B' ) +#define tskREADY_CHAR ( ( signed char ) 'R' ) +#define tskDELETED_CHAR ( ( signed char ) 'D' ) +#define tskSUSPENDED_CHAR ( ( signed char ) 'S' ) + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION == 0 ) + + /* If configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION is 0 then task selection is + performed in a generic way that is not optimised to any particular + microcontroller architecture. */ + + /* uxTopReadyPriority holds the priority of the highest priority ready + state task. */ + #define taskRECORD_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority ) \ + { \ + if( ( uxPriority ) > uxTopReadyPriority ) \ + { \ + uxTopReadyPriority = ( uxPriority ); \ + } \ + } /* taskRECORD_READY_PRIORITY */ + + /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + + #define taskSELECT_HIGHEST_PRIORITY_TASK() \ + { \ + /* Find the highest priority queue that contains ready tasks. */ \ + while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxTopReadyPriority ] ) ) ) \ + { \ + configASSERT( uxTopReadyPriority ); \ + --uxTopReadyPriority; \ + } \ + \ + /* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY indexes through the list, so the tasks of \ + the same priority get an equal share of the processor time. */ \ + listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxCurrentTCB, &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxTopReadyPriority ] ) ); \ + } /* taskSELECT_HIGHEST_PRIORITY_TASK */ + + /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + + /* Define away taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY() and portRESET_READY_PRIORITY() as + they are only required when a port optimised method of task selection is + being used. */ + #define taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority ) + #define portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority, uxTopReadyPriority ) + +#else /* configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION */ + + /* If configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION is 1 then task selection is + performed in a way that is tailored to the particular microcontroller + architecture being used. */ + + /* A port optimised version is provided. Call the port defined macros. */ + #define taskRECORD_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority ) portRECORD_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority, uxTopReadyPriority ) + + /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + + #define taskSELECT_HIGHEST_PRIORITY_TASK() \ + { \ + unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTopPriority; \ + \ + /* Find the highest priority queue that contains ready tasks. */ \ + portGET_HIGHEST_PRIORITY( uxTopPriority, uxTopReadyPriority ); \ + configASSERT( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxTopPriority ] ) ) > 0 ); \ + listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxCurrentTCB, &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxTopPriority ] ) ); \ + } /* taskSELECT_HIGHEST_PRIORITY_TASK() */ + + /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + + /* A port optimised version is provided, call it only if the TCB being reset + is being referenced from a ready list. If it is referenced from a delayed + or suspended list then it won't be in a ready list. */ + #define taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority ) \ + { \ + if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ ( uxPriority ) ] ) ) == 0 ) \ + { \ + portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( ( uxPriority ), ( uxTopReadyPriority ) ); \ + } \ + } + +#endif /* configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION */ + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* pxDelayedTaskList and pxOverflowDelayedTaskList are switched when the tick +count overflows. */ +#define taskSWITCH_DELAYED_LISTS() \ +{ \ + xList *pxTemp; \ + \ + /* The delayed tasks list should be empty when the lists are switched. */ \ + configASSERT( ( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedTaskList ) ) ); \ + \ + pxTemp = pxDelayedTaskList; \ + pxDelayedTaskList = pxOverflowDelayedTaskList; \ + pxOverflowDelayedTaskList = pxTemp; \ + xNumOfOverflows++; \ + \ + if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedTaskList ) != pdFALSE ) \ + { \ + /* The new current delayed list is empty. Set \ + xNextTaskUnblockTime to the maximum possible value so it is \ + extremely unlikely that the \ + if( xTickCount >= xNextTaskUnblockTime ) test will pass until \ + there is an item in the delayed list. */ \ + xNextTaskUnblockTime = portMAX_DELAY; \ + } \ + else \ + { \ + /* The new current delayed list is not empty, get the value of \ + the item at the head of the delayed list. This is the time at \ + which the task at the head of the delayed list should be removed \ + from the Blocked state. */ \ + pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedTaskList ); \ + xNextTaskUnblockTime = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); \ + } \ +} + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* + * Place the task represented by pxTCB into the appropriate ready list for + * the task. It is inserted at the end of the list. + */ +#define prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB ) \ + traceMOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE( pxTCB ) \ + taskRECORD_READY_PRIORITY( ( pxTCB )->uxPriority ); \ + vListInsertEnd( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ ( pxTCB )->uxPriority ] ), &( ( pxTCB )->xGenericListItem ) ) +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* + * Several functions take an xTaskHandle parameter that can optionally be NULL, + * where NULL is used to indicate that the handle of the currently executing + * task should be used in place of the parameter. This macro simply checks to + * see if the parameter is NULL and returns a pointer to the appropriate TCB. + */ +#define prvGetTCBFromHandle( pxHandle ) ( ( ( pxHandle ) == NULL ) ? ( tskTCB * ) pxCurrentTCB : ( tskTCB * ) ( pxHandle ) ) + +/* Callback function prototypes. --------------------------*/ +extern void vApplicationStackOverflowHook( xTaskHandle xTask, signed char *pcTaskName ); +extern void vApplicationTickHook( void ); + +/* File private functions. --------------------------------*/ + +/* + * Utility to ready a TCB for a given task. Mainly just copies the parameters + * into the TCB structure. + */ +static void prvInitialiseTCBVariables( tskTCB *pxTCB, const signed char * const pcName, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority, const xMemoryRegion * const xRegions, unsigned short usStackDepth ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Utility to ready all the lists used by the scheduler. This is called + * automatically upon the creation of the first task. + */ +static void prvInitialiseTaskLists( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * The idle task, which as all tasks is implemented as a never ending loop. + * The idle task is automatically created and added to the ready lists upon + * creation of the first user task. + * + * The portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO() macro is used to allow port/compiler specific + * language extensions. The equivalent prototype for this function is: + * + * void prvIdleTask( void *pvParameters ); + * + */ +static portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO( prvIdleTask, pvParameters ); + +/* + * Utility to free all memory allocated by the scheduler to hold a TCB, + * including the stack pointed to by the TCB. + * + * This does not free memory allocated by the task itself (i.e. memory + * allocated by calls to pvPortMalloc from within the tasks application code). + */ +#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 ) + + static void prvDeleteTCB( tskTCB *pxTCB ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +#endif + +/* + * Used only by the idle task. This checks to see if anything has been placed + * in the list of tasks waiting to be deleted. If so the task is cleaned up + * and its TCB deleted. + */ +static void prvCheckTasksWaitingTermination( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * The currently executing task is entering the Blocked state. Add the task to + * either the current or the overflow delayed task list. + */ +static void prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( portTickType xTimeToWake ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Allocates memory from the heap for a TCB and associated stack. Checks the + * allocation was successful. + */ +static tskTCB *prvAllocateTCBAndStack( unsigned short usStackDepth, portSTACK_TYPE *puxStackBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Fills an xTaskStatusType structure with information on each task that is + * referenced from the pxList list (which may be a ready list, a delayed list, + * a suspended list, etc.). + * + * THIS FUNCTION IS INTENDED FOR DEBUGGING ONLY, AND SHOULD NOT BE CALLED FROM + * NORMAL APPLICATION CODE. + */ +#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) + + static unsigned portBASE_TYPE prvListTaskWithinSingleList( xTaskStatusType *pxTaskStatusArray, xList *pxList, eTaskState eState ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +#endif + +/* + * When a task is created, the stack of the task is filled with a known value. + * This function determines the 'high water mark' of the task stack by + * determining how much of the stack remains at the original preset value. + */ +#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 ) ) + + static unsigned short prvTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( const unsigned char * pucStackByte ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +#endif + +/* + * Return the amount of time, in ticks, that will pass before the kernel will + * next move a task from the Blocked state to the Running state. + * + * This conditional compilation should use inequality to 0, not equality to 1. + * This is to ensure portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP() can be called when user + * defined low power mode implementations require configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE to be + * set to a value other than 1. + */ +#if ( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 ) + + static portTickType prvGetExpectedIdleTime( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +#endif + +signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskGenericCreate( pdTASK_CODE pxTaskCode, const signed char * const pcName, unsigned short usStackDepth, void *pvParameters, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority, xTaskHandle *pxCreatedTask, portSTACK_TYPE *puxStackBuffer, const xMemoryRegion * const xRegions ) +{ +signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn; +tskTCB * pxNewTCB; + + configASSERT( pxTaskCode ); + configASSERT( ( ( uxPriority & ( ~portPRIVILEGE_BIT ) ) < configMAX_PRIORITIES ) ); + + /* Allocate the memory required by the TCB and stack for the new task, + checking that the allocation was successful. */ + pxNewTCB = prvAllocateTCBAndStack( usStackDepth, puxStackBuffer ); + + if( pxNewTCB != NULL ) + { + portSTACK_TYPE *pxTopOfStack; + + #if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) + /* Should the task be created in privileged mode? */ + portBASE_TYPE xRunPrivileged; + if( ( uxPriority & portPRIVILEGE_BIT ) != 0U ) + { + xRunPrivileged = pdTRUE; + } + else + { + xRunPrivileged = pdFALSE; + } + uxPriority &= ~portPRIVILEGE_BIT; + #endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 */ + + /* Calculate the top of stack address. This depends on whether the + stack grows from high memory to low (as per the 80x86) or visa versa. + portSTACK_GROWTH is used to make the result positive or negative as + required by the port. */ + #if( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) + { + pxTopOfStack = pxNewTCB->pxStack + ( usStackDepth - ( unsigned short ) 1 ); + pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE * ) ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) pxTopOfStack ) & ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) ~portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) ); /*lint !e923 MISRA exception. Avoiding casts between pointers and integers is not practical. Size differences accounted for using portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE type. */ + + /* Check the alignment of the calculated top of stack is correct. */ + configASSERT( ( ( ( unsigned long ) pxTopOfStack & ( unsigned long ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0UL ) ); + } + #else /* portSTACK_GROWTH */ + { + pxTopOfStack = pxNewTCB->pxStack; + + /* Check the alignment of the stack buffer is correct. */ + configASSERT( ( ( ( unsigned long ) pxNewTCB->pxStack & ( unsigned long ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0UL ) ); + + /* If we want to use stack checking on architectures that use + a positive stack growth direction then we also need to store the + other extreme of the stack space. */ + pxNewTCB->pxEndOfStack = pxNewTCB->pxStack + ( usStackDepth - 1 ); + } + #endif /* portSTACK_GROWTH */ + + /* Setup the newly allocated TCB with the initial state of the task. */ + prvInitialiseTCBVariables( pxNewTCB, pcName, uxPriority, xRegions, usStackDepth ); + + /* Initialize the TCB stack to look as if the task was already running, + but had been interrupted by the scheduler. The return address is set + to the start of the task function. Once the stack has been initialised + the top of stack variable is updated. */ + #if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) + { + pxNewTCB->pxTopOfStack = pxPortInitialiseStack( pxTopOfStack, pxTaskCode, pvParameters, xRunPrivileged ); + } + #else /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */ + { + pxNewTCB->pxTopOfStack = pxPortInitialiseStack( pxTopOfStack, pxTaskCode, pvParameters ); + } + #endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */ + + if( ( void * ) pxCreatedTask != NULL ) + { + /* Pass the TCB out - in an anonymous way. The calling function/ + task can use this as a handle to delete the task later if + required.*/ + *pxCreatedTask = ( xTaskHandle ) pxNewTCB; + } + + /* Ensure interrupts don't access the task lists while they are being + updated. */ + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + uxCurrentNumberOfTasks++; + if( pxCurrentTCB == NULL ) + { + /* There are no other tasks, or all the other tasks are in + the suspended state - make this the current task. */ + pxCurrentTCB = pxNewTCB; + + if( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1 ) + { + /* This is the first task to be created so do the preliminary + initialisation required. We will not recover if this call + fails, but we will report the failure. */ + prvInitialiseTaskLists(); + } + } + else + { + /* If the scheduler is not already running, make this task the + current task if it is the highest priority task to be created + so far. */ + if( xSchedulerRunning == pdFALSE ) + { + if( pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority <= uxPriority ) + { + pxCurrentTCB = pxNewTCB; + } + } + } + + uxTaskNumber++; + + #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) + { + /* Add a counter into the TCB for tracing only. */ + pxNewTCB->uxTCBNumber = uxTaskNumber; + } + #endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */ + traceTASK_CREATE( pxNewTCB ); + + prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxNewTCB ); + + xReturn = pdPASS; + portSETUP_TCB( pxNewTCB ); + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + } + else + { + xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY; + traceTASK_CREATE_FAILED(); + } + + if( xReturn == pdPASS ) + { + if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE ) + { + /* If the created task is of a higher priority than the current task + then it should run now. */ + if( pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority < uxPriority ) + { + portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); + } + } + } + + return xReturn; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 ) + + void vTaskDelete( xTaskHandle xTaskToDelete ) + { + tskTCB *pxTCB; + + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + /* If null is passed in here then we are deleting ourselves. */ + pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToDelete ); + + /* Remove task from the ready list and place in the termination list. + This will stop the task from be scheduled. The idle task will check + the termination list and free up any memory allocated by the + scheduler for the TCB and stack. */ + if( uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ) == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) + { + taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY( pxTCB->uxPriority ); + } + + /* Is the task waiting on an event also? */ + if( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != NULL ) + { + ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ); + } + + vListInsertEnd( &xTasksWaitingTermination, &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); + + /* Increment the ucTasksDeleted variable so the idle task knows + there is a task that has been deleted and that it should therefore + check the xTasksWaitingTermination list. */ + ++uxTasksDeleted; + + /* Increment the uxTaskNumberVariable also so kernel aware debuggers + can detect that the task lists need re-generating. */ + uxTaskNumber++; + + traceTASK_DELETE( pxTCB ); + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + + /* Force a reschedule if we have just deleted the current task. */ + if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE ) + { + if( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB ) + { + portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); + } + } + } + +#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskDelete */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil == 1 ) + + void vTaskDelayUntil( portTickType * const pxPreviousWakeTime, portTickType xTimeIncrement ) + { + portTickType xTimeToWake; + portBASE_TYPE xAlreadyYielded, xShouldDelay = pdFALSE; + + configASSERT( pxPreviousWakeTime ); + configASSERT( ( xTimeIncrement > 0U ) ); + + vTaskSuspendAll(); + { + /* Minor optimisation. The tick count cannot change in this + block. */ + const portTickType xConstTickCount = xTickCount; + + /* Generate the tick time at which the task wants to wake. */ + xTimeToWake = *pxPreviousWakeTime + xTimeIncrement; + + if( xConstTickCount < *pxPreviousWakeTime ) + { + /* The tick count has overflowed since this function was + lasted called. In this case the only time we should ever + actually delay is if the wake time has also overflowed, + and the wake time is greater than the tick time. When this + is the case it is as if neither time had overflowed. */ + if( ( xTimeToWake < *pxPreviousWakeTime ) && ( xTimeToWake > xConstTickCount ) ) + { + xShouldDelay = pdTRUE; + } + } + else + { + /* The tick time has not overflowed. In this case we will + delay if either the wake time has overflowed, and/or the + tick time is less than the wake time. */ + if( ( xTimeToWake < *pxPreviousWakeTime ) || ( xTimeToWake > xConstTickCount ) ) + { + xShouldDelay = pdTRUE; + } + } + + /* Update the wake time ready for the next call. */ + *pxPreviousWakeTime = xTimeToWake; + + if( xShouldDelay != pdFALSE ) + { + traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL(); + + /* We must remove ourselves from the ready list before adding + ourselves to the blocked list as the same list item is used for + both lists. */ + if( uxListRemove( &( pxCurrentTCB->xGenericListItem ) ) == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) + { + /* The current task must be in a ready list, so there is + no need to check, and the port reset macro can be called + directly. */ + portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority, uxTopReadyPriority ); + } + + prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTimeToWake ); + } + } + xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll(); + + /* Force a reschedule if xTaskResumeAll has not already done so, we may + have put ourselves to sleep. */ + if( xAlreadyYielded == pdFALSE ) + { + portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); + } + } + +#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelay == 1 ) + + void vTaskDelay( portTickType xTicksToDelay ) + { + portTickType xTimeToWake; + signed portBASE_TYPE xAlreadyYielded = pdFALSE; + + /* A delay time of zero just forces a reschedule. */ + if( xTicksToDelay > ( portTickType ) 0U ) + { + vTaskSuspendAll(); + { + traceTASK_DELAY(); + + /* A task that is removed from the event list while the + scheduler is suspended will not get placed in the ready + list or removed from the blocked list until the scheduler + is resumed. + + This task cannot be in an event list as it is the currently + executing task. */ + + /* Calculate the time to wake - this may overflow but this is + not a problem. */ + xTimeToWake = xTickCount + xTicksToDelay; + + /* We must remove ourselves from the ready list before adding + ourselves to the blocked list as the same list item is used for + both lists. */ + if( uxListRemove( &( pxCurrentTCB->xGenericListItem ) ) == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) + { + /* The current task must be in a ready list, so there is + no need to check, and the port reset macro can be called + directly. */ + portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority, uxTopReadyPriority ); + } + prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTimeToWake ); + } + xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll(); + } + + /* Force a reschedule if xTaskResumeAll has not already done so, we may + have put ourselves to sleep. */ + if( xAlreadyYielded == pdFALSE ) + { + portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); + } + } + +#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskDelay */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( INCLUDE_eTaskGetState == 1 ) + + eTaskState eTaskGetState( xTaskHandle xTask ) + { + eTaskState eReturn; + xList *pxStateList; + const tskTCB * const pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) xTask; + + if( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB ) + { + /* The task calling this function is querying its own state. */ + eReturn = eRunning; + } + else + { + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + pxStateList = ( xList * ) listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + + if( ( pxStateList == pxDelayedTaskList ) || ( pxStateList == pxOverflowDelayedTaskList ) ) + { + /* The task being queried is referenced from one of the Blocked + lists. */ + eReturn = eBlocked; + } + + #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) + else if( pxStateList == &xSuspendedTaskList ) + { + /* The task being queried is referenced from the suspended + list. */ + eReturn = eSuspended; + } + #endif + + #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 ) + else if( pxStateList == &xTasksWaitingTermination ) + { + /* The task being queried is referenced from the deleted + tasks list. */ + eReturn = eDeleted; + } + #endif + + else + { + /* If the task is not in any other state, it must be in the + Ready (including pending ready) state. */ + eReturn = eReady; + } + } + + return eReturn; + } + +#endif /* INCLUDE_eTaskGetState */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet == 1 ) + + unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskPriorityGet( xTaskHandle xTask ) + { + tskTCB *pxTCB; + unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxReturn; + + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + /* If null is passed in here then we are changing the + priority of the calling function. */ + pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask ); + uxReturn = pxTCB->uxPriority; + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + + return uxReturn; + } + +#endif /* INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet == 1 ) + + void vTaskPrioritySet( xTaskHandle xTask, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxNewPriority ) + { + tskTCB *pxTCB; + unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxCurrentBasePriority, uxPriorityUsedOnEntry; + portBASE_TYPE xYieldRequired = pdFALSE; + + configASSERT( ( uxNewPriority < configMAX_PRIORITIES ) ); + + /* Ensure the new priority is valid. */ + if( uxNewPriority >= ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) configMAX_PRIORITIES ) + { + uxNewPriority = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1U; + } + + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + /* If null is passed in here then it is the priority of the calling + task that is being changed. */ + pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask ); + + traceTASK_PRIORITY_SET( pxTCB, uxNewPriority ); + + #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) + { + uxCurrentBasePriority = pxTCB->uxBasePriority; + } + #else + { + uxCurrentBasePriority = pxTCB->uxPriority; + } + #endif + + if( uxCurrentBasePriority != uxNewPriority ) + { + /* The priority change may have readied a task of higher + priority than the calling task. */ + if( uxNewPriority > uxCurrentBasePriority ) + { + if( pxTCB != pxCurrentTCB ) + { + /* The priority of a task other than the currently + running task is being raised. Is the priority being + raised above that of the running task? */ + if( uxNewPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority ) + { + xYieldRequired = pdTRUE; + } + } + else + { + /* The priority of the running task is being raised, + but the running task must already be the highest + priority task able to run so no yield is required. */ + } + } + else if( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB ) + { + /* Setting the priority of the running task down means + there may now be another task of higher priority that + is ready to execute. */ + xYieldRequired = pdTRUE; + } + else + { + /* Setting the priority of any other task down does not + require a yield as the running task must be above the + new priority of the task being modified. */ + } + + /* Remember the ready list the task might be referenced from + before its uxPriority member is changed so the + taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY() macro can function correctly. */ + uxPriorityUsedOnEntry = pxTCB->uxPriority; + + #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) + { + /* Only change the priority being used if the task is not + currently using an inherited priority. */ + if( pxTCB->uxBasePriority == pxTCB->uxPriority ) + { + pxTCB->uxPriority = uxNewPriority; + } + + /* The base priority gets set whatever. */ + pxTCB->uxBasePriority = uxNewPriority; + } + #else + { + pxTCB->uxPriority = uxNewPriority; + } + #endif + + listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), ( ( portTickType ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( portTickType ) uxNewPriority ) ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */ + + /* If the task is in the blocked or suspended list we need do + nothing more than change it's priority variable. However, if + the task is in a ready list it needs to be removed and placed + in the list appropriate to its new priority. */ + if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxPriorityUsedOnEntry ] ), &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ) != pdFALSE ) + { + /* The task is currently in its ready list - remove before adding + it to it's new ready list. As we are in a critical section we + can do this even if the scheduler is suspended. */ + if( uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ) == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) + { + /* It is known that the task is in its ready list so + there is no need to check again and the port level + reset macro can be called directly. */ + portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriorityUsedOnEntry, uxTopReadyPriority ); + } + prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB ); + } + + if( xYieldRequired == pdTRUE ) + { + portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); + } + + /* Remove compiler warning about unused variables when the port + optimised task selection is not being used. */ + ( void ) uxPriorityUsedOnEntry; + } + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + } + +#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) + + void vTaskSuspend( xTaskHandle xTaskToSuspend ) + { + tskTCB *pxTCB; + + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + /* If null is passed in here then it is the running task that is + being suspended. */ + pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToSuspend ); + + traceTASK_SUSPEND( pxTCB ); + + /* Remove task from the ready/delayed list and place in the suspended list. */ + if( uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ) == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) + { + taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY( pxTCB->uxPriority ); + } + + /* Is the task waiting on an event also? */ + if( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != NULL ) + { + ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ); + } + + vListInsertEnd( &xSuspendedTaskList, &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + + if( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB ) + { + if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE ) + { + /* The current task has just been suspended. */ + portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); + } + else + { + /* The scheduler is not running, but the task that was pointed + to by pxCurrentTCB has just been suspended and pxCurrentTCB + must be adjusted to point to a different task. */ + if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &xSuspendedTaskList ) == uxCurrentNumberOfTasks ) + { + /* No other tasks are ready, so set pxCurrentTCB back to + NULL so when the next task is created pxCurrentTCB will + be set to point to it no matter what its relative priority + is. */ + pxCurrentTCB = NULL; + } + else + { + vTaskSwitchContext(); + } + } + } + } + +#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) + + signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskIsTaskSuspended( xTaskHandle xTask ) + { + portBASE_TYPE xReturn = pdFALSE; + const tskTCB * const pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) xTask; + + /* It does not make sense to check if the calling task is suspended. */ + configASSERT( xTask ); + + /* Is the task we are attempting to resume actually in the + suspended list? */ + if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &xSuspendedTaskList, &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ) != pdFALSE ) + { + /* Has the task already been resumed from within an ISR? */ + if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &xPendingReadyList, &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) == pdFALSE ) + { + /* Is it in the suspended list because it is in the + Suspended state? It is possible to be in the suspended + list because it is blocked on a task with no timeout + specified. */ + if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( NULL, &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != pdFALSE ) + { + xReturn = pdTRUE; + } + } + } + + return xReturn; + } /*lint !e818 xTask cannot be a pointer to const because it is a typedef. */ + +#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) + + void vTaskResume( xTaskHandle xTaskToResume ) + { + tskTCB * const pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) xTaskToResume; + + /* It does not make sense to resume the calling task. */ + configASSERT( xTaskToResume ); + + /* The parameter cannot be NULL as it is impossible to resume the + currently executing task. */ + if( ( pxTCB != NULL ) && ( pxTCB != pxCurrentTCB ) ) + { + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + if( xTaskIsTaskSuspended( pxTCB ) == pdTRUE ) + { + traceTASK_RESUME( pxTCB ); + + /* As we are in a critical section we can access the ready + lists even if the scheduler is suspended. */ + ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); + prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB ); + + /* We may have just resumed a higher priority task. */ + if( pxTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority ) + { + /* This yield may not cause the task just resumed to run, but + will leave the lists in the correct state for the next yield. */ + portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); + } + } + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + } + } + +#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */ + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) ) + + portBASE_TYPE xTaskResumeFromISR( xTaskHandle xTaskToResume ) + { + portBASE_TYPE xYieldRequired = pdFALSE; + tskTCB * const pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) xTaskToResume; + unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxSavedInterruptStatus; + + configASSERT( xTaskToResume ); + + /* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a + maximum system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority. + Interrupts that are above the maximum system call priority are keep + permanently enabled, even when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section, + but cannot make any calls to FreeRTOS API functions. If configASSERT() + is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h then + portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion + failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has + been assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call + priority. Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called + from interrupts that have been assigned a priority at or (logically) + below the maximum system call interrupt priority. FreeRTOS maintains a + separate interrupt safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as + simple as possible. More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is + provided on the following link: + http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */ + portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID(); + + uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR(); + { + if( xTaskIsTaskSuspended( pxTCB ) == pdTRUE ) + { + traceTASK_RESUME_FROM_ISR( pxTCB ); + + if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdFALSE ) + { + xYieldRequired = ( pxTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority ); + ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); + prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB ); + } + else + { + /* We cannot access the delayed or ready lists, so will hold this + task pending until the scheduler is resumed, at which point a + yield will be performed if necessary. */ + vListInsertEnd( &( xPendingReadyList ), &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ); + } + } + } + portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus ); + + return xYieldRequired; + } + +#endif /* ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) ) */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void vTaskStartScheduler( void ) +{ +portBASE_TYPE xReturn; + + /* Add the idle task at the lowest priority. */ + #if ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle == 1 ) + { + /* Create the idle task, storing its handle in xIdleTaskHandle so it can + be returned by the xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle() function. */ + xReturn = xTaskCreate( prvIdleTask, ( signed char * ) "IDLE", tskIDLE_STACK_SIZE, ( void * ) NULL, ( tskIDLE_PRIORITY | portPRIVILEGE_BIT ), &xIdleTaskHandle ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception, justified as it is not a redundant explicit cast to all supported compilers. */ + } + #else + { + /* Create the idle task without storing its handle. */ + xReturn = xTaskCreate( prvIdleTask, ( signed char * ) "IDLE", tskIDLE_STACK_SIZE, ( void * ) NULL, ( tskIDLE_PRIORITY | portPRIVILEGE_BIT ), NULL ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception, justified as it is not a redundant explicit cast to all supported compilers. */ + } + #endif /* INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle */ + + #if ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) + { + if( xReturn == pdPASS ) + { + xReturn = xTimerCreateTimerTask(); + } + } + #endif /* configUSE_TIMERS */ + + if( xReturn == pdPASS ) + { + /* Interrupts are turned off here, to ensure a tick does not occur + before or during the call to xPortStartScheduler(). The stacks of + the created tasks contain a status word with interrupts switched on + so interrupts will automatically get re-enabled when the first task + starts to run. + + STEPPING THROUGH HERE USING A DEBUGGER CAN CAUSE BIG PROBLEMS IF THE + DEBUGGER ALLOWS INTERRUPTS TO BE PROCESSED. */ + portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); + + xSchedulerRunning = pdTRUE; + xTickCount = ( portTickType ) 0U; + + /* If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined then the following + macro must be defined to configure the timer/counter used to generate + the run time counter time base. */ + portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS(); + + /* Setting up the timer tick is hardware specific and thus in the + portable interface. */ + if( xPortStartScheduler() != pdFALSE ) + { + /* Should not reach here as if the scheduler is running the + function will not return. */ + } + else + { + /* Should only reach here if a task calls xTaskEndScheduler(). */ + } + } + else + { + /* This line will only be reached if the kernel could not be started, + because there was not enough FreeRTOS heap to create the idle task + or the timer task. */ + configASSERT( xReturn ); + } +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void vTaskEndScheduler( void ) +{ + /* Stop the scheduler interrupts and call the portable scheduler end + routine so the original ISRs can be restored if necessary. The port + layer must ensure interrupts enable bit is left in the correct state. */ + portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); + xSchedulerRunning = pdFALSE; + vPortEndScheduler(); +} +/*----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void vTaskSuspendAll( void ) +{ + /* A critical section is not required as the variable is of type + portBASE_TYPE. */ + ++uxSchedulerSuspended; +} +/*----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 ) + + static portTickType prvGetExpectedIdleTime( void ) + { + portTickType xReturn; + + if( pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority > tskIDLE_PRIORITY ) + { + xReturn = 0; + } + else if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ tskIDLE_PRIORITY ] ) ) > 1 ) + { + /* There are other idle priority tasks in the ready state. If + time slicing is used then the very next tick interrupt must be + processed. */ + xReturn = 0; + } + else + { + xReturn = xNextTaskUnblockTime - xTickCount; + } + + return xReturn; + } + +#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */ +/*----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskResumeAll( void ) +{ +tskTCB *pxTCB; +portBASE_TYPE xAlreadyYielded = pdFALSE; +portBASE_TYPE xYieldRequired = pdFALSE; + + /* If uxSchedulerSuspended is zero then this function does not match a + previous call to vTaskSuspendAll(). */ + configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended ); + + /* It is possible that an ISR caused a task to be removed from an event + list while the scheduler was suspended. If this was the case then the + removed task will have been added to the xPendingReadyList. Once the + scheduler has been resumed it is safe to move all the pending ready + tasks from this list into their appropriate ready list. */ + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + --uxSchedulerSuspended; + + if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdFALSE ) + { + if( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U ) + { + /* Move any readied tasks from the pending list into the + appropriate ready list. */ + while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xPendingReadyList ) == pdFALSE ) + { + pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( ( &xPendingReadyList ) ); + ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ); + ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); + prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB ); + + /* If we have moved a task that has a priority higher than + the current task then we should yield. */ + if( pxTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority ) + { + xYieldRequired = pdTRUE; + } + } + + /* If any ticks occurred while the scheduler was suspended then + they should be processed now. This ensures the tick count does not + slip, and that any delayed tasks are resumed at the correct time. */ + if( uxPendedTicks > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U ) + { + while( uxPendedTicks > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U ) + { + if( xTaskIncrementTick() != pdFALSE ) + { + xYieldRequired = pdTRUE; + } + --uxPendedTicks; + } + } + + if( ( xYieldRequired == pdTRUE ) || ( xYieldPending == pdTRUE ) ) + { + xAlreadyYielded = pdTRUE; + xYieldPending = pdFALSE; + portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); + } + } + } + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + + return xAlreadyYielded; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +portTickType xTaskGetTickCount( void ) +{ +portTickType xTicks; + + /* Critical section required if running on a 16 bit processor. */ + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + xTicks = xTickCount; + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + + return xTicks; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +portTickType xTaskGetTickCountFromISR( void ) +{ +portTickType xReturn; +unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxSavedInterruptStatus; + + /* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a maximum + system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority. Interrupts that are + above the maximum system call priority are keep permanently enabled, even + when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section, but cannot make any calls to + FreeRTOS API functions. If configASSERT() is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h + then portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion + failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has been + assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call priority. + Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called from interrupts + that have been assigned a priority at or (logically) below the maximum + system call interrupt priority. FreeRTOS maintains a separate interrupt + safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as simple as possible. + More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is provided on the following + link: http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */ + portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID(); + + uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR(); + xReturn = xTickCount; + portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus ); + + return xReturn; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks( void ) +{ + /* A critical section is not required because the variables are of type + portBASE_TYPE. */ + return uxCurrentNumberOfTasks; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( INCLUDE_pcTaskGetTaskName == 1 ) + + signed char *pcTaskGetTaskName( xTaskHandle xTaskToQuery ) + { + tskTCB *pxTCB; + + /* If null is passed in here then the name of the calling task is being queried. */ + pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToQuery ); + configASSERT( pxTCB ); + return &( pxTCB->pcTaskName[ 0 ] ); + } + +#endif /* INCLUDE_pcTaskGetTaskName */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) + + unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskGetSystemState( xTaskStatusType *pxTaskStatusArray, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxArraySize, unsigned long *pulTotalRunTime ) + { + unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTask = 0, uxQueue = configMAX_PRIORITIES; + + vTaskSuspendAll(); + { + /* Is there a space in the array for each task in the system? */ + if( uxArraySize >= uxCurrentNumberOfTasks ) + { + /* Fill in an xTaskStatusType structure with information on each + task in the Ready state. */ + do + { + uxQueue--; + uxTask += prvListTaskWithinSingleList( &( pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ] ), &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxQueue ] ), eReady ); + + } while( uxQueue > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) tskIDLE_PRIORITY ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */ + + /* Fill in an xTaskStatusType structure with information on each + task in the Blocked state. */ + uxTask += prvListTaskWithinSingleList( &( pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ] ), ( xList * ) pxDelayedTaskList, eBlocked ); + uxTask += prvListTaskWithinSingleList( &( pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ] ), ( xList * ) pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, eBlocked ); + + #if( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 ) + { + /* Fill in an xTaskStatusType structure with information on + each task that has been deleted but not yet cleaned up. */ + uxTask += prvListTaskWithinSingleList( &( pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ] ), &xTasksWaitingTermination, eDeleted ); + } + #endif + + #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) + { + /* Fill in an xTaskStatusType structure with information on + each task in the Suspended state. */ + uxTask += prvListTaskWithinSingleList( &( pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ] ), &xSuspendedTaskList, eSuspended ); + } + #endif + + #if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1) + { + if( pulTotalRunTime != NULL ) + { + *pulTotalRunTime = portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE(); + } + } + #else + { + if( pulTotalRunTime != NULL ) + { + *pulTotalRunTime = 0; + } + } + #endif + } + } + ( void ) xTaskResumeAll(); + + return uxTask; + } + +#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */ +/*----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle == 1 ) + + xTaskHandle xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle( void ) + { + /* If xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle() is called before the scheduler has been + started, then xIdleTaskHandle will be NULL. */ + configASSERT( ( xIdleTaskHandle != NULL ) ); + return xIdleTaskHandle; + } + +#endif /* INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle */ +/*----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* This conditional compilation should use inequality to 0, not equality to 1. +This is to ensure vTaskStepTick() is available when user defined low power mode +implementations require configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE to be set to a value other than +1. */ +#if ( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 ) + + void vTaskStepTick( portTickType xTicksToJump ) + { + /* Correct the tick count value after a period during which the tick + was suppressed. Note this does *not* call the tick hook function for + each stepped tick. */ + configASSERT( ( xTickCount + xTicksToJump ) <= xNextTaskUnblockTime ); + xTickCount += xTicksToJump; + traceINCREASE_TICK_COUNT( xTicksToJump ); + } + +#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */ +/*----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +portBASE_TYPE xTaskIncrementTick( void ) +{ +tskTCB * pxTCB; +portTickType xItemValue; +portBASE_TYPE xSwitchRequired = pdFALSE; + + /* Called by the portable layer each time a tick interrupt occurs. + Increments the tick then checks to see if the new tick value will cause any + tasks to be unblocked. */ + traceTASK_INCREMENT_TICK( xTickCount ); + if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdFALSE ) + { + /* Increment the RTOS tick, switching the delayed and overflowed + delayed lists if it wraps to 0. */ + ++xTickCount; + + { + /* Minor optimisation. The tick count cannot change in this + block. */ + const portTickType xConstTickCount = xTickCount; + + if( xConstTickCount == ( portTickType ) 0U ) + { + taskSWITCH_DELAYED_LISTS(); + } + + /* See if this tick has made a timeout expire. Tasks are stored in the + queue in the order of their wake time - meaning once one tasks has been + found whose block time has not expired there is no need not look any + further down the list. */ + if( xConstTickCount >= xNextTaskUnblockTime ) + { + for( ;; ) + { + if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedTaskList ) != pdFALSE ) + { + /* The delayed list is empty. Set xNextTaskUnblockTime to + the maximum possible value so it is extremely unlikely that + the if( xTickCount >= xNextTaskUnblockTime ) test will pass + next time through. */ + xNextTaskUnblockTime = portMAX_DELAY; + break; + } + else + { + /* The delayed list is not empty, get the value of the item + at the head of the delayed list. This is the time at which + the task at the head of the delayed list must be removed + from the Blocked state. */ + pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedTaskList ); + xItemValue = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); + + if( xConstTickCount < xItemValue ) + { + /* It is not time to unblock this item yet, but the item + value is the time at which the task at the head of the + blocked list must be removed from the Blocked state - + so record the item value in xNextTaskUnblockTime. */ + xNextTaskUnblockTime = xItemValue; + break; + } + + /* It is time to remove the item from the Blocked state. */ + ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); + + /* Is the task waiting on an event also? If so remove it + from the event list. */ + if( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != NULL ) + { + ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ); + } + + /* Place the unblocked task into the appropriate ready + list. */ + prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB ); + + /* A task being unblocked cannot cause an immediate context + switch if preemption is turned off. */ + #if ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 ) + { + /* Preemption is on, but a context switch should only + be performed if the unblocked task has a priority that + is equal to or higher than the currently executing + task. */ + if( pxTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority ) + { + xSwitchRequired = pdTRUE; + } + } + #endif /* configUSE_PREEMPTION */ + } + } + } + } + + /* Tasks of equal priority to the currently running task will share + processing time (time slice) if preemption is on, and the application + writer has not explicitly turned time slicing off. */ + #if ( ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIME_SLICING == 1 ) ) + { + if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority ] ) ) > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1 ) + { + xSwitchRequired = pdTRUE; + } + } + #endif /* ( ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIME_SLICING == 1 ) ) */ + } + else + { + ++uxPendedTicks; + + /* The tick hook gets called at regular intervals, even if the + scheduler is locked. */ + #if ( configUSE_TICK_HOOK == 1 ) + { + vApplicationTickHook(); + } + #endif + } + + #if ( configUSE_TICK_HOOK == 1 ) + { + /* Guard against the tick hook being called when the missed tick + count is being unwound (when the scheduler is being unlocked). */ + if( uxPendedTicks == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U ) + { + vApplicationTickHook(); + } + } + #endif /* configUSE_TICK_HOOK */ + + return xSwitchRequired; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 ) + + void vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag( xTaskHandle xTask, pdTASK_HOOK_CODE pxHookFunction ) + { + tskTCB *xTCB; + + /* If xTask is NULL then we are setting our own task hook. */ + if( xTask == NULL ) + { + xTCB = ( tskTCB * ) pxCurrentTCB; + } + else + { + xTCB = ( tskTCB * ) xTask; + } + + /* Save the hook function in the TCB. A critical section is required as + the value can be accessed from an interrupt. */ + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + xTCB->pxTaskTag = pxHookFunction; + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + } + +#endif /* configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 ) + + pdTASK_HOOK_CODE xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( xTaskHandle xTask ) + { + tskTCB *xTCB; + pdTASK_HOOK_CODE xReturn; + + /* If xTask is NULL then we are setting our own task hook. */ + if( xTask == NULL ) + { + xTCB = ( tskTCB * ) pxCurrentTCB; + } + else + { + xTCB = ( tskTCB * ) xTask; + } + + /* Save the hook function in the TCB. A critical section is required as + the value can be accessed from an interrupt. */ + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + xReturn = xTCB->pxTaskTag; + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + + return xReturn; + } + +#endif /* configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 ) + + portBASE_TYPE xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook( xTaskHandle xTask, void *pvParameter ) + { + tskTCB *xTCB; + portBASE_TYPE xReturn; + + /* If xTask is NULL then we are calling our own task hook. */ + if( xTask == NULL ) + { + xTCB = ( tskTCB * ) pxCurrentTCB; + } + else + { + xTCB = ( tskTCB * ) xTask; + } + + if( xTCB->pxTaskTag != NULL ) + { + xReturn = xTCB->pxTaskTag( pvParameter ); + } + else + { + xReturn = pdFAIL; + } + + return xReturn; + } + +#endif /* configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void vTaskSwitchContext( void ) +{ + if( uxSchedulerSuspended != ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdFALSE ) + { + /* The scheduler is currently suspended - do not allow a context + switch. */ + xYieldPending = pdTRUE; + } + else + { + traceTASK_SWITCHED_OUT(); + + #if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) + { + #ifdef portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE + portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE( ulTotalRunTime ); + #else + ulTotalRunTime = portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE(); + #endif + + /* Add the amount of time the task has been running to the + accumulated time so far. The time the task started running was + stored in ulTaskSwitchedInTime. Note that there is no overflow + protection here so count values are only valid until the timer + overflows. The guard against negative values is to protect + against suspect run time stat counter implementations - which + are provided by the application, not the kernel. */ + if( ulTotalRunTime > ulTaskSwitchedInTime ) + { + pxCurrentTCB->ulRunTimeCounter += ( ulTotalRunTime - ulTaskSwitchedInTime ); + } + ulTaskSwitchedInTime = ulTotalRunTime; + } + #endif /* configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS */ + + taskFIRST_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW(); + taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW(); + + taskSELECT_HIGHEST_PRIORITY_TASK(); + + traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN(); + + #if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 ) + { + /* Switch Newlib's _impure_ptr variable to point to the _reent + structure specific to this task. */ + _impure_ptr = &( pxCurrentTCB->xNewLib_reent ); + } + #endif /* configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT */ + } +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void vTaskPlaceOnEventList( xList * const pxEventList, portTickType xTicksToWait ) +{ +portTickType xTimeToWake; + + configASSERT( pxEventList ); + + /* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH INTERRUPTS DISABLED OR THE + SCHEDULER SUSPENDED. */ + + /* Place the event list item of the TCB in the appropriate event list. + This is placed in the list in priority order so the highest priority task + is the first to be woken by the event. */ + vListInsert( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ) ); + + /* We must remove ourselves from the ready list before adding ourselves + to the blocked list as the same list item is used for both lists. We have + exclusive access to the ready lists as the scheduler is locked. */ + if( uxListRemove( &( pxCurrentTCB->xGenericListItem ) ) == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) + { + /* The current task must be in a ready list, so there is no need to + check, and the port reset macro can be called directly. */ + portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority, uxTopReadyPriority ); + } + + #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) + { + if( xTicksToWait == portMAX_DELAY ) + { + /* Add ourselves to the suspended task list instead of a delayed task + list to ensure we are not woken by a timing event. We will block + indefinitely. */ + vListInsertEnd( &xSuspendedTaskList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); + } + else + { + /* Calculate the time at which the task should be woken if the event does + not occur. This may overflow but this doesn't matter. */ + xTimeToWake = xTickCount + xTicksToWait; + prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTimeToWake ); + } + } + #else /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */ + { + /* Calculate the time at which the task should be woken if the event does + not occur. This may overflow but this doesn't matter. */ + xTimeToWake = xTickCount + xTicksToWait; + prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTimeToWake ); + } + #endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */ +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if configUSE_TIMERS == 1 + + void vTaskPlaceOnEventListRestricted( xList * const pxEventList, portTickType xTicksToWait ) + { + portTickType xTimeToWake; + + configASSERT( pxEventList ); + + /* This function should not be called by application code hence the + 'Restricted' in its name. It is not part of the public API. It is + designed for use by kernel code, and has special calling requirements - + it should be called from a critical section. */ + + + /* Place the event list item of the TCB in the appropriate event list. + In this case it is assume that this is the only task that is going to + be waiting on this event list, so the faster vListInsertEnd() function + can be used in place of vListInsert. */ + vListInsertEnd( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ) ); + + /* We must remove this task from the ready list before adding it to the + blocked list as the same list item is used for both lists. This + function is called form a critical section. */ + if( uxListRemove( &( pxCurrentTCB->xGenericListItem ) ) == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) + { + /* The current task must be in a ready list, so there is no need to + check, and the port reset macro can be called directly. */ + portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority, uxTopReadyPriority ); + } + + /* Calculate the time at which the task should be woken if the event does + not occur. This may overflow but this doesn't matter. */ + xTimeToWake = xTickCount + xTicksToWait; + + traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL(); + prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTimeToWake ); + } + +#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskRemoveFromEventList( const xList * const pxEventList ) +{ +tskTCB *pxUnblockedTCB; +portBASE_TYPE xReturn; + + /* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH INTERRUPTS DISABLED OR THE + SCHEDULER SUSPENDED. It can also be called from within an ISR. */ + + /* The event list is sorted in priority order, so we can remove the + first in the list, remove the TCB from the delayed list, and add + it to the ready list. + + If an event is for a queue that is locked then this function will never + get called - the lock count on the queue will get modified instead. This + means we can always expect exclusive access to the event list here. + + This function assumes that a check has already been made to ensure that + pxEventList is not empty. */ + pxUnblockedTCB = ( tskTCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxEventList ); + configASSERT( pxUnblockedTCB ); + ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedTCB->xEventListItem ) ); + + if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdFALSE ) + { + ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); + prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxUnblockedTCB ); + } + else + { + /* We cannot access the delayed or ready lists, so will hold this + task pending until the scheduler is resumed. */ + vListInsertEnd( &( xPendingReadyList ), &( pxUnblockedTCB->xEventListItem ) ); + } + + if( pxUnblockedTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority ) + { + /* Return true if the task removed from the event list has + a higher priority than the calling task. This allows + the calling task to know if it should force a context + switch now. */ + xReturn = pdTRUE; + } + else + { + xReturn = pdFALSE; + } + + return xReturn; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void vTaskSetTimeOutState( xTimeOutType * const pxTimeOut ) +{ + configASSERT( pxTimeOut ); + pxTimeOut->xOverflowCount = xNumOfOverflows; + pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering = xTickCount; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +portBASE_TYPE xTaskCheckForTimeOut( xTimeOutType * const pxTimeOut, portTickType * const pxTicksToWait ) +{ +portBASE_TYPE xReturn; + + configASSERT( pxTimeOut ); + configASSERT( pxTicksToWait ); + + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + /* Minor optimisation. The tick count cannot change in this block. */ + const portTickType xConstTickCount = xTickCount; + + #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) + /* If INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 and the block time specified is + the maximum block time then the task should block indefinitely, and + therefore never time out. */ + if( *pxTicksToWait == portMAX_DELAY ) + { + xReturn = pdFALSE; + } + else /* We are not blocking indefinitely, perform the checks below. */ + #endif + + if( ( xNumOfOverflows != pxTimeOut->xOverflowCount ) && ( xConstTickCount >= pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering ) ) /*lint !e525 Indentation preferred as is to make code within pre-processor directives clearer. */ + { + /* The tick count is greater than the time at which vTaskSetTimeout() + was called, but has also overflowed since vTaskSetTimeOut() was called. + It must have wrapped all the way around and gone past us again. This + passed since vTaskSetTimeout() was called. */ + xReturn = pdTRUE; + } + else if( ( xConstTickCount - pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering ) < *pxTicksToWait ) + { + /* Not a genuine timeout. Adjust parameters for time remaining. */ + *pxTicksToWait -= ( xConstTickCount - pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering ); + vTaskSetTimeOutState( pxTimeOut ); + xReturn = pdFALSE; + } + else + { + xReturn = pdTRUE; + } + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + + return xReturn; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void vTaskMissedYield( void ) +{ + xYieldPending = pdTRUE; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) + + unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskGetTaskNumber( xTaskHandle xTask ) + { + unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxReturn; + tskTCB *pxTCB; + + if( xTask != NULL ) + { + pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) xTask; + uxReturn = pxTCB->uxTaskNumber; + } + else + { + uxReturn = 0U; + } + + return uxReturn; + } + +#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) + + void vTaskSetTaskNumber( xTaskHandle xTask, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxHandle ) + { + tskTCB *pxTCB; + + if( xTask != NULL ) + { + pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) xTask; + pxTCB->uxTaskNumber = uxHandle; + } + } + +#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */ + +/* + * ----------------------------------------------------------- + * The Idle task. + * ---------------------------------------------------------- + * + * The portTASK_FUNCTION() macro is used to allow port/compiler specific + * language extensions. The equivalent prototype for this function is: + * + * void prvIdleTask( void *pvParameters ); + * + */ +static portTASK_FUNCTION( prvIdleTask, pvParameters ) +{ + /* Stop warnings. */ + ( void ) pvParameters; + + for( ;; ) + { + /* See if any tasks have been deleted. */ + prvCheckTasksWaitingTermination(); + + #if ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 0 ) + { + /* If we are not using preemption we keep forcing a task switch to + see if any other task has become available. If we are using + preemption we don't need to do this as any task becoming available + will automatically get the processor anyway. */ + taskYIELD(); + } + #endif /* configUSE_PREEMPTION */ + + #if ( ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 ) && ( configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD == 1 ) ) + { + /* When using preemption tasks of equal priority will be + timesliced. If a task that is sharing the idle priority is ready + to run then the idle task should yield before the end of the + timeslice. + + A critical region is not required here as we are just reading from + the list, and an occasional incorrect value will not matter. If + the ready list at the idle priority contains more than one task + then a task other than the idle task is ready to execute. */ + if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ tskIDLE_PRIORITY ] ) ) > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1 ) + { + taskYIELD(); + } + } + #endif /* ( ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 ) && ( configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD == 1 ) ) */ + + #if ( configUSE_IDLE_HOOK == 1 ) + { + extern void vApplicationIdleHook( void ); + + /* Call the user defined function from within the idle task. This + allows the application designer to add background functionality + without the overhead of a separate task. + NOTE: vApplicationIdleHook() MUST NOT, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, + CALL A FUNCTION THAT MIGHT BLOCK. */ + vApplicationIdleHook(); + } + #endif /* configUSE_IDLE_HOOK */ + + /* This conditional compilation should use inequality to 0, not equality + to 1. This is to ensure portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP() is called when + user defined low power mode implementations require + configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE to be set to a value other than 1. */ + #if ( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 ) + { + portTickType xExpectedIdleTime; + + /* It is not desirable to suspend then resume the scheduler on + each iteration of the idle task. Therefore, a preliminary + test of the expected idle time is performed without the + scheduler suspended. The result here is not necessarily + valid. */ + xExpectedIdleTime = prvGetExpectedIdleTime(); + + if( xExpectedIdleTime >= configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP ) + { + vTaskSuspendAll(); + { + /* Now the scheduler is suspended, the expected idle + time can be sampled again, and this time its value can + be used. */ + configASSERT( xNextTaskUnblockTime >= xTickCount ); + xExpectedIdleTime = prvGetExpectedIdleTime(); + + if( xExpectedIdleTime >= configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP ) + { + traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_BEGIN(); + portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP( xExpectedIdleTime ); + traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_END(); + } + } + ( void ) xTaskResumeAll(); + } + } + #endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */ + } +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 + + eSleepModeStatus eTaskConfirmSleepModeStatus( void ) + { + eSleepModeStatus eReturn = eStandardSleep; + + if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &xPendingReadyList ) != 0 ) + { + /* A task was made ready while the scheduler was suspended. */ + eReturn = eAbortSleep; + } + else if( xYieldPending != pdFALSE ) + { + /* A yield was pended while the scheduler was suspended. */ + eReturn = eAbortSleep; + } + else + { + #if configUSE_TIMERS == 0 + { + /* The idle task exists in addition to the application tasks. */ + const unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxNonApplicationTasks = 1; + + /* If timers are not being used and all the tasks are in the + suspended list (which might mean they have an infinite block + time rather than actually being suspended) then it is safe to + turn all clocks off and just wait for external interrupts. */ + if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &xSuspendedTaskList ) == ( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks - uxNonApplicationTasks ) ) + { + eReturn = eNoTasksWaitingTimeout; + } + } + #endif /* configUSE_TIMERS */ + } + + return eReturn; + } +#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static void prvInitialiseTCBVariables( tskTCB *pxTCB, const signed char * const pcName, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority, const xMemoryRegion * const xRegions, unsigned short usStackDepth ) +{ +unsigned portBASE_TYPE x; + + /* Store the task name in the TCB. */ + for( x = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0; x < ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN; x++ ) + { + pxTCB->pcTaskName[ x ] = pcName[ x ]; + + /* Don't copy all configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN if the string is shorter than + configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN characters just in case the memory after the + string is not accessible (extremely unlikely). */ + if( pcName[ x ] == 0x00 ) + { + break; + } + } + + /* Ensure the name string is terminated in the case that the string length + was greater or equal to configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN. */ + pxTCB->pcTaskName[ configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN - 1 ] = ( signed char ) '\0'; + + /* This is used as an array index so must ensure it's not too large. First + remove the privilege bit if one is present. */ + if( uxPriority >= ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) configMAX_PRIORITIES ) + { + uxPriority = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1U; + } + + pxTCB->uxPriority = uxPriority; + #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) + { + pxTCB->uxBasePriority = uxPriority; + } + #endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */ + + vListInitialiseItem( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); + vListInitialiseItem( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ); + + /* Set the pxTCB as a link back from the xListItem. This is so we can get + back to the containing TCB from a generic item in a list. */ + listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ), pxTCB ); + + /* Event lists are always in priority order. */ + listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), ( portTickType ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( portTickType ) uxPriority ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */ + listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), pxTCB ); + + #if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 ) + { + pxTCB->uxCriticalNesting = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U; + } + #endif /* portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB */ + + #if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 ) + { + pxTCB->pxTaskTag = NULL; + } + #endif /* configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG */ + + #if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) + { + pxTCB->ulRunTimeCounter = 0UL; + } + #endif /* configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS */ + + #if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) + { + vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings( &( pxTCB->xMPUSettings ), xRegions, pxTCB->pxStack, usStackDepth ); + } + #else /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */ + { + ( void ) xRegions; + ( void ) usStackDepth; + } + #endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */ + + #if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 ) + { + /* Initialise this task's Newlib reent structure. */ + _REENT_INIT_PTR( ( &( pxTCB->xNewLib_reent ) ) ); + } + #endif /* configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT */ +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) + + void vTaskAllocateMPURegions( xTaskHandle xTaskToModify, const xMemoryRegion * const xRegions ) + { + tskTCB *pxTCB; + + /* If null is passed in here then we are deleting ourselves. */ + pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToModify ); + + vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings( &( pxTCB->xMPUSettings ), xRegions, NULL, 0 ); + } + +#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static void prvInitialiseTaskLists( void ) +{ +unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority; + + for( uxPriority = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U; uxPriority < ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) configMAX_PRIORITIES; uxPriority++ ) + { + vListInitialise( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxPriority ] ) ); + } + + vListInitialise( &xDelayedTaskList1 ); + vListInitialise( &xDelayedTaskList2 ); + vListInitialise( &xPendingReadyList ); + + #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 ) + { + vListInitialise( &xTasksWaitingTermination ); + } + #endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskDelete */ + + #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) + { + vListInitialise( &xSuspendedTaskList ); + } + #endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */ + + /* Start with pxDelayedTaskList using list1 and the pxOverflowDelayedTaskList + using list2. */ + pxDelayedTaskList = &xDelayedTaskList1; + pxOverflowDelayedTaskList = &xDelayedTaskList2; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static void prvCheckTasksWaitingTermination( void ) +{ + #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 ) + { + portBASE_TYPE xListIsEmpty; + + /* ucTasksDeleted is used to prevent vTaskSuspendAll() being called + too often in the idle task. */ + while( uxTasksDeleted > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U ) + { + vTaskSuspendAll(); + xListIsEmpty = listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xTasksWaitingTermination ); + ( void ) xTaskResumeAll(); + + if( xListIsEmpty == pdFALSE ) + { + tskTCB *pxTCB; + + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( ( &xTasksWaitingTermination ) ); + ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); + --uxCurrentNumberOfTasks; + --uxTasksDeleted; + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + + prvDeleteTCB( pxTCB ); + } + } + } + #endif /* vTaskDelete */ +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static void prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( portTickType xTimeToWake ) +{ + /* The list item will be inserted in wake time order. */ + listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentTCB->xGenericListItem ), xTimeToWake ); + + if( xTimeToWake < xTickCount ) + { + /* Wake time has overflowed. Place this item in the overflow list. */ + vListInsert( pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); + } + else + { + /* The wake time has not overflowed, so we can use the current block list. */ + vListInsert( pxDelayedTaskList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); + + /* If the task entering the blocked state was placed at the head of the + list of blocked tasks then xNextTaskUnblockTime needs to be updated + too. */ + if( xTimeToWake < xNextTaskUnblockTime ) + { + xNextTaskUnblockTime = xTimeToWake; + } + } +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static tskTCB *prvAllocateTCBAndStack( unsigned short usStackDepth, portSTACK_TYPE *puxStackBuffer ) +{ +tskTCB *pxNewTCB; + + /* Allocate space for the TCB. Where the memory comes from depends on + the implementation of the port malloc function. */ + pxNewTCB = ( tskTCB * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( tskTCB ) ); + + if( pxNewTCB != NULL ) + { + /* Allocate space for the stack used by the task being created. + The base of the stack memory stored in the TCB so the task can + be deleted later if required. */ + pxNewTCB->pxStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE * ) pvPortMallocAligned( ( ( ( size_t ) usStackDepth ) * sizeof( portSTACK_TYPE ) ), puxStackBuffer ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */ + + if( pxNewTCB->pxStack == NULL ) + { + /* Could not allocate the stack. Delete the allocated TCB. */ + vPortFree( pxNewTCB ); + pxNewTCB = NULL; + } + else + { + /* Just to help debugging. */ + ( void ) memset( pxNewTCB->pxStack, ( int ) tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, ( size_t ) usStackDepth * sizeof( portSTACK_TYPE ) ); + } + } + + return pxNewTCB; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) + + static unsigned portBASE_TYPE prvListTaskWithinSingleList( xTaskStatusType *pxTaskStatusArray, xList *pxList, eTaskState eState ) + { + volatile tskTCB *pxNextTCB, *pxFirstTCB; + unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTask = 0; + + if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxList ) > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) + { + listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxFirstTCB, pxList ); + + /* Populate an xTaskStatusType structure within the + pxTaskStatusArray array for each task that is referenced from + pxList. See the definition of xTaskStatusType in task.h for the + meaning of each xTaskStatusType structure member. */ + do + { + listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxNextTCB, pxList ); + + pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ].xHandle = ( xTaskHandle ) pxNextTCB; + pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ].pcTaskName = ( const signed char * ) &( pxNextTCB->pcTaskName [ 0 ] ); + pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ].xTaskNumber = pxNextTCB->uxTCBNumber; + pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ].eCurrentState = eState; + pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ].uxCurrentPriority = pxNextTCB->uxPriority; + + #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) + { + pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ].uxBasePriority = pxNextTCB->uxBasePriority; + } + #else + { + pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ].uxBasePriority = 0; + } + #endif + + #if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) + { + pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ].ulRunTimeCounter = pxNextTCB->ulRunTimeCounter; + } + #else + { + pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ].ulRunTimeCounter = 0; + } + #endif + + #if ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) + { + ppxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ].usStackHighWaterMark = prvTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( ( unsigned char * ) pxNextTCB->pxEndOfStack ); + } + #else + { + pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ].usStackHighWaterMark = prvTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( ( unsigned char * ) pxNextTCB->pxStack ); + } + #endif + + uxTask++; + + } while( pxNextTCB != pxFirstTCB ); + } + + return uxTask; + } + +#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 ) ) + + static unsigned short prvTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( const unsigned char * pucStackByte ) + { + register unsigned short usCount = 0U; + + while( *pucStackByte == tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE ) + { + pucStackByte -= portSTACK_GROWTH; + usCount++; + } + + usCount /= sizeof( portSTACK_TYPE ); + + return usCount; + } + +#endif /* ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 ) ) */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 ) + + unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark( xTaskHandle xTask ) + { + tskTCB *pxTCB; + unsigned char *pcEndOfStack; + unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxReturn; + + pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask ); + + #if portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 + { + pcEndOfStack = ( unsigned char * ) pxTCB->pxStack; + } + #else + { + pcEndOfStack = ( unsigned char * ) pxTCB->pxEndOfStack; + } + #endif + + uxReturn = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) prvTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( pcEndOfStack ); + + return uxReturn; + } + +#endif /* INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 ) + + static void prvDeleteTCB( tskTCB *pxTCB ) + { + /* This call is required specifically for the TriCore port. It must be + above the vPortFree() calls. The call is also used by ports/demos that + want to allocate and clean RAM statically. */ + portCLEAN_UP_TCB( pxTCB ); + + /* Free up the memory allocated by the scheduler for the task. It is up to + the task to free any memory allocated at the application level. */ + vPortFreeAligned( pxTCB->pxStack ); + vPortFree( pxTCB ); + } + +#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskDelete */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle == 1 ) || ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) ) + + xTaskHandle xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle( void ) + { + xTaskHandle xReturn; + + /* A critical section is not required as this is not called from + an interrupt and the current TCB will always be the same for any + individual execution thread. */ + xReturn = pxCurrentTCB; + + return xReturn; + } + +#endif /* ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle == 1 ) || ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) ) */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) ) + + portBASE_TYPE xTaskGetSchedulerState( void ) + { + portBASE_TYPE xReturn; + + if( xSchedulerRunning == pdFALSE ) + { + xReturn = taskSCHEDULER_NOT_STARTED; + } + else + { + if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdFALSE ) + { + xReturn = taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING; + } + else + { + xReturn = taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED; + } + } + + return xReturn; + } + +#endif /* ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) ) */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) + + void vTaskPriorityInherit( xTaskHandle const pxMutexHolder ) + { + tskTCB * const pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) pxMutexHolder; + + /* If the mutex was given back by an interrupt while the queue was + locked then the mutex holder might now be NULL. */ + if( pxMutexHolder != NULL ) + { + if( pxTCB->uxPriority < pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority ) + { + /* Adjust the mutex holder state to account for its new priority. */ + listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), ( portTickType ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( portTickType ) pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */ + + /* If the task being modified is in the ready state it will need to + be moved into a new list. */ + if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ pxTCB->uxPriority ] ), &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ) != pdFALSE ) + { + if( uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ) == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) + { + taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY( pxTCB->uxPriority ); + } + + /* Inherit the priority before being moved into the new list. */ + pxTCB->uxPriority = pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority; + prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB ); + } + else + { + /* Just inherit the priority. */ + pxTCB->uxPriority = pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority; + } + + traceTASK_PRIORITY_INHERIT( pxTCB, pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority ); + } + } + } + +#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) + + void vTaskPriorityDisinherit( xTaskHandle const pxMutexHolder ) + { + tskTCB * const pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) pxMutexHolder; + + if( pxMutexHolder != NULL ) + { + if( pxTCB->uxPriority != pxTCB->uxBasePriority ) + { + /* We must be the running task to be able to give the mutex back. + Remove ourselves from the ready list we currently appear in. */ + if( uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ) == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) + { + taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY( pxTCB->uxPriority ); + } + + /* Disinherit the priority before adding the task into the new + ready list. */ + traceTASK_PRIORITY_DISINHERIT( pxTCB, pxTCB->uxBasePriority ); + pxTCB->uxPriority = pxTCB->uxBasePriority; + listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), ( portTickType ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( portTickType ) pxTCB->uxPriority ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */ + prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB ); + } + } + } + +#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 ) + + void vTaskEnterCritical( void ) + { + portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); + + if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE ) + { + ( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting )++; + } + } + +#endif /* portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 ) + + void vTaskExitCritical( void ) + { + if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE ) + { + if( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting > 0U ) + { + ( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting )--; + + if( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting == 0U ) + { + portENABLE_INTERRUPTS(); + } + } + } + } + +#endif /* portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS == 1 ) ) + + void vTaskList( signed char *pcWriteBuffer ) + { + xTaskStatusType *pxTaskStatusArray; + volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxArraySize, x; + char cStatus; + + /* + * PLEASE NOTE: + * + * This function is provided for convenience only, and is used by many + * of the demo applications. Do not consider it to be part of the + * scheduler. + * + * vTaskList() calls uxTaskGetSystemState(), then formats part of the + * uxTaskGetSystemState() output into a human readable table that + * displays task names, states and stack usage. + * + * vTaskList() has a dependency on the sprintf() C library function that + * might bloat the code size, use a lot of stack, and provide different + * results on different platforms. An alternative, tiny, third party, + * and limited functionality implementation of sprintf() is provided in + * many of the FreeRTOS/Demo sub-directories in a file called + * printf-stdarg.c (note printf-stdarg.c does not provide a full + * snprintf() implementation!). + * + * It is recommended that production systems call uxTaskGetSystemState() + * directly to get access to raw stats data, rather than indirectly + * through a call to vTaskList(). + */ + + + /* Make sure the write buffer does not contain a string. */ + *pcWriteBuffer = 0x00; + + /* Take a snapshot of the number of tasks in case it changes while this + function is executing. */ + uxArraySize = uxCurrentNumberOfTasks; + + /* Allocate an array index for each task. */ + pxTaskStatusArray = pvPortMalloc( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks * sizeof( xTaskStatusType ) ); + + if( pxTaskStatusArray != NULL ) + { + /* Generate the (binary) data. */ + uxArraySize = uxTaskGetSystemState( pxTaskStatusArray, uxArraySize, NULL ); + + /* Create a human readable table from the binary data. */ + for( x = 0; x < uxArraySize; x++ ) + { + switch( pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].eCurrentState ) + { + case eReady: cStatus = tskREADY_CHAR; + break; + + case eBlocked: cStatus = tskBLOCKED_CHAR; + break; + + case eSuspended: cStatus = tskSUSPENDED_CHAR; + break; + + case eDeleted: cStatus = tskDELETED_CHAR; + break; + + default: /* Should not get here, but it is included + to prevent static checking errors. */ + cStatus = 0x00; + break; + } + + sprintf( ( char * ) pcWriteBuffer, ( char * ) "%s\t\t%c\t%u\t%u\t%u\r\n", pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].pcTaskName, cStatus, ( unsigned int ) pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].uxCurrentPriority, ( unsigned int ) pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].usStackHighWaterMark, ( unsigned int ) pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].xTaskNumber ); + pcWriteBuffer += strlen( ( char * ) pcWriteBuffer ); + } + + /* Free the array again. */ + vPortFree( pxTaskStatusArray ); + } + } + +#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */ +/*----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS == 1 ) ) + + void vTaskGetRunTimeStats( signed char *pcWriteBuffer ) + { + xTaskStatusType *pxTaskStatusArray; + volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxArraySize, x; + unsigned long ulTotalTime, ulStatsAsPercentage; + + /* + * PLEASE NOTE: + * + * This function is provided for convenience only, and is used by many + * of the demo applications. Do not consider it to be part of the + * scheduler. + * + * vTaskGetRunTimeStats() calls uxTaskGetSystemState(), then formats part + * of the uxTaskGetSystemState() output into a human readable table that + * displays the amount of time each task has spent in the Running state + * in both absolute and percentage terms. + * + * vTaskGetRunTimeStats() has a dependency on the sprintf() C library + * function that might bloat the code size, use a lot of stack, and + * provide different results on different platforms. An alternative, + * tiny, third party, and limited functionality implementation of + * sprintf() is provided in many of the FreeRTOS/Demo sub-directories in + * a file called printf-stdarg.c (note printf-stdarg.c does not provide + * a full snprintf() implementation!). + * + * It is recommended that production systems call uxTaskGetSystemState() + * directly to get access to raw stats data, rather than indirectly + * through a call to vTaskGetRunTimeStats(). + */ + + /* Make sure the write buffer does not contain a string. */ + *pcWriteBuffer = 0x00; + + /* Take a snapshot of the number of tasks in case it changes while this + function is executing. */ + uxArraySize = uxCurrentNumberOfTasks; + + /* Allocate an array index for each task. */ + pxTaskStatusArray = pvPortMalloc( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks * sizeof( xTaskStatusType ) ); + + if( pxTaskStatusArray != NULL ) + { + /* Generate the (binary) data. */ + uxArraySize = uxTaskGetSystemState( pxTaskStatusArray, uxArraySize, &ulTotalTime ); + + /* For percentage calculations. */ + ulTotalTime /= 100UL; + + /* Avoid divide by zero errors. */ + if( ulTotalTime > 0 ) + { + /* Create a human readable table from the binary data. */ + for( x = 0; x < uxArraySize; x++ ) + { + /* What percentage of the total run time has the task used? + This will always be rounded down to the nearest integer. + ulTotalRunTimeDiv100 has already been divided by 100. */ + ulStatsAsPercentage = pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].ulRunTimeCounter / ulTotalTime; + + if( ulStatsAsPercentage > 0UL ) + { + #ifdef portLU_PRINTF_SPECIFIER_REQUIRED + { + sprintf( ( char * ) pcWriteBuffer, ( char * ) "%s\t\t%lu\t\t%lu%%\r\n", pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].pcTaskName, pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].ulRunTimeCounter, ulStatsAsPercentage ); + } + #else + { + /* sizeof( int ) == sizeof( long ) so a smaller + printf() library can be used. */ + sprintf( ( char * ) pcWriteBuffer, ( char * ) "%s\t\t%u\t\t%u%%\r\n", pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].pcTaskName, ( unsigned int ) pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].ulRunTimeCounter, ( unsigned int ) ulStatsAsPercentage ); + } + #endif + } + else + { + /* If the percentage is zero here then the task has + consumed less than 1% of the total run time. */ + #ifdef portLU_PRINTF_SPECIFIER_REQUIRED + { + sprintf( ( char * ) pcWriteBuffer, ( char * ) "%s\t\t%lu\t\t<1%%\r\n", pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].pcTaskName, pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].ulRunTimeCounter ); + } + #else + { + /* sizeof( int ) == sizeof( long ) so a smaller + printf() library can be used. */ + sprintf( ( char * ) pcWriteBuffer, ( char * ) "%s\t\t%u\t\t<1%%\r\n", pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].pcTaskName, ( unsigned int ) pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].ulRunTimeCounter ); + } + #endif + } + + pcWriteBuffer += strlen( ( char * ) pcWriteBuffer ); + } + } + + /* Free the array again. */ + vPortFree( pxTaskStatusArray ); + } + } + +#endif /* configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS */ + + + diff --git a/FreeRTOS/Source/timers.c b/FreeRTOS/Source/timers.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..783a461 --- /dev/null +++ b/FreeRTOS/Source/timers.c @@ -0,0 +1,697 @@ +/* + FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd. + + VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION. + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, * + * robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross * + * platform software that has become a de facto standard. * + * * + * Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS * + * project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference * + * manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation * + * * + * Thank you! * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution. + + FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under + the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the + Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception. + + >>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute + >>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide + >>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS + >>! kernel. + + FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY + WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS + FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following + link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! + + *************************************************************************** + * * + * Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does * + * not run, what could be wrong?" * + * * + * http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html * + * * + *************************************************************************** + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions, + license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details. + + http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products, + including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS + compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack. + + http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High + Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS + licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware. + + http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety + engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and + mission critical applications that require provable dependability. + + 1 tab == 4 spaces! +*/ + +/* Standard includes. */ +#include + +/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining +all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when +task.h is included from an application file. */ +#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE + +#include "FreeRTOS.h" +#include "task.h" +#include "queue.h" +#include "timers.h" + +/* Lint e961 and e750 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified because the +MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be defined for the +header files above, but not in this file, in order to generate the correct +privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */ +#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e961 !e750. */ + + +/* This entire source file will be skipped if the application is not configured +to include software timer functionality. This #if is closed at the very bottom +of this file. If you want to include software timer functionality then ensure +configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */ +#if ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) + +/* Misc definitions. */ +#define tmrNO_DELAY ( portTickType ) 0U + +/* The definition of the timers themselves. */ +typedef struct tmrTimerControl +{ + const signed char *pcTimerName; /*<< Text name. This is not used by the kernel, it is included simply to make debugging easier. */ + xListItem xTimerListItem; /*<< Standard linked list item as used by all kernel features for event management. */ + portTickType xTimerPeriodInTicks;/*<< How quickly and often the timer expires. */ + unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxAutoReload; /*<< Set to pdTRUE if the timer should be automatically restarted once expired. Set to pdFALSE if the timer is, in effect, a one shot timer. */ + void *pvTimerID; /*<< An ID to identify the timer. This allows the timer to be identified when the same callback is used for multiple timers. */ + tmrTIMER_CALLBACK pxCallbackFunction; /*<< The function that will be called when the timer expires. */ +} xTIMER; + +/* The definition of messages that can be sent and received on the timer +queue. */ +typedef struct tmrTimerQueueMessage +{ + portBASE_TYPE xMessageID; /*<< The command being sent to the timer service task. */ + portTickType xMessageValue; /*<< An optional value used by a subset of commands, for example, when changing the period of a timer. */ + xTIMER * pxTimer; /*<< The timer to which the command will be applied. */ +} xTIMER_MESSAGE; + +/*lint -e956 A manual analysis and inspection has been used to determine which +static variables must be declared volatile. */ + +/* The list in which active timers are stored. Timers are referenced in expire +time order, with the nearest expiry time at the front of the list. Only the +timer service task is allowed to access xActiveTimerList. */ +PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList xActiveTimerList1; +PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList xActiveTimerList2; +PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList *pxCurrentTimerList; +PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList *pxOverflowTimerList; + +/* A queue that is used to send commands to the timer service task. */ +PRIVILEGED_DATA static xQueueHandle xTimerQueue = NULL; + +#if ( INCLUDE_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle == 1 ) + + PRIVILEGED_DATA static xTaskHandle xTimerTaskHandle = NULL; + +#endif + +/*lint +e956 */ + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* + * Initialise the infrastructure used by the timer service task if it has not + * been initialised already. + */ +static void prvCheckForValidListAndQueue( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * The timer service task (daemon). Timer functionality is controlled by this + * task. Other tasks communicate with the timer service task using the + * xTimerQueue queue. + */ +static void prvTimerTask( void *pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Called by the timer service task to interpret and process a command it + * received on the timer queue. + */ +static void prvProcessReceivedCommands( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Insert the timer into either xActiveTimerList1, or xActiveTimerList2, + * depending on if the expire time causes a timer counter overflow. + */ +static portBASE_TYPE prvInsertTimerInActiveList( xTIMER *pxTimer, portTickType xNextExpiryTime, portTickType xTimeNow, portTickType xCommandTime ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * An active timer has reached its expire time. Reload the timer if it is an + * auto reload timer, then call its callback. + */ +static void prvProcessExpiredTimer( portTickType xNextExpireTime, portTickType xTimeNow ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * The tick count has overflowed. Switch the timer lists after ensuring the + * current timer list does not still reference some timers. + */ +static void prvSwitchTimerLists( portTickType xLastTime ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * Obtain the current tick count, setting *pxTimerListsWereSwitched to pdTRUE + * if a tick count overflow occurred since prvSampleTimeNow() was last called. + */ +static portTickType prvSampleTimeNow( portBASE_TYPE *pxTimerListsWereSwitched ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * If the timer list contains any active timers then return the expire time of + * the timer that will expire first and set *pxListWasEmpty to false. If the + * timer list does not contain any timers then return 0 and set *pxListWasEmpty + * to pdTRUE. + */ +static portTickType prvGetNextExpireTime( portBASE_TYPE *pxListWasEmpty ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/* + * If a timer has expired, process it. Otherwise, block the timer service task + * until either a timer does expire or a command is received. + */ +static void prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( portTickType xNextExpireTime, portBASE_TYPE xListWasEmpty ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +portBASE_TYPE xTimerCreateTimerTask( void ) +{ +portBASE_TYPE xReturn = pdFAIL; + + /* This function is called when the scheduler is started if + configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1. Check that the infrastructure used by the + timer service task has been created/initialised. If timers have already + been created then the initialisation will already have been performed. */ + prvCheckForValidListAndQueue(); + + if( xTimerQueue != NULL ) + { + #if ( INCLUDE_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle == 1 ) + { + /* Create the timer task, storing its handle in xTimerTaskHandle so + it can be returned by the xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle() function. */ + xReturn = xTaskCreate( prvTimerTask, ( const signed char * ) "Tmr Svc", ( unsigned short ) configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH, NULL, ( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY ) | portPRIVILEGE_BIT, &xTimerTaskHandle ); + } + #else + { + /* Create the timer task without storing its handle. */ + xReturn = xTaskCreate( prvTimerTask, ( const signed char * ) "Tmr Svc", ( unsigned short ) configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH, NULL, ( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY ) | portPRIVILEGE_BIT, NULL); + } + #endif + } + + configASSERT( xReturn ); + return xReturn; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +xTimerHandle xTimerCreate( const signed char * const pcTimerName, portTickType xTimerPeriodInTicks, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxAutoReload, void *pvTimerID, tmrTIMER_CALLBACK pxCallbackFunction ) +{ +xTIMER *pxNewTimer; + + /* Allocate the timer structure. */ + if( xTimerPeriodInTicks == ( portTickType ) 0U ) + { + pxNewTimer = NULL; + configASSERT( ( xTimerPeriodInTicks > 0 ) ); + } + else + { + pxNewTimer = ( xTIMER * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( xTIMER ) ); + if( pxNewTimer != NULL ) + { + /* Ensure the infrastructure used by the timer service task has been + created/initialised. */ + prvCheckForValidListAndQueue(); + + /* Initialise the timer structure members using the function parameters. */ + pxNewTimer->pcTimerName = pcTimerName; + pxNewTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks = xTimerPeriodInTicks; + pxNewTimer->uxAutoReload = uxAutoReload; + pxNewTimer->pvTimerID = pvTimerID; + pxNewTimer->pxCallbackFunction = pxCallbackFunction; + vListInitialiseItem( &( pxNewTimer->xTimerListItem ) ); + + traceTIMER_CREATE( pxNewTimer ); + } + else + { + traceTIMER_CREATE_FAILED(); + } + } + + return ( xTimerHandle ) pxNewTimer; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +portBASE_TYPE xTimerGenericCommand( xTimerHandle xTimer, portBASE_TYPE xCommandID, portTickType xOptionalValue, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, portTickType xBlockTime ) +{ +portBASE_TYPE xReturn = pdFAIL; +xTIMER_MESSAGE xMessage; + + /* Send a message to the timer service task to perform a particular action + on a particular timer definition. */ + if( xTimerQueue != NULL ) + { + /* Send a command to the timer service task to start the xTimer timer. */ + xMessage.xMessageID = xCommandID; + xMessage.xMessageValue = xOptionalValue; + xMessage.pxTimer = ( xTIMER * ) xTimer; + + if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken == NULL ) + { + if( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING ) + { + xReturn = xQueueSendToBack( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, xBlockTime ); + } + else + { + xReturn = xQueueSendToBack( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, tmrNO_DELAY ); + } + } + else + { + xReturn = xQueueSendToBackFromISR( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ); + } + + traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND( xTimer, xCommandID, xOptionalValue, xReturn ); + } + + return xReturn; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if ( INCLUDE_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle == 1 ) + + xTaskHandle xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void ) + { + /* If xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle() is called before the scheduler has been + started, then xTimerTaskHandle will be NULL. */ + configASSERT( ( xTimerTaskHandle != NULL ) ); + return xTimerTaskHandle; + } + +#endif +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static void prvProcessExpiredTimer( portTickType xNextExpireTime, portTickType xTimeNow ) +{ +xTIMER *pxTimer; +portBASE_TYPE xResult; + + /* Remove the timer from the list of active timers. A check has already + been performed to ensure the list is not empty. */ + pxTimer = ( xTIMER * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList ); + ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) ); + traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer ); + + /* If the timer is an auto reload timer then calculate the next + expiry time and re-insert the timer in the list of active timers. */ + if( pxTimer->uxAutoReload == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdTRUE ) + { + /* This is the only time a timer is inserted into a list using + a time relative to anything other than the current time. It + will therefore be inserted into the correct list relative to + the time this task thinks it is now, even if a command to + switch lists due to a tick count overflow is already waiting in + the timer queue. */ + if( prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, ( xNextExpireTime + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ), xTimeNow, xNextExpireTime ) == pdTRUE ) + { + /* The timer expired before it was added to the active timer + list. Reload it now. */ + xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START, xNextExpireTime, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY ); + configASSERT( xResult ); + ( void ) xResult; + } + } + + /* Call the timer callback. */ + pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( xTimerHandle ) pxTimer ); +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static void prvTimerTask( void *pvParameters ) +{ +portTickType xNextExpireTime; +portBASE_TYPE xListWasEmpty; + + /* Just to avoid compiler warnings. */ + ( void ) pvParameters; + + for( ;; ) + { + /* Query the timers list to see if it contains any timers, and if so, + obtain the time at which the next timer will expire. */ + xNextExpireTime = prvGetNextExpireTime( &xListWasEmpty ); + + /* If a timer has expired, process it. Otherwise, block this task + until either a timer does expire, or a command is received. */ + prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( xNextExpireTime, xListWasEmpty ); + + /* Empty the command queue. */ + prvProcessReceivedCommands(); + } +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static void prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( portTickType xNextExpireTime, portBASE_TYPE xListWasEmpty ) +{ +portTickType xTimeNow; +portBASE_TYPE xTimerListsWereSwitched; + + vTaskSuspendAll(); + { + /* Obtain the time now to make an assessment as to whether the timer + has expired or not. If obtaining the time causes the lists to switch + then don't process this timer as any timers that remained in the list + when the lists were switched will have been processed within the + prvSampelTimeNow() function. */ + xTimeNow = prvSampleTimeNow( &xTimerListsWereSwitched ); + if( xTimerListsWereSwitched == pdFALSE ) + { + /* The tick count has not overflowed, has the timer expired? */ + if( ( xListWasEmpty == pdFALSE ) && ( xNextExpireTime <= xTimeNow ) ) + { + ( void ) xTaskResumeAll(); + prvProcessExpiredTimer( xNextExpireTime, xTimeNow ); + } + else + { + /* The tick count has not overflowed, and the next expire + time has not been reached yet. This task should therefore + block to wait for the next expire time or a command to be + received - whichever comes first. The following line cannot + be reached unless xNextExpireTime > xTimeNow, except in the + case when the current timer list is empty. */ + vQueueWaitForMessageRestricted( xTimerQueue, ( xNextExpireTime - xTimeNow ) ); + + if( xTaskResumeAll() == pdFALSE ) + { + /* Yield to wait for either a command to arrive, or the block time + to expire. If a command arrived between the critical section being + exited and this yield then the yield will not cause the task + to block. */ + portYIELD_WITHIN_API(); + } + } + } + else + { + ( void ) xTaskResumeAll(); + } + } +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static portTickType prvGetNextExpireTime( portBASE_TYPE *pxListWasEmpty ) +{ +portTickType xNextExpireTime; + + /* Timers are listed in expiry time order, with the head of the list + referencing the task that will expire first. Obtain the time at which + the timer with the nearest expiry time will expire. If there are no + active timers then just set the next expire time to 0. That will cause + this task to unblock when the tick count overflows, at which point the + timer lists will be switched and the next expiry time can be + re-assessed. */ + *pxListWasEmpty = listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxCurrentTimerList ); + if( *pxListWasEmpty == pdFALSE ) + { + xNextExpireTime = listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList ); + } + else + { + /* Ensure the task unblocks when the tick count rolls over. */ + xNextExpireTime = ( portTickType ) 0U; + } + + return xNextExpireTime; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static portTickType prvSampleTimeNow( portBASE_TYPE *pxTimerListsWereSwitched ) +{ +portTickType xTimeNow; +PRIVILEGED_DATA static portTickType xLastTime = ( portTickType ) 0U; /*lint !e956 Variable is only accessible to one task. */ + + xTimeNow = xTaskGetTickCount(); + + if( xTimeNow < xLastTime ) + { + prvSwitchTimerLists( xLastTime ); + *pxTimerListsWereSwitched = pdTRUE; + } + else + { + *pxTimerListsWereSwitched = pdFALSE; + } + + xLastTime = xTimeNow; + + return xTimeNow; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static portBASE_TYPE prvInsertTimerInActiveList( xTIMER *pxTimer, portTickType xNextExpiryTime, portTickType xTimeNow, portTickType xCommandTime ) +{ +portBASE_TYPE xProcessTimerNow = pdFALSE; + + listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), xNextExpiryTime ); + listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), pxTimer ); + + if( xNextExpiryTime <= xTimeNow ) + { + /* Has the expiry time elapsed between the command to start/reset a + timer was issued, and the time the command was processed? */ + if( ( xTimeNow - xCommandTime ) >= pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ) + { + /* The time between a command being issued and the command being + processed actually exceeds the timers period. */ + xProcessTimerNow = pdTRUE; + } + else + { + vListInsert( pxOverflowTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) ); + } + } + else + { + if( ( xTimeNow < xCommandTime ) && ( xNextExpiryTime >= xCommandTime ) ) + { + /* If, since the command was issued, the tick count has overflowed + but the expiry time has not, then the timer must have already passed + its expiry time and should be processed immediately. */ + xProcessTimerNow = pdTRUE; + } + else + { + vListInsert( pxCurrentTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) ); + } + } + + return xProcessTimerNow; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static void prvProcessReceivedCommands( void ) +{ +xTIMER_MESSAGE xMessage; +xTIMER *pxTimer; +portBASE_TYPE xTimerListsWereSwitched, xResult; +portTickType xTimeNow; + + while( xQueueReceive( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, tmrNO_DELAY ) != pdFAIL ) /*lint !e603 xMessage does not have to be initialised as it is passed out, not in, and it is not used unless xQueueReceive() returns pdTRUE. */ + { + pxTimer = xMessage.pxTimer; + + if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( NULL, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) ) == pdFALSE ) + { + /* The timer is in a list, remove it. */ + ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) ); + } + + traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED( pxTimer, xMessage.xMessageID, xMessage.xMessageValue ); + + /* In this case the xTimerListsWereSwitched parameter is not used, but + it must be present in the function call. prvSampleTimeNow() must be + called after the message is received from xTimerQueue so there is no + possibility of a higher priority task adding a message to the message + queue with a time that is ahead of the timer daemon task (because it + pre-empted the timer daemon task after the xTimeNow value was set). */ + xTimeNow = prvSampleTimeNow( &xTimerListsWereSwitched ); + + switch( xMessage.xMessageID ) + { + case tmrCOMMAND_START : + /* Start or restart a timer. */ + if( prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, xMessage.xMessageValue + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks, xTimeNow, xMessage.xMessageValue ) == pdTRUE ) + { + /* The timer expired before it was added to the active timer + list. Process it now. */ + pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( xTimerHandle ) pxTimer ); + + if( pxTimer->uxAutoReload == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdTRUE ) + { + xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START, xMessage.xMessageValue + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY ); + configASSERT( xResult ); + ( void ) xResult; + } + } + break; + + case tmrCOMMAND_STOP : + /* The timer has already been removed from the active list. + There is nothing to do here. */ + break; + + case tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD : + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks = xMessage.xMessageValue; + configASSERT( ( pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks > 0 ) ); + ( void ) prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, ( xTimeNow + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ), xTimeNow, xTimeNow ); + break; + + case tmrCOMMAND_DELETE : + /* The timer has already been removed from the active list, + just free up the memory. */ + vPortFree( pxTimer ); + break; + + default : + /* Don't expect to get here. */ + break; + } + } +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static void prvSwitchTimerLists( portTickType xLastTime ) +{ +portTickType xNextExpireTime, xReloadTime; +xList *pxTemp; +xTIMER *pxTimer; +portBASE_TYPE xResult; + + /* Remove compiler warnings if configASSERT() is not defined. */ + ( void ) xLastTime; + + /* The tick count has overflowed. The timer lists must be switched. + If there are any timers still referenced from the current timer list + then they must have expired and should be processed before the lists + are switched. */ + while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxCurrentTimerList ) == pdFALSE ) + { + xNextExpireTime = listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList ); + + /* Remove the timer from the list. */ + pxTimer = ( xTIMER * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList ); + ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) ); + + /* Execute its callback, then send a command to restart the timer if + it is an auto-reload timer. It cannot be restarted here as the lists + have not yet been switched. */ + pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( xTimerHandle ) pxTimer ); + + if( pxTimer->uxAutoReload == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdTRUE ) + { + /* Calculate the reload value, and if the reload value results in + the timer going into the same timer list then it has already expired + and the timer should be re-inserted into the current list so it is + processed again within this loop. Otherwise a command should be sent + to restart the timer to ensure it is only inserted into a list after + the lists have been swapped. */ + xReloadTime = ( xNextExpireTime + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ); + if( xReloadTime > xNextExpireTime ) + { + listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), xReloadTime ); + listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), pxTimer ); + vListInsert( pxCurrentTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) ); + } + else + { + xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START, xNextExpireTime, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY ); + configASSERT( xResult ); + ( void ) xResult; + } + } + } + + pxTemp = pxCurrentTimerList; + pxCurrentTimerList = pxOverflowTimerList; + pxOverflowTimerList = pxTemp; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static void prvCheckForValidListAndQueue( void ) +{ + /* Check that the list from which active timers are referenced, and the + queue used to communicate with the timer service, have been + initialised. */ + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + if( xTimerQueue == NULL ) + { + vListInitialise( &xActiveTimerList1 ); + vListInitialise( &xActiveTimerList2 ); + pxCurrentTimerList = &xActiveTimerList1; + pxOverflowTimerList = &xActiveTimerList2; + xTimerQueue = xQueueCreate( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH, sizeof( xTIMER_MESSAGE ) ); + } + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +portBASE_TYPE xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimerHandle xTimer ) +{ +portBASE_TYPE xTimerIsInActiveList; +xTIMER *pxTimer = ( xTIMER * ) xTimer; + + /* Is the timer in the list of active timers? */ + taskENTER_CRITICAL(); + { + /* Checking to see if it is in the NULL list in effect checks to see if + it is referenced from either the current or the overflow timer lists in + one go, but the logic has to be reversed, hence the '!'. */ + xTimerIsInActiveList = !( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( NULL, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) ) ); + } + taskEXIT_CRITICAL(); + + return xTimerIsInActiveList; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void *pvTimerGetTimerID( xTimerHandle xTimer ) +{ +xTIMER *pxTimer = ( xTIMER * ) xTimer; + + return pxTimer->pvTimerID; +} +/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* This entire source file will be skipped if the application is not configured +to include software timer functionality. If you want to include software timer +functionality then ensure configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */ +#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS == 1 */ + + + diff --git a/FreeRTOS/readme.txt b/FreeRTOS/readme.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7fa63a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/FreeRTOS/readme.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +Directories: + ++ The FreeRTOS/Source directory contains the FreeRTOS source code, and contains + its own readme file. + ++ The FreeRTOS/Demo directory contains a demo application for every official +FreeRTOS port, and contains its own readme file. + ++ See http://www.freertos.org/a00017.html for full details of the directory + structure and information on locating the files you require. + +The easiest way to use FreeRTOS is to start with one of the pre-configured demo +application projects (found in the FreeRTOS/Demo directory). That way you will +have the correct FreeRTOS source files included, and the correct include paths +configured. Once a demo application is building and executing you can remove +the demo application file, and start to add in your own application source +files. + +See also - +http://www.freertos.org/FreeRTOS-quick-start-guide.html +http://www.freertos.org/FAQHelp.html